-GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2003-05-21
-Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-See the end for copying conditions.
-
-Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
-For older news, see the file ONEWS
-You can narrow news to the specific version by calling
-`view-emacs-news' with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n.
-
-Temporary note:
- +++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated.
- --- means no change in the manuals is called for.
-When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
-so we will look at it and add it to the manual.
-
-\f
-* Installation Changes in Emacs 22.1
-
----
-** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix',
-`--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of
-installed programs.
-
----
-** Emacs can now be built without sound support.
-
----
-** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk'
-when you run configure. This requires Gtk+ 2.4 or newer. This port
-provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats).
-
----
-** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with Lisp code.
-
----
-** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game
-scores. The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal
-place for game scores to be stored. You can control this with the
-configure option `--with-game-dir'. The specific user that Emacs uses
-to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'. If access
-to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately
-in each user's home directory.
-
----
-** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build
-Emacs with Leim.
-
-+++
-** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution.
-
-The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual in Info format is built as part of the
-Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User
-Manual. A menu item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy
-accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference).
-
----
-** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of
-the distribution.
-
-This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed,
-together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory. A menu
-item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy accessible
-(Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp).
-
----
-** New translations of the Emacs Tutorial are available in the
-following languages: Brasilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Chinese (both
-with simplified and traditional characters), French, and Italian.
-Type `C-u C-h t' to choose one of them in case your language setup
-doesn't automatically select the right one.
-
----
-** A Portugese translation of Emacs' reference card has been added.
-Its name is `pt-br-refcard.tex'. The corresponding PostScript file is
-also included.
-
-
----
-** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available.
-
----
-** Emacs now includes support for loading image libraries on demand.
-(Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.) You can configure
-the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by
-setting the variable `image-library-alist'.
-
----
-** Support for Cygwin was added.
-
----
-** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added.
-
----
-** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added.
-
----
-** Support for MacOS X was added.
-See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
-
----
-** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added.
-
----
-** Mac OS 9 port now uses the Carbon API by default. You can also
-create non-Carbon build by specifying `NonCarbon' as a target. See
-the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
-
----
-** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union
-types any more. Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types.
-
----
-** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how
-much pure storage it will approximately need.
-
-** The script etc/emacs-buffer.gdb can be used with gdb to retrieve the
-contents of buffers from a core dump and save them to files easily, should
-emacs crash.
-
----
-** The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el uses a different terminfo name.
-The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el now uses "eterm-color" as its
-terminfo name, since term.el now supports color.
-
----
-** Emacs Lisp source files are compressed by default if `gzip' is available.
-
-\f
-* Startup Changes in Emacs 22.1
-
-+++
-** New command line option -Q or --quick.
-This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables
-the fancy startup screen.
-
-+++
-** New command line option -D or --basic-display.
-Disables the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, and
-the blinking cursor.
-
-+++
-** New command line option -nbc or --no-blinking-cursor disables
-the blinking cursor on graphical terminals.
-
-+++
-** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE.
-It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they
-can start with this line:
-
- #!/usr/bin/emacs --script
-
-+++
-** The option --directory DIR now modifies `load-path' immediately.
-Directories are added to the front of `load-path' in the order they
-appear on the command line. For example, with this command line:
-
- emacs -batch -L .. -L /tmp --eval "(require 'foo)"
-
-Emacs looks for library `foo' in the parent directory, then in /tmp, then
-in the other directories in `load-path'. (-L is short for --directory.)
-
-+++
-** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to
---no-window-system. The old one still works, but is deprecated.
-
----
-** If the environment variable DISPLAY specifies an unreachable X display,
-Emacs will now startup as if invoked with the --no-window-system option.
-
-+++
-** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function,
-now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is
-an interactively callable function.
-
-+++
-** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to
-all frames you create. A position specified with --geometry only
-affects the initial frame.
-
-+++
-** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display.
-When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options
-`--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame
-whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire
-screen size. (For now, this does not work with some window managers.)
-
-+++
-** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line
-arguments were given. The new command-line option --no-splash
-disables the splash screen; see also the variable
-`inhibit-startup-message' (which is also aliased as
-`inhibit-splash-screen').
-
-+++
-** The default is now to use a bitmap as the icon, so the command-line options
---icon-type, -i has been replaced with options --no-bitmap-icon, -nbi to turn
-the bitmap icon off.
-
-+++
-** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'.
-When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally
-displays a buffer menu. This option turns the buffer menu off.
-
-+++
-** Init file changes
-If the init file ~/.emacs does not exist, Emacs will try
-~/.emacs.d/init.el or ~/.emacs.d/init.elc. You can also put the shell
-init file .emacs_SHELL under ~/.emacs.d.
-
-+++
-** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs
-automatically at startup, if it exists. When Emacs offers to save
-modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed. It
-can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first,
-according to the value of `save-abbrevs'.
-\f
-* Incompatible Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1
-
-+++
-** M-g is now a prefix key.
-M-g g and M-g M-g run goto-line.
-M-g n and M-g M-n run next-error (like C-x `).
-M-g p and M-g M-p run previous-error.
-
-+++
-** C-u M-g M-g switches to the most recent previous buffer,
-and goes to the specified line in that buffer.
-
-When goto-line starts to execute, if there's a number in the buffer at
-point then it acts as the default argument for the minibuffer.
-
-+++
-** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted,
-since there are situations where one or the other will shut down
-the operating system or your X server.
-
-+++
-** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t.
-
-+++
-** When the undo information of the current command gets really large
-(beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs discards it and warns
-you about it.
-
-+++
-** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin
-in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region.
-
-+++
-** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
-previous mark if you set `set-mark-command-repeat-pop' to t. I.e. C-u
-C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC
-to set the mark immediately after a jump.
-
-+++
-** The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
-have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
-
-+++
-** In incremental search, C-w is changed. M-%, C-M-w and C-M-y are special.
-
-See below under "incremental search changes".
-
----
-** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case.
-
-Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect
-of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the
-directory with Dired.
-
-You can get the old behavior by typing C-x C-f M-n RET, which fetches
-the actual file name into the minibuffer.
-
-+++
-** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
-to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point,
-it remains unchanged.
-
-+++
-** When Emacs prompts for file names, SPC no longer completes the file name.
-This is so filenames with embedded spaces could be input without the
-need to quote the space with a C-q. The underlying changes in the
-keymaps that are active in the minibuffer are described below under
-"New keymaps for typing file names".
-
-+++
-** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties;
-M-o M-o requests refontification.
-
-+++
-** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link.
-
-See below for more details.
-
-+++
-** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
-control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
-by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
-too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
-doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
-special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
-\f
-* Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1
-
-+++
-** !MEM FULL! at the start of the mode line indicates that Emacs
-cannot get any more memory for Lisp data. This often means it could
-crash soon if you do things that use more memory. On most systems,
-killing buffers will get out of this state. If killing buffers does
-not make !MEM FULL! disappear, you should save your work and start
-a new Emacs.
-
-+++
-** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled.
-On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455).
-
-+++
-** You can now switch buffers in a cyclic order with C-x C-left
-(previous-buffer) and C-x C-right (next-buffer). C-x left and
-C-x right can be used as well. The functions keep a different buffer
-cycle for each frame, using the frame-local buffer list.
-
-+++
-** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo.
-
-+++
-** M-SPC (just-one-space) when given a numeric argument N
-converts whitespace around point to N spaces.
-
----
-** C-x 5 C-o displays a specified buffer in another frame
-but does not switch to that frame. It's the multi-frame
-analogue of C-x 4 C-o.
-
----
-** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters:
-`insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'.
-
-+++
-** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once.
-By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>.
-
-+++
-** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can
-be inconvenient when you did not expect them. The variable
-`yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones. Insertion
-of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties.
-
-+++
-** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have
-been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used
-in Indented-Text mode.
-
-+++
-** M-x setenv now expands environment variable references.
-
-Substrings of the form `$foo' and `${foo}' in the specified new value
-now refer to the value of environment variable foo. To include a `$'
-in the value, use `$$'.
-
-+++
-** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now
-understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and
-`same-window'.
-
-+++
-** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken
-from the locale.
-
-** The command `list-faces-display' now accepts a prefix arg.
-When passed, the function prompts for a regular expression and lists
-only faces matching this regexp.
-
-** Mark command changes:
-
-+++
-*** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
-previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the
-mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump.
-
-+++
-*** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times.
-
-If you type C-M-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h
-(mark-paragraph), or C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region
-extends each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC
-M-C-SPC, for example. This feature also works for
-mark-end-of-sentence, if you bind that to a key. It also extends the
-region when the mark is active in Transient Mark mode, regardless of
-the last command. To start a new region with one of marking commands
-in Transient Mark mode, you can deactivate the active region with C-g,
-or set the new mark with C-SPC.
-
-+++
-*** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg.
-
-With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs;
-if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding
-paragraphs.
-
-+++
-*** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the
-mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the
-region. Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might
-want to get this behavior from a particular command. There are two
-ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one
-command only.
-
-One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode
-and sets the mark at point. The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x.
-This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the
-mark or the region.
-
-After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you
-deactivate the mark. That typically happens when you type a command
-that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing
-C-g.
-
-+++
-*** Movement commands `beginning-of-buffer', `end-of-buffer',
-`beginning-of-defun', `end-of-defun' do not set the mark if the mark
-is already active in Transient Mark mode.
-
-** Help command changes:
-
-+++
-*** Changes in C-h bindings:
-
-C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer.
-
-C-h d runs apropos-documentation.
-
-C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files
- that do not change:
-
-C-h C-f displays the FAQ.
-C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file.
-
-The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
-have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
-
-C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands.
-- C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping)
- run by the key sequence.
-- C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the
- command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run
- that command.
-
-For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped
-to new-kill-line, these commands now report:
-- C-h c and C-h k C-k reports:
- C-k runs the command new-kill-line
-- C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports:
- kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline>
-- C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports:
- new-kill-line is on C-k
-
----
-*** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function
-arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it. To change the
-default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function
-`help-default-arg-highlight'.
-
-+++
-*** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for
-variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available).
-
-+++
-*** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is
-preceded or followed by the word `face'. It no longer makes
-hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless
-preceded by one of the words `variable' or `option'. It now makes
-hyperlinks to Info anchors (or nodes) if the anchor (or node) name is
-enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `info anchor' or `Info
-anchor' (in addition to earlier `info node' and `Info node'). In
-addition, it now makes hyperlinks to URLs as well if the URL is
-enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `URL'.
-
-+++
-*** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with
-description various information about a character, including its
-encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and
-widgets at point. You can get more information about some of them, by
-clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET.
-
-+++
-*** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because
-C-u C-x = gives the same information and more.
-
-+++
-*** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point
-in the echo area. It is bound to `C-h .'. It normally displays the
-same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the
-`help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more
-keyboard oriented alternative.
-
-+++
-*** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to
-automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on
-point-over, after suitable idle time. The amount of idle time is
-determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults
-to one second. This feature is turned off by default.
-
-+++
-*** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match.
-When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must
-be present for an item to match. Regular expression matching is still
-available.
-
-+++
-*** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items
-to be sorted according to their score. The score for an item is a
-number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or
-regular expression that you entered to the apropos command. The best
-match is listed first, and the calculated score is shown for each
-matching item.
-
-** Incremental Search changes:
-
-+++
-*** Vertical scrolling is now possible within incremental search.
-To enable this feature, customize the new user option
-`isearch-allow-scroll'. User written commands which satisfy stringent
-constraints can be marked as "scrolling commands". See the Emacs manual
-for details.
-
-+++
-*** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word,
-making the decision in a heuristic way. This new job is done by the
-command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'. To restore the old behavior,
-bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'.
-
-+++
-*** C-y in incremental search now grabs the next line if point is already
-at the end of a line.
-
-+++
-*** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode.
-Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e'
-and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer.
-
-+++
-*** M-% typed in isearch mode invokes `query-replace' or
-`query-replace-regexp' (depending on search mode) with the current
-search string used as the string to replace.
-
-+++
-*** Isearch no longer adds `isearch-resume' commands to the command
-history by default. To enable this feature, customize the new
-user option `isearch-resume-in-command-history'.
-
-** Replace command changes:
-
----
-*** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil,
-`query-replace' and related functions simply ignore
-a match if part of it has a read-only property.
-
-+++
-*** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and
-`replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string,
-where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement
-time. In many cases, this will be more convenient than using
-`query-replace-regexp-eval'. `\#' in a replacement string now refers
-to the count of replacements already made by the replacement command.
-All regular expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the
-replacement string to specify a position where the replacement string
-can be edited for each replacement.
-
-+++
-*** query-replace uses isearch lazy highlighting when the new user option
-`query-replace-lazy-highlight' is non-nil.
-
----
-*** The current match in query-replace is highlighted in new face
-`query-replace' which by default inherits from isearch face.
-
-** Local variables lists:
-
-+++
-*** In processing a local variables list, Emacs strips the prefix and
-suffix from every line before processing all the lines.
-
-+++
-*** Text properties in local variables.
-
-A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text
-properties--any specified text properties are discarded.
-
-+++
-*** If the local variables list contains any variable-value pairs that
-are not known to be safe, Emacs shows a prompt asking whether to apply
-the local variables list as a whole. In earlier versions, a prompt
-was only issued for variables explicitly marked as risky (for the
-definition of risky variables, see `risky-local-variable-p').
-
-At the prompt, you can choose to save the contents of this local
-variables list to `safe-local-variable-values'. This new customizable
-option is a list of variable-value pairs that are known to be safe.
-Variables can also be marked as safe with the existing
-`safe-local-variable' property (see `safe-local-variable-p').
-However, risky variables will not be added to
-`safe-local-variable-values' in this way.
-
-+++
-*** The variable `enable-local-variables' controls how local variable
-lists are handled. t, the default, specifies the standard querying
-behavior. :safe means use only safe values, and ignore the rest.
-nil means ignore them all. Anything else means always query.
-
-+++
-*** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that
-are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables
-specification. Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating
-such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is
-needed.
-
-+++
-*** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property,
-that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it
-appears in an `eval' local variables specification. If the property
-is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is
-ok. If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called
-with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call.
-
-If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for
-confirmation as before.
-
-** File operation changes:
-
-+++
-*** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when
-the corresponding environment variable does not exist.
-Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting
-is only rarely needed.
-
-+++
-*** find-file-read-only visits multiple files in read-only mode,
-when the file name contains wildcard characters.
-
-+++
-*** find-alternate-file replaces the current file with multiple files,
-when the file name contains wildcard characters.
-
-+++
-*** Auto Compression mode is now enabled by default.
-
----
-*** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case.
-
-Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect
-of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the
-directory with Dired.
-
-+++
-*** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify
-read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too. Type C-x C-q if you
-want to make the buffer writable. (As root, you can in fact alter the
-file.)
-
-+++
-*** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer
-against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving.
-
-+++
-*** The commands copy-file, rename-file, make-symbolic-link and
-add-name-to-file, when given a directory as the "new name" argument,
-convert it to a file name by merging in the within-directory part of
-the existing file's name. (This is the same convention that shell
-commands cp, mv, and ln follow.) Thus, M-x copy-file RET ~/foo RET
-/tmp RET copies ~/foo to /tmp/foo.
-
----
-*** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation
-before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is
-supplied. This behavior is analogous to `write-file'.
-
----
-*** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that
-controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will
-attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files).
-
-+++
-*** The new option `write-region-inhibit-fsync' disables calls to fsync
-in `write-region'. This can be useful on laptops to avoid spinning up
-the hard drive upon each file save. Enabling this variable may result
-in data loss, use with care.
-
-+++
-*** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold',
-Emacs asks for confirmation.
-
-+++
-*** require-final-newline now has two new possible values:
-
-`visit' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's needed
-when visiting the file.
-
-`visit-save' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's
-needed when visiting the file, and also add a newline if it's needed
-when saving the file.
-
-+++
-*** The new option mode-require-final-newline controls how certain
-major modes enable require-final-newline. Any major mode that's
-designed for a kind of file that should normally end in a newline
-sets require-final-newline based on mode-require-final-newline.
-So you can customize mode-require-final-newline to control what these
-modes do.
-
-** Minibuffer changes:
-
-+++
-*** The new file-name-shadow-mode is turned ON by default, so that when
-entering a file name, any prefix which Emacs will ignore is dimmed.
-
-+++
-*** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'.
-Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the
-variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the
-prompt string.
-
----
-*** Enhanced visual feedback in `*Completions*' buffer.
-
-Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions
-have in common and where they begin to differ.
-
-The common prefix shared by all possible completions uses the face
-`completions-common-part', while the first character that isn't the
-same uses the face `completions-first-difference'. By default,
-`completions-common-part' inherits from `default', and
-`completions-first-difference' inherits from `bold'. The idea of
-`completions-common-part' is that you can use it to make the common
-parts less visible than normal, so that the rest of the differing
-parts is, by contrast, slightly highlighted.
-
-Above fontification is always done when listing completions is
-triggered at minibuffer. If you want to fontify completions whose
-listing is triggered at the other normal buffer, you have to pass
-the common prefix of completions to `display-completion-list' as
-its second argument.
-
-+++
-*** File-name completion can now ignore specified directories.
-If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a
-slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when
-completing file names. Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions'
-which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion
-candidate is a directory.
-
-+++
-*** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
-to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point,
-it remains unchanged.
-
-+++
-*** New user option `history-delete-duplicates'.
-If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical
-elements are deleted.
-
-** Redisplay changes:
-
-+++
-*** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode.
-When the file is maintained under version control, that information
-appears between the position information and the major mode.
-
-+++
-*** New face `escape-glyph' highlights control characters and escape glyphs.
-
-+++
-*** Non-breaking space and hyphens are now displayed with a special
-face, either nobreak-space or escape-glyph. You can turn this off or
-specify a different mode by setting the variable `nobreak-char-display'.
-
-+++
-*** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized.
-The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from
-the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling
-will horizontally scroll the window. The default value is 5.
-
-The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic
-hscrolling scrolls the window when point gets too close to the
-window edge. If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the
-window so as to center point. If its value is an integer, it says how
-many columns to scroll. If the value is a floating-point number, it
-gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window.
-
-The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to
-`auto-hscroll-mode'. The old name is still available as an alias.
-
----
-*** Moving or scrolling through images (and other lines) taller than
-the window now works sensibly, by automatically adjusting the window's
-vscroll property.
-
-+++
-*** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line
-of non-selected windows. The `mode-line' face is now used to display
-the mode line of the currently selected window.
-
-The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether
-the `mode-line-inactive' face is used.
-
-+++
-*** You can now customize the use of window fringes. To control this
-for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the
-top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable. To
-control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x
-set-fringe-style.
-
-+++
-*** Angle icons in the fringes can indicate the buffer boundaries. In
-addition, up and down arrow bitmaps in the fringe indicate which ways
-the window can be scrolled.
-
-This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
-`indicate-buffer-boundaries' to a non-nil value. The default value of
-this variable is found in `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.
-
-If value is `left' or `right', both angle and arrow bitmaps are
-displayed in the left or right fringe, resp.
-
-The value can also be an alist which specifies the presence and
-position of each bitmap individually.
-
-For example, ((top . left) (t . right)) places the top angle bitmap
-in left fringe, the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both
-arrow bitmaps in right fringe. To show just the angle bitmaps in the
-left fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top . left) (bottom . left)).
-
-+++
-*** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window
-(not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into
-two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line).
-Instead, the newline now "overflows" into the right fringe, and the
-cursor will be displayed in the fringe when positioned on that newline.
-
-The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' can be set to nil to
-revert to the old behavior of continuing such lines.
-
-+++
-*** When a window has display margin areas, the fringes are now
-displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than
-outside those margins.
-
-+++
-*** A window can now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings,
-in addition to the individual display margin settings.
-
-Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split
-horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored,
-or when the frame is resized.
-
-** Cursor display changes:
-
-+++
-*** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is
-now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'.
-
-+++
-*** The X resource cursorBlink can be used to turn off cursor blinking.
-
-+++
-*** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor.
-The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in
-default-frame-alist. It supports variable heights, like the `bar'
-cursor does.
-
-+++
-*** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any)
-of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor
-appears in.
-
-+++
-*** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any
-of the recognized cursor types.
-
-+++
-*** On text terminals, the variable `visible-cursor' controls whether Emacs
-uses the "very visible" cursor (the default) or the normal cursor.
-
-** New faces:
-
-+++
-*** `mode-line-highlight' is the standard face indicating mouse sensitive
-elements on mode-line (and header-line) like `highlight' face on text
-areas.
-
-*** `mode-line-buffer-id' is the standard face for buffer identification
-parts of the mode line.
-
-+++
-*** `shadow' face defines the appearance of the "shadowed" text, i.e.
-the text which should be less noticeable than the surrounding text.
-This can be achieved by using shades of grey in contrast with either
-black or white default foreground color. This generic shadow face
-allows customization of the appearance of shadowed text in one place,
-so package-specific faces can inherit from it.
-
-+++
-*** `vertical-border' face is used for the vertical divider between windows.
-
-** Font-Lock changes:
-
-+++
-*** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties;
-M-o M-o requests refontification.
-
-+++
-*** All modes now support using M-x font-lock-mode to toggle
-fontification, even those such as Occur, Info, and comint-derived
-modes that do their own fontification in a special way.
-
-The variable `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable
-fontification in Info, remove `turn-on-font-lock' from
-`Info-mode-hook'.
-
-+++
-*** font-lock: in modes like C and Lisp where the fontification assumes that
-an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of any string or comment,
-font-lock now highlights any such open-paren-in-column-zero in bold-red
-if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it can cause
-trouble with fontification and/or indentation.
-
-+++
-*** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'.
-
-+++
-*** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-comment-delimiter-face'.
-
-+++
-*** Easy to overlook single character negation can now be font-locked.
-You can use the new variable `font-lock-negation-char-face' and the face of
-the same name to customize this. Currently the cc-modes, sh-script-mode,
-cperl-mode and make-mode support this.
-
----
-*** The default settings for JIT stealth lock parameters are changed.
-The default value for the user option jit-lock-stealth-time is now 16
-instead of 3, and the default value of jit-lock-stealth-nice is now
-0.5 instead of 0.125. The new defaults should lower the CPU usage
-when Emacs is fontifying in the background.
-
----
-*** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'.
-
-If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs
-idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification. For
-example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will
-only happen after 0.25s of idle time.
-
----
-*** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification.
-
-jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and
-jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual
-refontification takes place.
-
-** Menu support:
-
----
-*** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options".
-This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such
-as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself).
-You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn
-it off completely. There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of
-current date and time, current line and column number in the mode-line.
-
----
-*** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide".
-
----
-*** You can exit dialog windows and menus by typing C-g.
-
----
-*** The menu item "Open File..." has been split into two items, "New File..."
-and "Open File...". "Open File..." now opens only existing files. This is
-to support existing GUI file selection dialogs better.
-
-+++
-*** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, Mac, W32 and Motif/Lesstif can be
-disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'.
-
----
-*** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can
-be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+, Mac and W32).
-
-+++
-*** The Lucid menus can display multilingual text in your locale. You have
-to explicitly specify a fontSet resource for this to work, for example
-`-xrm "Emacs*fontSet: -*-helvetica-medium-r-*--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*,*"'.
-
----
-*** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and Lesstif/Motif now pops down when pressing
-ESC, like they do for Gtk+, Mac and W32.
-
-+++
-*** For the Gtk+ version, you can make Emacs use the old file dialog
-by setting the variable `x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog' to t. Default is to use
-the new dialog.
-
-** Mouse changes:
-
-+++
-*** If you set the new variable `mouse-autoselect-window' to a non-nil
-value, windows are automatically selected as you move the mouse from
-one Emacs window to another, even within a frame. A minibuffer window
-can be selected only when it is active.
-
-+++
-*** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to
-select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position
-normally changes according to the mouse click position. If you set
-the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected
-window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame
-to give it focus.
-
-+++
-*** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link.
-
-Traditionally, Emacs uses a Mouse-1 click to set point and a Mouse-2
-click to follow a link, whereas most other applications use a Mouse-1
-click for both purposes, depending on whether you click outside or
-inside a link. Now the behavior of a Mouse-1 click has been changed
-to match this context-sentitive dual behavior. (If you prefer the old
-behavior, set the user option `mouse-1-click-follows-link' to nil.)
-
-Depending on the current mode, a Mouse-2 click in Emacs can do much
-more than just follow a link, so the new Mouse-1 behavior is only
-activated for modes which explicitly mark a clickable text as a "link"
-(see the new function `mouse-on-link-p' for details). The Lisp
-packages that are included in release 22.1 have been adapted to do
-this, but external packages may not yet support this. However, there
-is no risk in using such packages, as the worst thing that could
-happen is that you get the original Mouse-1 behavior when you click
-on a link, which typically means that you set point where you click.
-
-If you want to get the original Mouse-1 action also inside a link, you
-just need to press the Mouse-1 button a little longer than a normal
-click (i.e. press and hold the Mouse-1 button for half a second before
-you release it).
-
-Dragging the Mouse-1 inside a link still performs the original
-drag-mouse-1 action, typically copy the text.
-
-You can customize the new Mouse-1 behavior via the new user options
-`mouse-1-click-follows-link' and `mouse-1-click-in-non-selected-windows'.
-
-+++
-*** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse
-is over the text. By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you
-can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the
-mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key. You can
-also disable mouse highlighting.
-
-+++
-*** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse
-shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new
-variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil.
-
----
-*** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window
-(rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'.
-
----
-*** Emacs ignores mouse-2 clicks while the mouse wheel is being moved.
-
-People tend to push the mouse wheel (which counts as a mouse-2 click)
-unintentionally while turning the wheel, so these clicks are now
-ignored. You can customize this with the mouse-wheel-click-event and
-mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables.
-
-+++
-*** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default.
-
-** Multilingual Environment (Mule) changes:
-
----
-*** Language environment and various default coding systems are setup
-more correctly according to the current locale name. If the locale
-name doesn't specify a charset, the default is what glibc defines.
-This change can result in using the different coding systems as
-default in some locale (e.g. vi_VN).
-
-+++
-*** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your
-current locale settings if you are not using a window system. This
-can mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII
-characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal
-emulator) works. Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize
-keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default)
-or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated
-by the keyboard. See Info node `Single-Byte Character Support'.
-
-+++
-*** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r)
-revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify.
-
-+++
-*** New command `recode-region' decodes the region again by a specified
-coding system.
-
-+++
-*** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name
-of a file.
-
----
-*** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its
-unicode.
-
-+++
-*** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets
-coding system for encoding and decoding file names. A new menu item
-(Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this
-command.
-
-+++
-*** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type
-in the current input method to input a character at point.
-
-+++
-*** Limited support for character `unification' has been added.
-Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of
-the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard
-Unicode mappings. This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859
-sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended. For instance,
-translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the
-mule-unicode-... ones.
-
-By default this translation happens automatically on encoding.
-Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant
-with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where
-possible.
-
-You can force a more complete unification with the user option
-unify-8859-on-decoding-mode. That maps all the Latin-N character sets
-into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and
-mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding. Note that this mode
-will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding.
-
----
-*** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into
-either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets,
-when possible. The latter are more space-efficient. This is
-controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding.
-
----
-*** New language environments: French, Ukrainian, Tajik,
-Bulgarian, Belarusian, Ukrainian, UTF-8, Windows-1255, Welsh, Latin-6,
-Latin-7, Lithuanian, Latvian, Swedish, Slovenian, Croatian, Georgian,
-Italian, Russian, Malayalam, Tamil, Russian, Chinese-EUC-TW. (Set up
-automatically according to the locale.)
-
----
-*** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix,
-ukrainian-computer, belarusian, bulgarian-bds, russian-computer,
-vietnamese-telex, lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard,
-latvian-keyboard, welsh, georgian, rfc1345, ucs, sgml,
-bulgarian-phonetic, dutch, slovenian, croatian, malayalam-inscript,
-tamil-inscript.
-
----
-*** New input method chinese-sisheng for inputting Chinese Pinyin
-characters.
-
----
-*** Improved Thai support. A new minor mode `thai-word-mode' (which is
-automatically activated if you select Thai as a language
-environment) changes key bindings of most word-oriented commands to
-versions which recognize Thai words. Affected commands are
- M-f (forward-word)
- M-b (backward-word)
- M-d (kill-word)
- M-DEL (backward-kill-word)
- M-t (transpose-words)
- M-q (fill-paragraph)
-
----
-*** Indian support has been updated.
-The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based. CDAC fonts are
-assumed. There is a framework for supporting various
-Indian scripts, but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are
-supported.
-
----
-*** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'.
-
----
-*** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced.
-By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into
-single quasi-characters. User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is
-turned on by default) arranges to translate many utf-8 CJK character
-sequences into real Emacs characters in a similar way to the Mule-UCS
-system. As this loads a fairly big data on demand, people who are not
-interested in CJK characters may want to customize it to nil.
-You can augment/amend the CJK translation via hash tables
-`ucs-mule-cjk-to-unicode' and `ucs-unicode-to-mule-cjk'. The utf-8
-coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's
-one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones.
-The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly.
-
----
-*** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese
-in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving,
-Big 5 is then converted to CNS.
-
----
-*** Many new coding systems are available in the `code-pages' library.
-These include complete versions of most of those in codepage.el, based
-on Unicode mappings. `codepage-setup' is now obsolete and is used
-only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs. All coding systems defined in
-`code-pages' are auto-loaded.
-
----
-*** New variable `utf-translate-cjk-unicode-range' controls which
-Unicode characters to translate in `utf-translate-cjk-mode'.
-
----
-*** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of
-characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system. Just specify the
-fontset appropriately.
-
-** Customize changes:
-
-+++
-*** Custom themes are collections of customize options. Create a
-custom theme with M-x customize-create-theme. Use M-x load-theme to
-load and enable a theme, and M-x disable-theme to disable it. Use M-x
-enable-theme to enable a disabled theme.
-
-+++
-*** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window
-now look at the character after point. If a face or faces are
-specified for that character, the commands by default customize those
-faces.
-
----
-*** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing.
-In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding
-check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection
-for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make
-sense for the attribute. When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking
-its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in
-case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden.
-
-+++
-*** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer,
-the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable.
-You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value"
-under the "[State]" button.
-
-** Buffer Menu changes:
-
-+++
-*** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file
-buffers only in the Buffer Menu. It is bound to T in Buffer Menu
-mode.
-
-+++
-*** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin
-with a space, when those buffers are visiting files. Normally buffers
-whose names begin with space are omitted.
-
----
-*** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and
-`buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed
-in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar.
-
-`buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays
-leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer.
-If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories are
-shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil. The value of nil
-and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively.
-
-`buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes
-the modified and read-only status of the buffers. By default it is
-t, and the status is shown.
-
-Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time
-the Buffers menu is regenerated.
-
-** Dired mode:
-
----
-*** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged,
-dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning
-introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces.
-
-+++
-*** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files
-with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
-
-+++
-*** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps
-of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer.
-
-+++
-*** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
-control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
-by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
-too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
-double quotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
-special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
-
-+++
-*** In Dired, the w command now copies the current line's file name
-into the kill ring. With a zero prefix arg, copies absolute file names.
-
-+++
-*** In Dired-x, Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode.
-
-The mode toggling command is bound to M-o. A new command
-dired-mark-omitted, bound to * O, marks omitted files. The variable
-dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the mode toggling function
-instead.
-
-+++
-*** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args
-have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and
-directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a
-directory listing into a buffer.
-
-** Comint changes:
-
----
-*** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user
-option `comint-prompt-read-only'. This is not enabled by default,
-except in IELM buffers. The read-only status of IELM prompts can be
-controlled with the new user option `ielm-prompt-read-only', which
-overrides `comint-prompt-read-only'.
-
-The new commands `comint-kill-whole-line' and `comint-kill-region'
-support editing comint buffers with read-only prompts.
-
-`comint-kill-whole-line' is like `kill-whole-line', but ignores both
-read-only and field properties. Hence, it always kill entire
-lines, including any prompts.
-
-`comint-kill-region' is like `kill-region', except that it ignores
-read-only properties, if it is safe to do so. This means that if any
-part of a prompt is deleted, then the entire prompt must be deleted
-and that all prompts must stay at the beginning of a line. If this is
-not the case, then `comint-kill-region' behaves just like
-`kill-region' if read-only properties are involved: it copies the text
-to the kill-ring, but does not delete it.
-
-+++
-*** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived
-modes (shell-mode, etc.) inserts arguments from previous command lines,
-like bash's `ESC .' binding. It is bound by default to `C-c .', but
-otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version.
-
-+++
-*** `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' has been renamed
-`comint-use-prompt-regexp'. The old name has been kept as an alias,
-but declared obsolete.
-
-** M-x Compile changes:
-
----
-*** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable
-
-Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized. Messages that are
-recognized as warnings or informational come in orange or green, instead of
-red. Informational messages are by default skipped with `next-error'
-(controlled by `compilation-skip-threshold').
-
-Location data is collected on the fly as the *compilation* buffer changes.
-This means you could modify messages to make them point to different files.
-This also means you can not go to locations of messages you may have deleted.
-
-The variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' has now become customizable. If
-you had added your own regexps to this, you'll probably need to include a
-leading `^', otherwise they'll match anywhere on a line. There is now also a
-`compilation-mode-font-lock-keywords' and it nicely handles all the checks
-that configure outputs and -o options so you see at a glance where you are.
-
-The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message.
-
-+++
-*** New user option `compilation-environment'.
-This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior
-compilation processes without affecting the environment that all
-subprocesses inherit.
-
-+++
-*** New user option `compilation-disable-input'.
-If this is non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
-
-+++
-*** New options `next-error-highlight' and `next-error-highlight-no-select'
-specify the method of highlighting of the corresponding source line
-in new face `next-error'.
-
-+++
-*** A new minor mode `next-error-follow-minor-mode' can be used in
-compilation-mode, grep-mode, occur-mode, and diff-mode (i.e. all the
-modes that can use `next-error'). In this mode, cursor motion in the
-buffer causes automatic display in another window of the corresponding
-matches, compilation errors, etc. This minor mode can be toggled with
-C-c C-f.
-
-+++
-*** When the left fringe is displayed, an arrow points to current message in
-the compilation buffer.
-
-+++
-*** The new variable `compilation-context-lines' controls lines of leading
-context before the current message. If nil and the left fringe is displayed,
-it doesn't scroll the compilation output window. If there is no left fringe,
-no arrow is displayed and a value of nil means display the message at the top
-of the window.
-
-** Occur mode changes:
-
-+++
-*** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and
-C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without
-switching to it.
-
-+++
-*** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to
-the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur.
-
-+++
-*** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can
-search multiple buffers. There is also a new command
-`multi-occur-in-matching-buffers' which allows you to specify the
-buffers to search by their filenames or buffer names. Internally,
-Occur mode has been rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other
-changes.
-
-** Grep changes:
-
-+++
-*** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup.
-
-There's a new separate package grep.el, with its own submenu and
-customization group.
-
-+++
-*** `grep-find' is now also available under the name `find-grep' where
-people knowing `find-grep-dired' would probably expect it.
-
-+++
-*** New commands `lgrep' (local grep) and `rgrep' (recursive grep) are
-more user-friendly versions of `grep' and `grep-find', which prompt
-separately for the regular expression to match, the files to search,
-and the base directory for the search (rgrep only). Case sensitivitivy
-of the search is controlled by the current value of `case-fold-search'.
-
-These commands build the shell commands based on the new variables
-`grep-template' (lgrep) and `grep-find-template' (rgrep).
-
-The files to search can use aliases defined in `grep-files-aliases'.
-
-Subdirectories listed in `grep-find-ignored-directories' such as those
-typically used by various version control systems, like CVS and arch,
-are automatically skipped by `rgrep'.
-
----
-*** The grep commands provide highlighting support.
-
-Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange. Grep buffers
-can be saved and automatically revisited.
-
----
-*** The new variables `grep-window-height' and `grep-scroll-output' override
-the corresponding compilation mode settings, for grep commands only.
-
-+++
-*** New option `grep-highlight-matches' highlights matches in *grep*
-buffer. It uses a special feature of some grep programs which accept
---color option to output markers around matches. When going to the next
-match with `next-error' the exact match is highlighted in the source
-buffer. Otherwise, if `grep-highlight-matches' is nil, the whole
-source line is highlighted.
-
-+++
-*** New key bindings in grep output window:
-SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down. C-n and C-p moves to next and
-previous match in the grep window. RET jumps to the source line of
-the current match. `n' and `p' shows next and previous match in
-other window, but does not switch buffer. `{' and `}' jumps to the
-previous or next file in the grep output. TAB also jumps to the next
-file.
-
-+++
-*** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line
-by using GNU grep `-H' option instead. M-x grep automatically
-detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked.
-When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed
-unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated
-command lines to be used than was possible before.
-
-** X Windows Support:
-
-+++
-*** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X. Dropping a file on a window
- opens it, dropping text inserts the text. Dropping a file on a dired
- buffer copies or moves the file to that directory.
-
-+++
-*** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper).
-The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym',
-and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should
-use for the modifiers. For example, the following two lines swap
-Meta and Alt:
- (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta)
- (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt)
-
-+++
-*** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which can
-speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server.
-
-If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of
-XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on.
-
----
-*** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs
-requests X selection. The default value is nil, which means that
-Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING,
-and use the more appropriately result.
-
----
-*** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling.
-On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual
-amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it).
-
-** Xterm support:
-
----
-*** If you enable Xterm Mouse mode, Emacs will respond to mouse clicks
-on the mode line, header line and display margin, when run in an xterm.
-
----
-*** Improved key bindings support when running in an xterm.
-When emacs is running in an xterm more key bindings are available. The
-following should work:
-{C,S,C-S,A}-{right,left,up,down,prior,next,delete,insert,F1-12}.
-These key bindings work on xterm from X.org 6.8, they might not work on
-some older versions of xterm, or on some proprietary versions.
-
-** Character terminal color support changes:
-
-+++
-*** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard
-mode for a tty color support. It is meant to be used on character
-terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal
-database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't
-set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable
-terminal. "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls'
-when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors
-in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well. See the
-user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter.
-
----
-*** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more
-than 8 colors. For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and
-256-color modes are supported. Emacs automatically notes at startup
-the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for
-all of these colors.
-
-+++
-*** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default
-faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and
-256-color xterms. This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an
-88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face
-colors as on X.
-
----
-*** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator.
-\f
-* New Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1
-
-** ERC is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-
-ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client for Emacs.
-
-To see what modules are available, type
-M-x customize-option erc-modules RET.
-
-To start an IRC session, type M-x erc-select, and follow the prompts
-for server, port, and nick.
-
----
-** Rcirc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-
-Rcirc is an Internet relay chat (IRC) client. It supports
-simultaneous connections to multiple IRC servers. Each discussion
-takes place in its own buffer. For each connection you can join
-several channels (many-to-many) and participate in private
-(one-to-one) chats. Both channel and private chats are contained in
-separate buffers.
-
-To start an IRC session, type M-x irc, and follow the prompts for
-server, port, nick and initial channels.
-
----
-** Newsticker is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-
-Newsticker asynchronously retrieves headlines (RSS) from a list of news
-sites, prepares these headlines for reading, and allows for loading the
-corresponding articles in a web browser. Its documentation is in a
-separate manual.
-
-+++
-** savehist saves minibuffer histories between sessions.
-To use this feature, turn on savehist-mode in your `.emacs' file.
-
-+++
-** Filesets are collections of files. You can define a fileset in
-various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on
-program files that include other program files.
-
-Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on
-all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing
-in them.
-
-+++
-** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-
-Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in
-Emacs Lisp. The prefix for Calc has been changed to `C-x *' and Calc
-can be started with `C-x * *'. The Calc manual is separate from the
-Emacs manual; within Emacs, type "C-h i m calc RET" to read the
-manual. A reference card is available in `etc/calccard.tex' and
-`etc/calccard.ps'.
-
----
-** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely
-customizable replacement for buff-menu.el.
-
----
-** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-
-The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb
-package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition
-to interactive buffer switching. Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with
-a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages.
-
-+++
-** Image files are normally visited in Image mode, which lets you toggle
-between viewing the image and viewing the text using C-c C-c.
-
----
-** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-
-The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for
-cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo.
-With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement
-keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active
-region (like delete-selection-mode). Do not enable these modes with
-cua-mode. Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua.
-
-In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible
-rectangle highlighting: Use C-return to start a rectangle, extend it
-using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x
-or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works).
-
-Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to
-fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or
-downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the
-rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such
-as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use
-M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the
-rows. See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands.
-
-Cua also provides unified support for registers: Use a numeric
-prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and
-C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9.
-
-The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in
-register 0. This includes text deleted by typing text.
-
-Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space.
-When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is
-automatically inserted at the global mark position. See the
-commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands.
-
-The features of cua also works with the standard emacs bindings for
-kill, copy, yank, and undo. If you want to use cua mode, but don't
-want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you can customize the
-`cua-enable-cua-keys' variable.
-
-Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older
-versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el. To ensure proper operation, you
-must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the
-loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file.
-
-+++
-** Org mode is now part of the Emacs distribution
-
-Org mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining ToDo lists, and
-doing project planning with a fast and effective plain-text system.
-It also contains a plain-text table editor with spreadsheet-like
-capabilities.
-
-The Org mode table editor can be integrated into any major mode by
-activating the minor Orgtbl-mode.
-
-The documentation for org-mode is in a separate manual; within Emacs,
-type "C-h i m org RET" to read that manual. A reference card is
-available in `etc/orgcard.tex' and `etc/orgcard.ps'.
-
-+++
-** The new package dns-mode.el add syntax highlight of DNS master files.
-The key binding C-c C-s (`dns-mode-soa-increment-serial') can be used
-to increment the SOA serial.
-
----
-** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way
-filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so
-that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to
-emacs' filename parsing rules. The ignored portion can be made dim,
-invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable. The display method can
-be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'.
-
-+++
-** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program
-source files. See the Flymake's Info manual for more details.
-
-+++
-** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for
-the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards. The numeric
-keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked
-+, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key. The keypad
-package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys.
-
-By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup',
-`keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by
-using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and
-the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four
-possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and
-the NumLock toggle state (off/on).
-
-The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are:
-`Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits,
-`Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the
-decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization),
-`Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args
-for emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys'
-where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and
-`Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.)
-are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global
-or local keymaps.
-
-+++
-** The new kmacro package provides a simpler user interface to
-emacs' keyboard macro facilities.
-
-Basically, it uses two function keys (default F3 and F4) like this:
-F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes
-the last macro. While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value
-which automatically increments every time the macro is executed.
-
-There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently
-defined macros.
-
-The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which
-defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring,
-C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e,
-manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c,
-C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f. See the commentary in kmacro.el
-for more commands.
-
-The normal macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e now interfaces to
-the keyboard macro ring.
-
-The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro
-before calling it, if used while defining a macro.
-
-In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can
-be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'. You can customize
-this behavior via the variables kmacro-call-repeat-key and
-kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg.
-
-Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively.
-C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence
-at a time, prompting for the actions to take.
-
----
-** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer.
-When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible. When disabled, it
-restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
-
-+++
-** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on Dired
-buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc...
-
-+++
-** The new package longlines.el provides a minor mode for editing text
-files composed of long lines, based on the `use-hard-newlines'
-mechanism. The long lines are broken up by inserting soft newlines,
-which are automatically removed when saving the file to disk or
-copying into the kill ring, clipboard, etc. By default, Longlines
-mode inserts soft newlines automatically during editing, a behavior
-referred to as "soft word wrap" in other text editors. This is
-similar to Refill mode, but more reliable. To turn the word wrap
-feature off, set `longlines-auto-wrap' to nil.
-
-+++
-** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution.
-
-If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in
-the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced
-with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through
-ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript
-printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by
-`ps-print' package. Use M-x pr-help for more information.
-
----
-** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you
-move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer.
-It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts
-of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ...
-
-There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers.
-
----
-** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an
-"active" ruler in the header line. You can use the mouse to visually
-change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list'
-settings.
-
-+++
-** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing
-spreadsheet files. Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command
-letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers
-viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values.
-
-+++
-** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default)
-shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line.
-
-+++
-** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded
-`text tables' in Emacs buffers. It simulates the effect of putting
-these tables in a special major mode. The package emulates WYSIWYG
-table editing available in modern word processors. The package also
-can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such
-as latex and html from the visually laid out text table.
-
-** The tumme.el package allows you to easily view, tag and in other ways
-manipulate image files and their thumbnails, using dired as the main interface.
-Tumme provides functionality to generate simple image galleries.
-
-+++
-** Tramp is now part of the distribution.
-
-This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote
-files. But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host,
-Tramp uses a shell connection. The shell connection is always used
-for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for
-the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called
-`inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell
-connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods
-(which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or
-`rsync' to do the copying).
-
-Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also
-`su' and `sudo'. Ange-FTP is still supported via the `ftp' method.
-
-If you want to disable Tramp you should set
-
- (setq tramp-default-method "ftp")
-
-Removing Tramp, and re-enabling Ange-FTP, can be achieved by M-x
-tramp-unload-tramp.
-
----
-** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs.
-
----
-** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine
-configuration files.
-
-+++
-** The new package conf-mode.el handles thousands of configuration files, with
-varying syntaxes for comments (;, #, //, /* */ or !), assignment (var = value,
-var : value, var value or keyword var value) and sections ([section] or
-section { }). Many files under /etc/, or with suffixes like .cf through
-.config, .properties (Java), .desktop (KDE/Gnome), .ini and many others are
-recognized.
-
----
-** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit.
-
-+++
-** The new python.el package is used to edit Python and Jython programs.
-
----
-** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el.
-This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented.
-
-** The new package scroll-lock.el provides the Scroll Lock minor mode
-for pager-like scrolling. Keys which normally move point by line or
-paragraph will scroll the buffer by the respective amount of lines
-instead and point will be kept vertically fixed relative to window
-boundaries during scrolling.
-
-** The file t-mouse.el is now part of Emacs and provides access to mouse
-events from the console. It still requires gpm to work but has been updated
-for Emacs 22. In particular, the mode-line is now position sensitive.
-\f
-* Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1:
-
-** Changes in Dired
-
-+++
-*** Bindings for Tumme added
-Several new keybindings, all starting with the C-t prefix, have been
-added to Dired. They are all bound to commands in Tumme. As a starting
-point, mark some image files in a dired buffer and do C-t d to display
-thumbnails of them in a separate buffer.
-
-** Changes in Hi Lock
-
-+++
-*** hi-lock-mode now only affects a single buffer, and a new function
-`global-hi-lock-mode' enables Hi Lock in all buffers. By default, if
-hi-lock-mode is used in what appears to be the initialization file, a
-warning message suggests to use global-hi-lock-mode instead. However,
-if the new variable `hi-lock-archaic-interface-deduce' is non-nil,
-using hi-lock-mode in an initialization file will turn on Hi Lock in all
-buffers and no warning will be issued (for compatibility with the
-behavior in older versions of Emacs).
-
-** Changes in Allout
-
-*** Topic cryptography added, enabling easy gpg topic encryption and
-decryption. Per-topic basis enables interspersing encrypted-text and
-clear-text within a single file to your heart's content, using symmetric
-and/or public key modes. Time-limited key caching, user-provided
-symmetric key hinting and consistency verification, auto-encryption of
-pending topics on save, and more, make it easy to use encryption in
-powerful ways.
-
-*** `allout-view-change-hook' marked as being deprecated - use
-`allout-exposure-change-hook' instead. Both are currently being used, but
-`allout-view-change-hook' will be ignored in a subsequent allout version.
-
-*** Default command prefix changed to "\C-c " (control-c space), to avoid
-intruding on user's keybinding space. Customize the
-`allout-command-prefix' variable to your preference.
-
-*** Allout now uses text overlay's `invisible' property (and others) for
-concealed text, instead of selective-display. This simplifies the code, in
-particular avoiding the need for kludges for isearch dynamic-display,
-discretionary handling of edits of concealed text, undo concerns, etc.
-
-*** Many substantial fixes and refinements, including:
-
- - repaired inhibition of inadvertent edits to concealed text
- - repaired retention of topic body hanging indent upon topic depth shifts
- - refuse to create "containment discontinuities", where a
- topic is shifted deeper than the offspring-depth of its' container
- - bulleting variation is simpler and more accommodating, both in the
- default behavior and in ability to vary when creating new topics
- - many internal fixes and refinements
- - many module and function docstring clarifications
- - version number incremented to 2.2
-
-** The variable `woman-topic-at-point' was renamed
-to `woman-use-topic-at-point' and behaves differently: if this
-variable is non-nil, the `woman' command uses the word at point
-automatically, without asking for a confirmation. Otherwise, the word
-at point is suggested as default, but not inserted at the prompt.
-
----
-** Changes to cmuscheme
-
-*** Emacs now offers to start Scheme if the user tries to
-evaluate a Scheme expression but no Scheme subprocess is running.
-
-*** If a file `.emacs_NAME' (where NAME is the name of the Scheme interpreter)
-exists in the user's home directory or in ~/.emacs.d, its
-contents are sent to the Scheme subprocess upon startup.
-
-*** There are new commands to instruct the Scheme interpreter to trace
-procedure calls (`scheme-trace-procedure') and to expand syntactic forms
-(`scheme-expand-current-form'). The commands actually sent to the Scheme
-subprocess are controlled by the user options `scheme-trace-command',
-`scheme-untrace-command' and `scheme-expand-current-form'.
-
----
-** Makefile mode has submodes for automake, gmake, makepp, BSD make and imake.
-
-The former two couldn't be differentiated before, and the latter three
-are new. Font-locking is robust now and offers new customizable
-faces.
-
-+++
-** In Outline mode, `hide-body' no longer hides lines at the top
-of the file that precede the first header line.
-
-+++
-** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet.
-
----
-** The terminal emulation code in term.el has been improved; it can
-run most curses applications now.
-
-+++
-** M-x diff uses Diff mode instead of Compilation mode.
-
-+++
-** Diff mode key bindings changed.
-
-These are the new bindings:
-
-C-c C-e diff-ediff-patch (old M-A)
-C-c C-n diff-restrict-view (old M-r)
-C-c C-r diff-reverse-direction (old M-R)
-C-c C-u diff-context->unified (old M-U)
-C-c C-w diff-refine-hunk (old C-c C-r)
-
-To convert unified to context format, use C-u C-c C-u.
-In addition, C-c C-u now operates on the region
-in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active.
-
-+++
-** You can now customize `fill-nobreak-predicate' to control where
-filling can break lines. The value is now normally a list of
-functions, but it can also be a single function, for compatibility.
-
-Emacs provide two predicates, `fill-single-word-nobreak-p' and
-`fill-french-nobreak-p', for use as the value of
-`fill-nobreak-predicate'.
-
----
-** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering
-with special modes such as Tar mode.
-
----
-** Commands `winner-redo' and `winner-undo', from winner.el, are now
-bound to C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively. This is an
-incompatible change.
-
----
-** `global-whitespace-mode' is a new alias for `whitespace-global-mode'.
-
-+++
-** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to
-resync points in both windows.
-
-+++
-** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
-
-When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always
-starts a new record regardless of when the last record is.
-
----
-** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers
-when Emacs visits them.
-
-** Info mode changes:
-
-+++
-*** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer
-with the number appended to the `*info*' buffer name (e.g. "*info*<2>").
-
-+++
-*** isearch in Info uses Info-search and searches through multiple nodes.
-
-Before leaving the initial Info node isearch fails once with the error
-message [initial node], and with subsequent C-s/C-r continues through
-other nodes. When isearch fails for the rest of the manual, it wraps
-around the whole manual to the top/final node. The user option
-`Info-isearch-search' controls whether to use Info-search for isearch,
-or the default isearch search function that wraps around the current
-Info node.
-
----
-*** New search commands: `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S),
-`Info-search-backward', and `Info-search-next' which repeats the last
-search without prompting for a new search string.
-
-+++
-*** New command `Info-history-forward' (bound to r and new toolbar icon)
-moves forward in history to the node you returned from after using
-`Info-history-back' (renamed from `Info-last').
-
----
-*** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes.
-
----
-*** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents
-from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file.
-
-+++
-*** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known
-Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the
-possible matches.
-
----
-*** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies
-the current Info node name into the kill ring. With a zero prefix
-arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call.
-
-+++
-*** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited
-and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this.
-
----
-*** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross
-references and following them calls `browse-url'.
-
-+++
-*** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default.
-
-If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option
-`Info-hide-note-references' to nil.
-
----
-*** Images in Info pages are supported.
-
-Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support.
-Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo
-version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images.
-
-+++
-*** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil.
-
----
-*** `Info-index' offers completion.
-
-** Lisp mode changes:
-
----
-*** Lisp mode now uses `font-lock-doc-face' for doc strings.
-
-+++
-*** C-u C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-prints the list after point.
-
-*** New features in evaluation commands
-
-+++
-**** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes
-the face to the value specified in the defface expression.
-
-+++
-**** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result
-in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified
-by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'. The same
-function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:),
-`eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions.
-
-+++
-** CC mode changes.
-
-*** The CC Mode manual has been extensively revised.
-The information about using CC Mode has been separated from the larger
-and more difficult chapters about configuration.
-
-*** Changes in Key Sequences
-**** c-toggle-auto-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-t.
-
-**** c-toggle-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-d.
-This binding has been taken over by c-hungry-delete-forwards.
-
-**** c-toggle-auto-state (C-c C-t) has been renamed to c-toggle-auto-newline.
-c-toggle-auto-state remains as an alias.
-
-**** The new commands c-hungry-backspace and c-hungry-delete-forwards
-have key bindings C-c C-DEL (or C-c DEL, for the benefit of TTYs) and
-C-c C-d (or C-c C-<delete> or C-c <delete>) respectively. These
-commands delete entire blocks of whitespace with a single
-key-sequence. [N.B. "DEL" is the <backspace> key.]
-
-**** The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l.
-
-**** The new command c-subword-mode is bound to C-c C-w.
-
-*** C-c C-s (`c-show-syntactic-information') now highlights the anchor
-position(s).
-
-*** New Minor Modes
-**** Electric Minor Mode toggles the electric action of non-alphabetic keys.
-The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l. Turning the
-mode off can be helpful for editing chaotically indented code and for
-users new to CC Mode, who sometimes find electric indentation
-disconcerting. Its current state is displayed in the mode line with an
-'l', e.g. "C/al".
-
-**** Subword Minor Mode makes Emacs recognize word boundaries at upper case
-letters in StudlyCapsIdentifiers. You enable this feature by C-c C-w. It can
-also be used in non-CC Mode buffers. :-) Contributed by Masatake YAMATO.
-
-*** New clean-ups
-
-**** `comment-close-slash'.
-With this clean-up, a block (i.e. c-style) comment can be terminated by
-typing a slash at the start of a line.
-
-**** `c-one-liner-defun'
-This clean-up compresses a short enough defun (for example, an AWK
-pattern/action pair) onto a single line. "Short enough" is configurable.
-
-*** Font lock support.
-CC Mode now provides font lock support for all its languages. This
-supersedes the font lock patterns that have been in the core font lock
-package for C, C++, Java and Objective-C. Like indentation, font
-locking is done in a uniform way across all languages (except the new
-AWK mode - see below). That means that the new font locking will be
-different from the old patterns in various details for most languages.
-
-The main goal of the font locking in CC Mode is accuracy, to provide a
-dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs. Some, like
-strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like
-declarations and types can be very tricky. CC Mode can go to great
-lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when
-the types aren't recognized by standard patterns. This is a fairly
-demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can
-therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the
-variable font-lock-maximum-decoration.
-
-Note that the most demanding font lock level has been tuned with lazy
-fontification in mind; Just-In-Time-Lock mode should be enabled for
-the highest font lock level (by default, it is). Fontifying a file
-with several thousand lines in one go can take the better part of a
-minute.
-
-**** The (c|c++|objc|java|idl|pike)-font-lock-extra-types variables
-are now used by CC Mode to recognize identifiers that are certain to
-be types. (They are also used in cases that aren't related to font
-locking.) At the maximum decoration level, types are often recognized
-properly anyway, so these variables should be fairly restrictive and
-not contain patterns for uncertain types.
-
-**** Support for documentation comments.
-There is a "plugin" system to fontify documentation comments like
-Javadoc and the markup within them. It's independent of the host
-language, so it's possible to e.g. turn on Javadoc font locking in C
-buffers. See the variable c-doc-comment-style for details.
-
-Currently three kinds of doc comment styles are recognized: Sun's
-Javadoc, Autodoc (which is used in Pike) and GtkDoc (used in C). (The
-last was contributed by Masatake YAMATO). This is by no means a
-complete list of the most common tools; if your doc comment extractor
-of choice is missing then please drop a note to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.
-
-**** Better handling of C++ templates.
-As a side effect of the more accurate font locking, C++ templates are
-now handled much better. The angle brackets that delimit them are
-given parenthesis syntax so that they can be navigated like other
-parens.
-
-This also improves indentation of templates, although there still is
-work to be done in that area. E.g. it's required that multiline
-template clauses are written in full and then refontified to be
-recognized, and the indentation of nested templates is a bit odd and
-not as configurable as it ought to be.
-
-**** Improved handling of Objective-C and CORBA IDL.
-Especially the support for Objective-C and IDL has gotten an overhaul.
-The special "@" declarations in Objective-C are handled correctly.
-All the keywords used in CORBA IDL, PSDL, and CIDL are recognized and
-handled correctly, also wrt indentation.
-
-*** Support for the AWK language.
-Support for the AWK language has been introduced. The implementation is
-based around GNU AWK version 3.1, but it should work pretty well with
-any AWK. As yet, not all features of CC Mode have been adapted for AWK.
-Here is a summary:
-
-**** Indentation Engine
-The CC Mode indentation engine fully supports AWK mode.
-
-AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion: `{'s
-which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound statements are
-placed on the same line as the associated construct; the matching `}'s
-are normally placed under the start of the respective pattern, function
-definition, or structured statement.
-
-The predefined line-up functions haven't yet been adapted for AWK
-mode, though some of them may work serendipitously. There shouldn't
-be any problems writing custom indentation functions for AWK mode.
-
-**** Font Locking
-There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the
-three distinct levels the other modes have. There are several
-idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of
-the AWK language itself.
-
-**** Comment and Movement Commands
-These commands all work for AWK buffers. The notion of "defun" has
-been augmented to include AWK pattern-action pairs - the standard
-"defun" commands on key sequences C-M-a, C-M-e, and C-M-h use this
-extended definition.
-
-**** "awk" style, Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups
-A new style, "awk" has been introduced, and this is now the default
-style for AWK code. With auto-newline enabled, the clean-up
-c-one-liner-defun (see above) is useful.
-
-*** New syntactic symbols in IDL mode.
-The top level constructs "module" and "composition" (from CIDL) are
-now handled like "namespace" in C++: They are given syntactic symbols
-module-open, module-close, inmodule, composition-open,
-composition-close, and incomposition.
-
-*** New functions to do hungry delete without enabling hungry delete mode.
-The new functions `c-hungry-backspace' and `c-hungry-delete-forward'
-provide hungry deletion without having to toggle a mode. They are
-bound to C-c C-DEL and C-c C-d (and several variants, for the benefit
-of different keyboard setups. See "Changes in key sequences" above).
-
-*** Better control over `require-final-newline'.
-
-The variable `c-require-final-newline' specifies which of the modes
-implemented by CC mode should insert final newlines. Its value is a
-list of modes, and only those modes should do it. By default the list
-includes C, C++ and Objective-C modes.
-
-Whichever modes are in this list will set `require-final-newline'
-based on `mode-require-final-newline'.
-
-*** Format change for syntactic context elements.
-
-The elements in the syntactic context returned by `c-guess-basic-syntax'
-and stored in `c-syntactic-context' has been changed somewhat to allow
-attaching more information. They are now lists instead of single cons
-cells. E.g. a line that previously had the syntactic analysis
-
-((inclass . 11) (topmost-intro . 13))
-
-is now analyzed as
-
-((inclass 11) (topmost-intro 13))
-
-In some cases there are more than one position given for a syntactic
-symbol.
-
-This change might affect code that calls `c-guess-basic-syntax'
-directly, and custom lineup functions if they use
-`c-syntactic-context'. However, the argument given to lineup
-functions is still a single cons cell with nil or an integer in the
-cdr.
-
-*** API changes for derived modes.
-
-There have been extensive changes "under the hood" which can affect
-derived mode writers. Some of these changes are likely to cause
-incompatibilities with existing derived modes, but on the other hand
-care has now been taken to make it possible to extend and modify CC
-Mode with less risk of such problems in the future.
-
-**** New language variable system.
-These are variables whose values vary between CC Mode's different
-languages. See the comment blurb near the top of cc-langs.el.
-
-**** New initialization functions.
-The initialization procedure has been split up into more functions to
-give better control: `c-basic-common-init', `c-font-lock-init', and
-`c-init-language-vars'.
-
-*** Changes in analysis of nested syntactic constructs.
-The syntactic analysis engine has better handling of cases where
-several syntactic constructs appear nested on the same line. They are
-now handled as if each construct started on a line of its own.
-
-This means that CC Mode now indents some cases differently, and
-although it's more consistent there might be cases where the old way
-gave results that's more to one's liking. So if you find a situation
-where you think that the indentation has become worse, please report
-it to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.
-
-**** New syntactic symbol substatement-label.
-This symbol is used when a label is inserted between a statement and
-its substatement. E.g:
-
- if (x)
- x_is_true:
- do_stuff();
-
-*** Better handling of multiline macros.
-
-**** Syntactic indentation inside macros.
-The contents of multiline #define's are now analyzed and indented
-syntactically just like other code. This can be disabled by the new
-variable `c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros'. A new syntactic symbol
-`cpp-define-intro' has been added to control the initial indentation
-inside `#define's.
-
-**** New lineup function `c-lineup-cpp-define'.
-
-Now used by default to line up macro continuation lines. The behavior
-of this function closely mimics the indentation one gets if the macro
-is indented while the line continuation backslashes are temporarily
-removed. If syntactic indentation in macros is turned off, it works
-much line `c-lineup-dont-change', which was used earlier, but handles
-empty lines within the macro better.
-
-**** Automatically inserted newlines continues the macro if used within one.
-This applies to the newlines inserted by the auto-newline mode, and to
-`c-context-line-break' and `c-context-open-line'.
-
-**** Better alignment of line continuation backslashes.
-`c-backslash-region' tries to adapt to surrounding backslashes. New
-variable `c-backslash-max-column' puts a limit on how far out
-backslashes can be moved.
-
-**** Automatic alignment of line continuation backslashes.
-This is controlled by the new variable `c-auto-align-backslashes'. It
-affects `c-context-line-break', `c-context-open-line' and newlines
-inserted in Auto-Newline mode.
-
-**** Line indentation works better inside macros.
-Regardless whether syntactic indentation and syntactic indentation
-inside macros are enabled or not, line indentation now ignores the
-line continuation backslashes. This is most noticeable when syntactic
-indentation is turned off and there are empty lines (save for the
-backslash) in the macro.
-
-*** indent-for-comment is more customizable.
-The behavior of M-; (indent-for-comment) is now configurable through
-the variable `c-indent-comment-alist'. The indentation behavior is
-based on the preceding code on the line, e.g. to get two spaces after
-#else and #endif but indentation to `comment-column' in most other
-cases (something which was hardcoded earlier).
-
-*** New function `c-context-open-line'.
-It's the open-line equivalent of `c-context-line-break'.
-
-*** New lineup functions
-
-**** `c-lineup-string-cont'
-This lineup function lines up a continued string under the one it
-continues. E.g:
-
-result = prefix + "A message "
- "string."; <- c-lineup-string-cont
-
-**** `c-lineup-cascaded-calls'
-Lines up series of calls separated by "->" or ".".
-
-**** `c-lineup-knr-region-comment'
-Gives (what most people think is) better indentation of comments in
-the "K&R region" between the function header and its body.
-
-**** `c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg'
-Provides better indentation inside asm blocks.
-
-**** `c-lineup-argcont'
-Lines up continued function arguments after the preceding comma.
-
-*** Better caching of the syntactic context.
-CC Mode caches the positions of the opening parentheses (of any kind)
-of the lists surrounding the point. Those positions are used in many
-places as anchor points for various searches. The cache is now
-improved so that it can be reused to a large extent when the point is
-moved. The less it moves, the less needs to be recalculated.
-
-The effect is that CC Mode should be fast most of the time even when
-opening parens are hung (i.e. aren't in column zero). It's typically
-only the first time after the point is moved far down in a complex
-file that it'll take noticeable time to find out the syntactic
-context.
-
-*** Statements are recognized in a more robust way.
-Statements are recognized most of the time even when they occur in an
-"invalid" context, e.g. in a function argument. In practice that can
-happen when macros are involved.
-
-*** Improved the way `c-indent-exp' chooses the block to indent.
-It now indents the block for the closest sexp following the point
-whose closing paren ends on a different line. This means that the
-point doesn't have to be immediately before the block to indent.
-Also, only the block and the closing line is indented; the current
-line is left untouched.
-
-*** Added toggle for syntactic indentation.
-The function `c-toggle-syntactic-indentation' can be used to toggle
-syntactic indentation.
-
-** In sh-script, a continuation line is only indented if the backslash was
-preceded by a SPC or a TAB.
-
----
-** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'.
-
----
-** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed
-to C-c C-f and C-c C-i. The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate
-bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as
-C-c C-i b, and so on.
-
-** Fortran mode changes:
-
----
-*** Fortran mode does more font-locking by default. Use level 3
-highlighting for the old default.
-
-+++
-*** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'.
-Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use.
-Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking.
-
-+++
-*** F90 mode and Fortran mode have new navigation commands
-`f90-end-of-block', `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block',
-`f90-previous-block', `fortran-end-of-block',
-`fortran-beginning-of-block'.
-
----
-*** F90 mode and Fortran mode have support for `hs-minor-mode' (hideshow).
-It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable
-majority.
-
----
-*** The new function `f90-backslash-not-special' can be used to change
-the syntax of backslashes in F90 buffers.
-
----
-** Reftex mode changes
-
-+++
-*** Changes to RefTeX's table of contents
-
-The new command keys "<" and ">" in the TOC buffer promote/demote the
-section at point or all sections in the current region, with full
-support for multifile documents.
-
-The new command `reftex-toc-recenter' (`C-c -') shows the current
-section in the TOC buffer without selecting the TOC window.
-Recentering can happen automatically in idle time when the option
-`reftex-auto-recenter-toc' is turned on. The highlight in the TOC
-buffer stays when the focus moves to a different window. A dedicated
-frame can show the TOC with the current section always automatically
-highlighted. The frame is created and deleted from the toc buffer
-with the `d' key.
-
-The toc window can be split off horizontally instead of vertically.
-See new option `reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally'.
-
-Labels can be renamed globally from the table of contents using the
-key `M-%'.
-
-The new command `reftex-goto-label' jumps directly to a label
-location.
-
-+++
-*** Changes related to citations and BibTeX database files
-
-Commands that insert a citation now prompt for optional arguments when
-called with a prefix argument. Related new options are
-`reftex-cite-prompt-optional-args' and `reftex-cite-cleanup-optional-args'.
-
-The new command `reftex-create-bibtex-file' creates a BibTeX database
-with all entries referenced in the current document. The keys "e" and
-"E" allow to produce a BibTeX database file from entries marked in a
-citation selection buffer.
-
-The command `reftex-citation' uses the word in the buffer before the
-cursor as a default search string.
-
-The support for chapterbib has been improved. Different chapters can
-now use BibTeX or an explicit `thebibliography' environment.
-
-The macros which specify the bibliography file (like \bibliography)
-can be configured with the new option `reftex-bibliography-commands'.
-
-Support for jurabib has been added.
-
-+++
-*** Global index matched may be verified with a user function
-
-During global indexing, a user function can verify an index match.
-See new option `reftex-index-verify-function'.
-
-+++
-*** Parsing documents with many labels can be sped up.
-
-Operating in a document with thousands of labels can be sped up
-considerably by allowing RefTeX to derive the type of a label directly
-from the label prefix like `eq:' or `fig:'. The option
-`reftex-trust-label-prefix' needs to be configured in order to enable
-this feature. While the speed-up is significant, this may reduce the
-quality of the context offered by RefTeX to describe a label.
-
-+++
-*** Miscellaneous changes
-
-The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can be
-configured in the new option `reftex-include-file-commands'.
-
-RefTeX supports global incremental search.
-
-+++
-** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords'
-to support use of font-lock.
-
-** HTML/SGML changes:
-
----
-*** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files
-automatically.
-
-+++
-*** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax.
-The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax.
-When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style,
-i.e., there is always a closing tag.
-By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis
-from the file name or buffer contents.
-
-+++
-*** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support.
-
-** TeX modes:
-
-+++
-*** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default.
-
-+++
-*** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced
-by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold
-command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold
-TeX commands to use at startup.
-
----
-*** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock
-and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts.
-
-+++
-*** New major mode Doctex mode, for *.dtx files.
-
-** BibTeX mode:
-
-*** The new command `bibtex-url' browses a URL for the BibTeX entry at
-point (bound to C-c C-l and mouse-2, RET on clickable fields).
-
-*** The new command `bibtex-entry-update' (bound to C-c C-u) updates
-an existing BibTeX entry by inserting fields that may occur but are not
-present.
-
-*** New `bibtex-entry-format' option `required-fields', enabled by default.
-
-*** `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' can take values `plain',
-`crossref', and `entry-class' which control the sorting scheme used
-for BibTeX entries. `bibtex-sort-entry-class' controls the sorting
-scheme `entry-class'. TAB completion for reference keys and
-automatic detection of duplicates does not require anymore that
-`bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' is non-nil.
-
-*** If the new variable `bibtex-parse-keys-fast' is non-nil,
-use fast but simplified algorithm for parsing BibTeX keys.
-
-*** If the new variable `bibtex-autoadd-commas' is non-nil,
-automatically add missing commas at end of BibTeX fields.
-
-*** The new variable `bibtex-autofill-types' contains a list of entry
-types for which fields are filled automatically (if possible).
-
-*** The new command `bibtex-complete' completes word fragment before
-point according to context (bound to M-tab).
-
-*** The new commands `bibtex-find-entry' and `bibtex-find-crossref'
-locate entries and crossref'd entries (bound to C-c C-s and C-c C-x).
-Crossref fields are clickable (bound to mouse-2, RET).
-
-*** In BibTeX mode the command `fill-paragraph' (M-q) fills
-individual fields of a BibTeX entry.
-
-*** The new variables `bibtex-files' and `bibtex-file-path' define a set
-of BibTeX files that are searched for entry keys.
-
-*** The new command `bibtex-validate-globally' checks for duplicate keys
-in multiple BibTeX files.
-
-*** The new command `bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill' pushes summary
-of BibTeX entry to kill ring (bound to C-c C-t).
-
-*** The new variables bibtex-expand-strings and
-bibtex-autokey-expand-strings control the expansion of strings when
-extracting the content of a BibTeX field.
-
-*** The variables `bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert' and
-`bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert' have been renamed to
-`bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert-function' and
-`bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert-function'. The old names are
-still available as aliases.
-
-+++
-** In Enriched mode, `set-left-margin' and `set-right-margin' are now
-by default bound to `C-c [' and `C-c ]' instead of the former `C-c C-l'
-and `C-c C-r'.
-
-** GUD changes:
-
-+++
-*** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program
-counter to the specified source line (the one where point is).
-
----
-*** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior
-and other common debugger commands.
-
-+++
-*** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to
-GDB. You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but
-there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the
-state of your program. It can separate the input/output of your program from
-that of GDB and watches expressions in the speedbar. It also uses features of
-Emacs 21/22 such as the toolbar, and bitmaps in the fringe to indicate
-breakpoints.
-
-To use this package just type M-x gdb. See the Emacs manual if you want the
-old behaviour.
-
-*** The variable tooltip-gud-tips-p has been removed. GUD tooltips can now be
-toggled independently of normal tooltips with the minor mode
-`gud-tooltip-mode'.
-
-+++
-*** In graphical mode, with a C program, GUD Tooltips have been extended to
-display the #define directive associated with an identifier when program is
-not executing.
-
----
-** GUD mode improvements for jdb:
-
-*** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class information.
-Fast startup since there is no need to scan all source files up front.
-There is also no need to create and maintain lists of source
-directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and
-`gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation.
-
-*** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear)
-set/clear operations from Java source files under the classpath, stack
-traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish
-(gud-finish).
-
-*** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb
-(Java 1.1 jdb).
-
-*** The previous method of searching for source files has been
-preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it.
-Set `gud-jdb-use-classpath' to nil.
-
-*** Added Customization Variables
-
-**** `gud-jdb-command-name'. What command line to use to invoke jdb.
-
-**** `gud-jdb-use-classpath'. Allows selection of java source file searching
-method: set to t for new method, nil to scan `gud-jdb-directories' for
-java sources (previous method).
-
-**** `gud-jdb-directories'. List of directories to scan and search for Java
-classes using the original gud-jdb method (if `gud-jdb-use-classpath'
-is nil).
-
-*** Minor Improvements
-
-**** The STARTTLS wrapper (starttls.el) can now use GNUTLS
-instead of the OpenSSL based `starttls' tool. For backwards
-compatibility, it prefers `starttls', but you can toggle
-`starttls-use-gnutls' to switch to GNUTLS (or simply remove the
-`starttls' tool).
-
-**** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds.
-
-** Auto-Revert changes:
-
-+++
-*** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file.
-
-If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert
-mode keeps it at the end after reverting. Similarly if point is
-displayed at the end of a file buffer in any window, it stays at
-the end of the buffer in that window. This allows to tail a file:
-just put point at the end of the buffer and it stays there. This
-rule applies to file buffers. For non-file buffers, the behavior can
-be mode dependent.
-
-If you are sure that the file will only change by growing at the end,
-then you can tail the file more efficiently by using the new minor
-mode Auto Revert Tail mode. The function `auto-revert-tail-mode'
-toggles this mode.
-
-+++
-*** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and
-other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to
-revert. This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled
-and `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil. Auto Revert
-mode only reverts a non-file buffer if the buffer has a non-nil
-`revert-buffer-function' and a non-nil `buffer-stale-function', which
-decides whether the buffer should be reverted. Currently, this means
-that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not
-work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu.
-
-+++
-*** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto
-Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version
-control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in
-which it is active. If the option is nil, the default, then this info
-only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted.
-
----
-** recentf changes.
-
-The recent file list is now automatically cleaned up when recentf mode is
-enabled. The new option `recentf-auto-cleanup' controls when to do
-automatic cleanup.
-
-The ten most recent files can be quickly opened by using the shortcut
-keys 1 to 9, and 0, when the recent list is displayed in a buffer via
-the `recentf-open-files', or `recentf-open-more-files' commands.
-
-The `recentf-keep' option replaces `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-p'
-and provides a more general mechanism to customize which file names to
-keep in the recent list.
-
-With the more advanced option `recentf-filename-handlers', you can
-specify functions that successively transform recent file names. For
-example, if set to `file-truename' plus `abbreviate-file-name', the
-same file will not be in the recent list with different symbolic
-links, and the file name will be abbreviated.
-
-To follow naming convention, `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag'
-replaces the misnamed option `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'. The
-old name remains available as alias, but has been marked obsolete.
-
-+++
-** Desktop package
-
-+++
-*** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, `desktop-save-mode'.
-
-+++
-*** The variable `desktop-enable' is obsolete.
-
-Customize `desktop-save-mode' to enable desktop saving.
-
----
-*** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the
-buffer list.
-
-+++
-*** The desktop package can be customized to restore only some buffers
-immediately, remaining buffers are restored lazily (when Emacs is
-idle).
-
-+++
-*** New commands:
- - desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop.
- - desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new.
- - desktop-save-in-desktop-dir saves desktop in the directory from which
- it was loaded.
- - desktop-lazy-complete runs the desktop load to completion.
- - desktop-lazy-abort aborts lazy loading of the desktop.
-
----
-*** New customizable variables:
- - desktop-save. Determines whether the desktop should be saved when it is
- killed.
- - desktop-file-name-format. Format in which desktop file names should be saved.
- - desktop-path. List of directories in which to lookup the desktop file.
- - desktop-locals-to-save. List of local variables to save.
- - desktop-globals-to-clear. List of global variables that `desktop-clear' will clear.
- - desktop-clear-preserve-buffers-regexp. Regexp identifying buffers that `desktop-clear'
- should not delete.
- - desktop-restore-eager. Number of buffers to restore immediately. Remaining buffers are
- restored lazily (when Emacs is idle).
- - desktop-lazy-verbose. Verbose reporting of lazily created buffers.
- - desktop-lazy-idle-delay. Idle delay before starting to create buffers.
-
-+++
-*** New command line option --no-desktop
-
----
-*** New hooks:
- - desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded.
- - desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found.
-
----
-** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files.
-
-When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer
-include files that aren't readable, e.g. files that don't exist.
-Customize the new option `save-place-forget-unreadable-files' to nil
-to get the old behavior. The new options `save-place-save-skipped'
-and `save-place-skip-check-regexp' allow further fine-tuning of this
-feature.
-
-** EDiff changes.
-
-+++
-*** When comparing directories.
-Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of
-directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files
-from one directory to another.
-
-+++
-*** When comparing files or buffers.
-Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the
-currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n'
-then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for
-comparison.
-
-+++
-*** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent
-backup using `ediff'. If you specify the name of a backup file,
-`ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup.
-
-+++
-** Etags changes.
-
-*** New regular expressions features
-
-**** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions.
-
-The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained
-only for backward compatibility. The new equivalent syntax is
---regex=/regex/i. More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS,
-where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or
-more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s'
-(single-line). The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular
-expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s'
-(which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines. The ability to
-span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions
-and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages.
-
-**** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in GCC.
-
-The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v,
-respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL,
-CR, TAB, VT.
-
-**** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language.
-
-The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags
-only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise. This is
-particularly useful when storing regexps in a file.
-
-**** Regular expressions can be read from a file.
-
-The --regex=@regexfile option means read the regexps from a file, one
-per line. Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored.
-
-*** New language parsing features
-
-**** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file.
-
-Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect.
-
-**** The GCC __attribute__ keyword is now recognized and ignored.
-
-**** New language HTML.
-
-Tags are generated for `title' as well as `h1', `h2', and `h3'. Also,
-when `name=' is used inside an anchor and whenever `id=' is used.
-
-**** In Makefiles, constants are tagged.
-
-If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the
-size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option.
-
-**** New language Lua.
-
-All functions are tagged.
-
-**** In Perl, packages are tags.
-
-Subroutine tags are named from their package. You can jump to sub tags
-as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for
-package::sub.
-
-**** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates.
-
-**** New language PHP.
-
-Functions, classes and defines are tags. If the --members option is
-specified to etags, variables are tags also.
-
-**** New default keywords for TeX.
-
-The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and
-renewenvironment.
-
-*** Honor #line directives.
-
-When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line
-directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number
-specified in those directives. This is useful when dealing with code
-created from Cweb source files. When Etags tags the generated file, it
-writes tags pointing to the source file.
-
-*** New option --parse-stdin=FILE.
-
-This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs. It can
-be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line. Etags
-reads from standard input and marks the produced tags as belonging to
-the file FILE.
-
-** VC Changes
-
-+++
-*** The key C-x C-q only changes the read-only state of the buffer
-(toggle-read-only). It no longer checks files in or out.
-
-We made this change because we held a poll and found that many users
-were unhappy with the previous behavior. If you do prefer this
-behavior, you can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your
-`.emacs' file:
-
- (global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only)
-
-The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist.
-
-+++
-*** The new variable `vc-cvs-global-switches' specifies switches that
-are passed to any CVS command invoked by VC.
-
-These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which means they
-are inserted before the command name. For example, this allows you to
-specify a compression level using the `-z#' option for CVS.
-
-+++
-*** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS.
-
-+++
-*** VC-Annotate mode enhancements
-
-In VC-Annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for
-enhanced functionality to browse the annotations of past revisions, or
-to view diffs or log entries directly from vc-annotate-mode:
-
- P: annotates the previous revision
- N: annotates the next revision
- J: annotates the revision at line
- A: annotates the revision previous to line
- D: shows the diff of the revision at line with its previous revision
- L: shows the log of the revision at line
- W: annotates the workfile (most up to date) version
-
-** pcl-cvs changes:
-
-+++
-*** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs
-between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision
-in the repository.
-
-+++
-*** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes
-anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed
-`checkout', `update' or `commit'. That means using cvs diff options
--rBASE -rHEAD.
-
-+++
-** The new variable `mail-default-directory' specifies
-`default-directory' for mail buffers. This directory is used for
-auto-save files of mail buffers. It defaults to "~/".
-
-+++
-** The mode line can indicate new mail in a directory or file.
-
-See the documentation of the user option
-`display-time-mail-directory'.
-
-** Rmail changes:
-
----
-*** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer.
-
-*** The new commands rmail-end-of-message and rmail-summary end-of-message,
-by default bound to `/', go to the end of the current mail message in
-Rmail and Rmail summary buffers.
-
-+++
-*** Support for `movemail' from GNU mailutils was added to Rmail.
-
-This version of `movemail' allows to read mail from a wide range of
-mailbox formats, including remote POP3 and IMAP4 mailboxes with or
-without TLS encryption. If GNU mailutils is installed on the system
-and its version of `movemail' can be found in exec-path, it will be
-used instead of the native one.
-
-** Gnus package
-
----
-*** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG
-
-Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts. PGG is a library to handle
-PGP/MIME.
-
----
-*** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements.
-
-See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details.
-
----
-** MH-E changes.
-
-Upgraded to MH-E version 8.0. There have been major changes since
-version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details.
-
-** Calendar changes:
-
-+++
-*** You can now use < and >, instead of C-x < and C-x >, to scroll
-the calendar left or right. (The old key bindings still work too.)
-
-+++
-*** There is a new calendar package, icalendar.el, that can be used to
-convert Emacs diary entries to/from the iCalendar format.
-
-+++
-*** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar.
-Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as
-`diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK,
-which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating
-how to highlight the day in the calendar display. Specifying a
-single-character string as @var{mark} places the character next to the
-day in the calendar. Specifying a face highlights the day with that
-face. This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations,
-appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a
-year and day number, and moves to that date. Negative day numbers
-count backward from the end of the year.
-
-+++
-*** The new Calendar function `calendar-goto-iso-week' (g w)
-prompts for a year and a week number, and moves to the first
-day of that ISO week.
-
----
-*** The new variable `calendar-minimum-window-height' affects the
-window generated by the function `generate-calendar-window'.
-
----
-*** The functions `holiday-easter-etc' and `holiday-advent' now take
-optional arguments, in order to only report on the specified holiday
-rather than all. This makes customization of variables such as
-`christian-holidays' simpler.
-
----
-*** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line.
-This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag'
-and `diary-header-line-format'.
-
-+++
-*** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed:
-use the new function `appt-activate'. The new variable
-`appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing
-`appt-issue-message', `appt-visible', and `appt-msg-window'.
-
-+++
-*** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus',
-and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries
-from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages. The variable
-`diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional
-formats.
-
-+++
-** Speedbar changes:
-
-*** Speedbar items can now be selected by clicking mouse-1, based on
-the `mouse-1-click-follows-link' mechanism.
-
-*** SPC and DEL are no longer bound to scroll up/down in the speedbar
-keymap.
-
-*** The new command `speedbar-toggle-line-expansion', bound to SPC,
-contracts or expands the line under the cursor.
-
-*** New command `speedbar-create-directory', bound to `M'.
-
-*** The new commands `speedbar-expand-line-descendants' and
-`speedbar-contract-line-descendants', bound to `[' and `]'
-respectively, expand and contract the line under cursor with all of
-its descendents.
-
-*** The new user option `speedbar-query-confirmation-method' controls
-how querying is performed for file operations. A value of 'always
-means to always query before file operations; 'none-but-delete means
-to not query before any file operations, except before a file
-deletion.
-
-*** The new user option `speedbar-select-frame-method' specifies how
-to select a frame for displaying a file opened with the speedbar. A
-value of 'attached means to use the attached frame (the frame that
-speedbar was started from.) A number such as 1 or -1 means to pass
-that number to `other-frame'.
-
-*** The new user option `speedbar-use-tool-tips-flag', if non-nil,
-means to display tool-tips for speedbar items.
-
-*** The frame management code in speedbar.el has been split into a new
-`dframe' library. Emacs Lisp code that makes use of the speedbar
-should use `dframe-attached-frame' instead of
-`speedbar-attached-frame', `dframe-timer' instead of `speedbar-timer',
-`dframe-close-frame' instead of `speedbar-close-frame', and
-`dframe-activity-change-focus-flag' instead of
-`speedbar-activity-change-focus-flag'. The variables
-`speedbar-update-speed' and `speedbar-navigating-speed' are also
-obsolete; use `dframe-update-speed' instead.
-
----
-** sql changes.
-
-*** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlighting of different
-SQL dialects. This variable can be set globally via Customize, on a
-buffer-specific basis via local variable settings, or for the current
-session using the new SQL->Product submenu. (This menu replaces the
-SQL->Highlighting submenu.)
-
-The following values are supported:
-
- ansi ANSI Standard (default)
- db2 DB2
- informix Informix
- ingres Ingres
- interbase Interbase
- linter Linter
- ms Microsoft
- mysql MySQL
- oracle Oracle
- postgres Postgres
- solid Solid
- sqlite SQLite
- sybase Sybase
-
-The current product name will be shown on the mode line following the
-SQL mode indicator.
-
-The technique of setting `sql-mode-font-lock-defaults' directly in
-your `.emacs' will no longer establish the default highlighting -- Use
-`sql-product' to accomplish this.
-
-ANSI keywords are always highlighted.
-
-*** The function `sql-add-product-keywords' can be used to add
-font-lock rules to the product specific rules. For example, to have
-all identifiers ending in `_t' under MS SQLServer treated as a type,
-you would use the following line in your .emacs file:
-
- (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
- '(("\\<\\w+_t\\>" . font-lock-type-face)))
-
-*** Oracle support includes keyword highlighting for Oracle 9i.
-
-Most SQL and PL/SQL keywords are implemented. SQL*Plus commands are
-highlighted in `font-lock-doc-face'.
-
-*** Microsoft SQLServer support has been significantly improved.
-
-Keyword highlighting for SqlServer 2000 is implemented.
-sql-interactive-mode defaults to use osql, rather than isql, because
-osql flushes its error stream more frequently. Thus error messages
-are displayed when they occur rather than when the session is
-terminated.
-
-If the username and password are not provided to `sql-ms', osql is
-called with the `-E' command line argument to use the operating system
-credentials to authenticate the user.
-
-*** Postgres support is enhanced.
-Keyword highlighting of Postgres 7.3 is implemented. Prompting for
-the username and the pgsql `-U' option is added.
-
-*** MySQL support is enhanced.
-Keyword highlighting of MySql 4.0 is implemented.
-
-*** Imenu support has been enhanced to locate tables, views, indexes,
-packages, procedures, functions, triggers, sequences, rules, and
-defaults.
-
-*** Added SQL->Start SQLi Session menu entry which calls the
-appropriate `sql-interactive-mode' wrapper for the current setting of
-`sql-product'.
-
----
-*** sql.el supports the SQLite interpreter--call 'sql-sqlite'.
-
-** FFAP changes:
-
-+++
-*** New ffap commands and keybindings:
-
-C-x C-r (`ffap-read-only'),
-C-x C-v (`ffap-alternate-file'), C-x C-d (`ffap-list-directory'),
-C-x 4 r (`ffap-read-only-other-window'), C-x 4 d (`ffap-dired-other-window'),
-C-x 5 r (`ffap-read-only-other-frame'), C-x 5 d (`ffap-dired-other-frame').
-
----
-*** FFAP accepts wildcards in a file name by default.
-
-C-x C-f passes the file name to `find-file' with non-nil WILDCARDS
-argument, which visits multiple files, and C-x d passes it to `dired'.
-
----
-** In skeleton.el, `-' marks the `skeleton-point' without interregion interaction.
-
-`@' has reverted to only setting `skeleton-positions' and no longer
-sets `skeleton-point'. Skeletons which used @ to mark
-`skeleton-point' independent of `_' should now use `-' instead. The
-updated `skeleton-insert' docstring explains these new features along
-with other details of skeleton construction.
-
----
-** Hideshow mode changes
-
-*** New variable `hs-set-up-overlay' allows customization of the overlay
-used to effect hiding for hideshow minor mode. Integration with isearch
-handles the overlay property `display' specially, preserving it during
-temporary overlay showing in the course of an isearch operation.
-
-*** New variable `hs-allow-nesting' non-nil means that hiding a block does
-not discard the hidden state of any "internal" blocks; when the parent
-block is later shown, the internal blocks remain hidden. Default is nil.
-
-+++
-** `hide-ifdef-mode' now uses overlays rather than selective-display
-to hide its text. This should be mostly transparent but slightly
-changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p.
-
----
-** `partial-completion-mode' now handles partial completion on directory names.
-
----
-** The type-break package now allows `type-break-file-name' to be nil
-and if so, doesn't store any data across sessions. This is handy if
-you don't want the `.type-break' file in your home directory or are
-annoyed by the need for interaction when you kill Emacs.
-
----
-** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets.
-
-Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with
-`ps-print', provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF
-fonts. See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts.
-
----
-** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
-This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind
-the stroke directly to a string to insert. This is convenient for
-using strokes as an input method.
-
-** Emacs server changes:
-
-+++
-*** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine.
-
- % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start &
- % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "bar")' -f server-start &
- % emacsclient -s foo file1
- % emacsclient -s bar file2
-
-+++
-*** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and
-`--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given Lisp
-expression and to use the given display when visiting files.
-
-+++
-*** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process.
-
----
-** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
-
-+++
-** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it.
-
-M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no
-argument it toggles the mode. Turning off PC-Selection mode restores
-the global key bindings that were replaced by turning on the mode.
-
----
-** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer
-`file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'.
-
----
-** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed.
-
-Emacs still works on terminals that require magic cookies in order to
-use standout mode, but they can no longer display mode-lines in
-inverse-video.
-
----
-** The game `mpuz' is enhanced.
-
-`mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits. By
-default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed
-automatically. The game uses faces for better visual feedback.
-
-** battery.el changes:
-
----
-*** display-battery-mode replaces display-battery.
-
----
-*** battery.el now works on recent versions of OS X.
-
----
-** calculator.el now has radix grouping mode.
-
-To enable this, set `calculator-output-radix' non-nil. In this mode a
-separator character is used every few digits, making it easier to see
-byte boundaries etc. For more info, see the documentation of the
-variable `calculator-radix-grouping-mode'.
-
----
-** fast-lock.el and lazy-lock.el are obsolete. Use jit-lock.el instead.
-
----
-** iso-acc.el is now obsolete. Use one of the latin input methods instead.
-
----
-** cplus-md.el has been deleted.
-\f
-* Changes in Emacs 22.1 on non-free operating systems
-
-+++
-** The HOME directory defaults to Application Data under the user profile.
-
-If you used a previous version of Emacs without setting the HOME
-environment variable and a `.emacs' was saved, then Emacs will continue
-using C:/ as the default HOME. But if you are installing Emacs afresh,
-the default location will be the "Application Data" (or similar
-localized name) subdirectory of your user profile. A typical location
-of this directory is "C:\Documents and Settings\USERNAME\Application Data",
-where USERNAME is your user name.
-
-This change means that users can now have their own `.emacs' files on
-shared computers, and the default HOME directory is less likely to be
-read-only on computers that are administered by someone else.
-
-+++
-** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows.
-
-You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any
-existing values. For example:
-
- emacs --xrm "Emacs.Background:red" --xrm "Emacs.Geometry:100x20"
-
-will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background,
-irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry.
-
----
-** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor.
-
-This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track
-the cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs.
-
----
-** Tooltips now work on MS Windows.
-
-See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details.
-
----
-** Images are now supported on MS Windows.
-
-PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats
-depend on external libraries. All of these libraries have been ported
-to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at
-http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/. Note that libpng also depends on
-zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled
-against. For additional information, see nt/INSTALL.
-
----
-** Sound is now supported on MS Windows.
-
-WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such
-as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of
-Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level
-sound support for those formats.
-
----
-** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows.
-
-The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer.
-
----
-** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows.
-
-The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls
-whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or
-pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions.
-
----
-** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows.
-
-The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much
-the same way as wildcard X Resources do on X. Emacs now adds these
-colors to the colormap prefixed by System (eg SystemMenu for the
-default Menu background, SystemMenuText for the foreground), and uses
-some of them to initialize some of the default faces.
-`list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case
-you wish to use them in other faces.
-
----
-** On MS Windows NT/W2K/XP, Emacs uses Unicode for clipboard operations.
-
-Those systems use Unicode internally, so this allows Emacs to share
-multilingual text with other applications. On other versions of
-MS Windows, Emacs now uses the appropriate locale coding-system, so
-the clipboard should work correctly for your local language without
-any customizations.
-
----
-** Running in a console window in Windows now uses the console size.
-
-Previous versions of Emacs erred on the side of having a usable Emacs
-through telnet, even though that was inconvenient if you use Emacs in
-a local console window with a scrollback buffer. The default value of
-w32-use-full-screen-buffer is now nil, which favors local console
-windows. Recent versions of Windows telnet also work well with this
-setting. If you are using an older telnet server then Emacs detects
-that the console window dimensions that are reported are not sane, and
-defaults to 80x25. If you use such a telnet server regularly at a size
-other than 80x25, you can still manually set
-w32-use-full-screen-buffer to t.
-
----
-** On Mac OS, `keyboard-coding-system' changes based on the keyboard script.
-
----
-** The variable `mac-keyboard-text-encoding' and the constants
-`kTextEncodingMacRoman', `kTextEncodingISOLatin1', and
-`kTextEncodingISOLatin2' are obsolete.
-
-** The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete. Use
-`mac-command-modifier' and `mac-option-modifier' instead.
-\f
-* Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1
-
----
-** The variables post-command-idle-hook and post-command-idle-delay have
- been removed. Use run-with-idle-timer instead.
-
-+++
-** `suppress-keymap' now works by remapping `self-insert-command' to
-the command `undefined'. (In earlier Emacs versions, it used
-`substitute-key-definition' to rebind self inserting characters to
-`undefined'.)
-
-+++
-** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the
-:propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose
-`risky-local-variable' property is nil.
-
----
-The function `comint-send-input' now accepts 3 optional arguments:
-
- (comint-send-input &optional no-newline artificial)
-
-Callers sending input not from the user should use bind the 3rd
-argument `artificial' to a non-nil value, to prevent Emacs from
-deleting the part of subprocess output that matches the input.
-
----
-** Support for Mocklisp has been removed.
-
-+++
-** The variable `memory-full' now remains t until
-there is no longer a shortage of memory.
-\f
-* Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1
-
-** General Lisp changes:
-
-*** The function `expt' handles negative exponents differently.
-The value for `(expt A B)', if both A and B are integers and B is
-negative, is now a float. For example: (expt 2 -2) => 0.25.
-
-+++
-*** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package.
-
-+++
-*** `makehash' is now obsolete. Use `make-hash-table' instead.
-
-+++
-*** `add-to-list' takes an optional third argument, APPEND.
-
-If APPEND is non-nil, the new element gets added at the end of the
-list instead of at the beginning. This change actually occurred in
-Emacs 21.1, but was not documented then.
-
-+++
-*** New function `add-to-ordered-list' is like `add-to-list' but
-associates a numeric ordering of each element added to the list.
-
-+++
-*** New function `copy-tree' makes a copy of a tree.
-
-It recursively copies through both CARs and CDRs.
-
-+++
-*** New function `delete-dups' deletes `equal' duplicate elements from a list.
-
-It modifies the list destructively, like `delete'. Of several `equal'
-occurrences of an element in the list, the one that's kept is the
-first one.
-
-+++
-*** New function `add-to-history' adds an element to a history list.
-
-Lisp packages should use this function to add elements to their
-history lists.
-
-If `history-delete-duplicates' is non-nil, it removes duplicates of
-the new element from the history list it updates.
-
-+++
-*** New function `rassq-delete-all'.
-
-(rassq-delete-all VALUE ALIST) deletes, from ALIST, each element whose
-CDR is `eq' to the specified value.
-
-+++
-*** The function `number-sequence' makes a list of equally-separated numbers.
-
-For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9). By
-default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different
-separation as the third argument. (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns
-(1.5 3.5 5.5).
-
-+++
-*** New variables `most-positive-fixnum' and `most-negative-fixnum'.
-
-They hold the largest and smallest possible integer values.
-
-+++
-*** Minor change in the function `format'.
-
-Some flags that were accepted but not implemented (such as "*") are no
-longer accepted.
-
-+++
-*** Functions `get' and `plist-get' no longer give errors for bad plists.
-
-They return nil for a malformed property list or if the list is
-cyclic.
-
-+++
-*** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'.
-
-They are like `plist-get' and `plist-put', except that they compare
-the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'.
-
-+++
-*** New variable `print-continuous-numbering'.
-
-When this is non-nil, successive calls to print functions use a single
-numbering scheme for circular structure references. This is only
-relevant when `print-circle' is non-nil.
-
-When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should
-also bind `print-number-table' to nil.
-
-+++
-*** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form.
-
-It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name.
-One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument
-if no expansion is done, which can be tested using `eq'.
-
-+++
-*** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument.
-
-When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the
-angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis. (This is
-equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.)
-
-+++
-*** A function or macro's doc string can now specify the calling pattern.
-
-You put this info in the doc string's last line. It should be
-formatted so as to match the regexp "\n\n(fn .*)\\'". If you don't
-specify this explicitly, Emacs determines it from the actual argument
-names. Usually that default is right, but not always.
-
-+++
-*** New macro `with-local-quit' temporarily allows quitting.
-
-A quit inside the body of `with-local-quit' is caught by the
-`with-local-quit' form itself, but another quit will happen later once
-the code that has inhibited quitting exits.
-
-This is for use around potentially blocking or long-running code
-inside timer functions and `post-command-hook' functions.
-
-+++
-*** New macro `define-obsolete-function-alias'.
-
-This combines `defalias' and `make-obsolete'.
-
-+++
-*** New function `unsafep' determines whether a Lisp form is safe.
-
-It returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly do anything
-dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be unsafe
-(calls unknown function, alters global variable, etc.).
-
-+++
-*** New macro `eval-at-startup' specifies expressions to
-evaluate when Emacs starts up. If this is done after startup,
-it evaluates those expressions immediately.
-
-This is useful in packages that can be preloaded.
-
-*** `list-faces-display' takes an optional argument, REGEXP.
-
-If it is non-nil, the function lists only faces matching this regexp.
-
-+++
-*** New functions `string-or-null-p' and `booleanp'.
-
-`string-or-null-p' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is a string or nil.
-`booleanp' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is a t or nil.
-
-** Lisp code indentation features:
-
-+++
-*** The `defmacro' form can contain indentation and edebug declarations.
-
-These declarations specify how to indent the macro calls in Lisp mode
-and how to debug them with Edebug. You write them like this:
-
- (defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...)
-
-DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'. The
-possible declaration specifiers are:
-
-(indent INDENT)
- Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT.
-
-(edebug DEBUG)
- Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG. (This is
- equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro,
- but this is cleaner.)
-
----
-*** cl-indent now allows customization of Indentation of backquoted forms.
-
-See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'.
-
----
-*** cl-indent now handles indentation of simple and extended `loop' forms.
-
-The new user options `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation',
-`lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and `lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can
-be used to customize the indentation of keywords and forms in loop
-forms.
-
-+++
-** Variable aliases:
-
-*** New function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING]
-
-This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for
-symbol BASE-VAR. This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR
-returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR
-changes the value of BASE-VAR.
-
-DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has
-the same documentation as BASE-VAR.
-
-*** New function: indirect-variable VARIABLE
-
-This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases
-of VARIABLE. If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not
-defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE.
-
-It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of
-variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables.
-
-+++
-*** The macro `define-obsolete-variable-alias' combines `defvaralias' and
-`make-obsolete-variable'.
-
-** defcustom changes:
-
-+++
-*** The package-version keyword has been added to provide
-`customize-changed-options' functionality to packages in the future.
-Developers who make use of this keyword must also update the new
-variable `customize-package-emacs-version-alist'.
-
-+++
-*** The new customization type `float' requires a floating point number.
-
-** String changes:
-
-+++
-*** The escape sequence \s is now interpreted as a SPACE character.
-
-Exception: In a character constant, if it is followed by a `-' in a
-character constant (e.g. ?\s-A), it is still interpreted as the super
-modifier. In strings, \s is always interpreted as a space.
-
-+++
-*** A hex escape in a string constant forces the string to be multibyte.
-
-+++
-*** An octal escape in a string constant forces the string to be unibyte.
-
-+++
-*** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if
-the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for
-SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string. If SEPARATORS is
-nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all
-empty matches are omitted from the returned list.
-
-+++
-*** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a
-multibyte string with the same individual character codes.
-
-+++
-*** New function `substring-no-properties' returns a substring without
-text properties.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `assoc-string' replaces `assoc-ignore-case' and
-`assoc-ignore-representation', which are still available, but have
-been declared obsolete.
-
-+++
-** Displaying warnings to the user.
-
-See the functions `warn' and `display-warning', or the Lisp Manual.
-If you want to be sure the warning will not be overlooked, this
-facility is much better than using `message', since it displays
-warnings in a separate window.
-
-+++
-** Progress reporters.
-
-These provide a simple and uniform way for commands to present
-progress messages for the user.
-
-See the new functions `make-progress-reporter',
-`progress-reporter-update', `progress-reporter-force-update',
-`progress-reporter-done', and `dotimes-with-progress-reporter'.
-
-** Buffer positions:
-
-+++
-*** Function `compute-motion' now calculates the usable window
-width if the WIDTH argument is nil. If the TOPOS argument is nil,
-the usable window height and width is used.
-
-+++
-*** The `line-move', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down' functions will now
-modify the window vscroll to scroll through display rows that are
-taller that the height of the window, for example in the presence of
-large images. To disable this feature, bind the new variable
-`auto-window-vscroll' to nil.
-
-+++
-*** The argument to `forward-word', `backward-word' is optional.
-
-It defaults to 1.
-
-+++
-*** Argument to `forward-to-indentation' and `backward-to-indentation' is optional.
-
-It defaults to 1.
-
-+++
-*** New function `mouse-on-link-p' tests if a position is in a clickable link.
-
-This is the function used by the new `mouse-1-click-follows-link'
-functionality.
-
-+++
-*** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns the line number of a position.
-
-It an optional buffer position argument that defaults to point.
-
-+++
-*** `field-beginning' and `field-end' take new optional argument, LIMIT.
-
-This argument tells them not to search beyond LIMIT. Instead they
-give up and return LIMIT.
-
-+++
-*** Function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now returns the pixel coordinates
-and partial visibility state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY
-arg is non-nil.
-
-+++
-*** New functions `posn-at-point' and `posn-at-x-y' return
-click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer
-position or for a given window pixel coordinate.
-
-** Text modification:
-
-+++
-*** The new function `insert-for-yank' normally works like `insert', but
-removes the text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list
-and handles the `yank-handler' text property.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-as-yank' is like
-`insert-for-yank' except that it gets the text from another buffer as
-in `insert-buffer-substring'.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-no-properties' is like
-`insert-buffer-substring', but removes all text properties from the
-inserted substring.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `filter-buffer-substring' extracts a buffer
-substring, passes it through a set of filter functions, and returns
-the filtered substring. Use it instead of `buffer-substring' or
-`delete-and-extract-region' when copying text into a user-accessible
-data structure, such as the kill-ring, X clipboard, or a register.
-
-The list of filter function is specified by the new variable
-`buffer-substring-filters'. For example, Longlines mode adds to
-`buffer-substring-filters' to remove soft newlines from the copied
-text.
-
-+++
-*** Function `translate-region' accepts also a char-table as TABLE
-argument.
-
-+++
-*** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input'
-is used for customizing self-insertion. The character to
-be inserted is translated through it.
-
----
-*** Text clones.
-
-The new function `text-clone-create'. Text clones are chunks of text
-that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one
-clone to the other.
-
----
-*** The function `insert-string' is now obsolete.
-
-** Filling changes.
-
-+++
-*** In determining an adaptive fill prefix, Emacs now tries the function in
-`adaptive-fill-function' _before_ matching the buffer line against
-`adaptive-fill-regexp' rather than _after_ it.
-
-+++
-** Atomic change groups.
-
-To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that
-they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group'
-around the code that makes changes. For instance:
-
- (atomic-change-group
- (insert foo)
- (delete-region x y))
-
-If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of
-`atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that
-were during the execution of the body. The change group has no effect
-on any other buffers--any such changes remain.
-
-If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the
-lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses. Here is how.
-
-To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'.
-Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer.
-This function returns a "handle" for the change group. You must save
-the handle to activate the change group and then finish it.
-
-Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change
-group. Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to
-do this.
-
-After you make the changes, you must finish the change group. You can
-either accept the changes or cancel them all. Call
-`accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final;
-call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all.
-
-You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always
-finished. The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the
-`unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs.
-(This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and
-`activate-change-group' are separate functions.) Once you finish the
-group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group
-twice.
-
-To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once
-for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the
-returned values, like this:
-
- (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1)
- (prepare-change-group buffer-2))
-
-You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call
-to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to
-`accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'.
-
-Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you
-would expect. Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer
-will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first
-change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one
-finished.
-
-** Buffer-related changes:
-
----
-*** `list-buffers-noselect' now takes an additional argument, BUFFER-LIST.
-
-If it is non-nil, it specifies which buffers to list.
-
-+++
-*** `kill-buffer-hook' is now a permanent local.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `buffer-local-value' returns the buffer-local
-binding of VARIABLE (a symbol) in buffer BUFFER. If VARIABLE does not
-have a buffer-local binding in buffer BUFFER, it returns the default
-value of VARIABLE instead.
-
-*** The function `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' now lets you maintain
-various status records in parallel.
-
-It takes a variable (a symbol) as argument. If the variable is non-nil,
-then its value should be a vector installed previously by
-`frame-or-buffer-changed-p'. If the frame names, buffer names, buffer
-order, or their read-only or modified flags have changed, since the
-time the vector's contents were recorded by a previous call to
-`frame-or-buffer-changed-p', then the function returns t. Otherwise
-it returns nil.
-
-On the first call to `frame-or-buffer-changed-p', the variable's
-value should be nil. `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' stores a suitable
-vector into the variable and returns t.
-
-If the variable is itself nil, then `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' uses,
-for compatibility, an internal variable which exists only for this
-purpose.
-
-+++
-*** The function `read-buffer' follows the convention for reading from
-the minibuffer with a default value: if DEF is non-nil, the minibuffer
-prompt provided in PROMPT is edited to show the default value provided
-in DEF before the terminal colon and space.
-
-** Searching and matching changes:
-
-+++
-*** New function `looking-back' checks whether a regular expression matches
-the text before point. Specifying the LIMIT argument bounds how far
-back the match can start; this is a way to keep it from taking too long.
-
-+++
-*** The new variable `search-spaces-regexp' controls how to search
-for spaces in a regular expression. If it is non-nil, it should be a
-regular expression, and any series of spaces stands for that regular
-expression. If it is nil, spaces stand for themselves.
-
-Spaces inside of constructs such as `[..]' and inside loops such as
-`*', `+', and `?' are never replaced with `search-spaces-regexp'.
-
-+++
-*** New regular expression operators, `\_<' and `\_>'.
-
-These match the beginning and end of a symbol. A symbol is a
-non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as
-specified by the syntax table.
-
----
-*** rx.el has new corresponding `symbol-end' and `symbol-start' elements.
-
-+++
-*** `skip-chars-forward' and `skip-chars-backward' now handle
-character classes such as `[:alpha:]', along with individual
-characters and ranges.
-
----
-*** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits
-properties from surrounding text.
-
-+++
-*** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final
-element, if the last match was on a buffer. `set-match-data'
-accepts such a list for restoring the match state.
-
-+++
-*** Functions `match-data' and `set-match-data' now have an optional
-argument `reseat'. When non-nil, all markers in the match data list
-passed to these functions will be reseated to point to nowhere.
-
-+++
-*** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new
-variable `sentence-end-without-space', which contains such characters
-that end a sentence without following spaces.
-
-The function `sentence-end' should be used to obtain the value of the
-variable `sentence-end'. If the variable `sentence-end' is nil, then
-this function returns the regexp constructed from the variables
-`sentence-end-without-period', `sentence-end-double-space' and
-`sentence-end-without-space'.
-
-** Undo changes:
-
-+++
-*** `buffer-undo-list' can allows programmable elements.
-
-These elements have the form (apply FUNNAME . ARGS), where FUNNAME is
-a symbol other than t or nil. That stands for a high-level change
-that should be undone by evaluating (apply FUNNAME ARGS).
-
-These entries can also have the form (apply DELTA BEG END FUNNAME . ARGS)
-which indicates that the change which took place was limited to the
-range BEG...END and increased the buffer size by DELTA.
-
-+++
-*** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than
-`undo-outer-limit', garbage collection empties it. This is to prevent
-it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs.
-
-+++
-** New `yank-handler' text property can be used to control how
-previously killed text on the kill ring is reinserted.
-
-The value of the `yank-handler' property must be a list with one to four
-elements with the following format:
- (FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO).
-
-The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on
-the first character on its string argument (typically the first
-element on the kill-ring). If a `yank-handler' property is found,
-the normal behavior of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways:
-
- When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert'
-to insert the string. FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert.
- If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object
-passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is
-`yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a
-rectangle.
- If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the
-`yank-excluded-properties' is not performed; instead FUNCTION is
-responsible for removing those properties. This may be necessary
-if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object.
- If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called
-by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object. It is
-called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region.
-FUNCTION can set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value.
-
-*** The functions `kill-new', `kill-append', and `kill-region' now have an
-optional argument to specify the `yank-handler' text property to put on
-the killed text.
-
-*** The function `yank-pop' will now use a non-nil value of the variable
-`yank-undo-function' (instead of `delete-region') to undo the previous
-`yank' or `yank-pop' command (or a call to `insert-for-yank'). The function
-`insert-for-yank' automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO
-element of the string argument's `yank-handler' text property if present.
-
-*** The function `insert-for-yank' now supports strings where the
-`yank-handler' property does not span the first character of the
-string. The old behavior is available if you call
-`insert-for-yank-1' instead.
-
-** Syntax table changes:
-
-+++
-*** The macro `with-syntax-table' no longer copies the syntax table.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `syntax-after' returns the syntax code
-of the character after a specified buffer position, taking account
-of text properties as well as the character code.
-
-+++
-*** `syntax-class' extracts the class of a syntax code (as returned
-by `syntax-after').
-
-+++
-*** The new function `syntax-ppss' provides an efficient way to find the
-current syntactic context at point.
-
-** File operation changes:
-
-+++
-*** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when
-searching for an executable or an Emacs Lisp file.
-
-+++
-*** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and
-modification times. Magic file name handlers can handle this
-operation.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns
-non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using
-its own special methods and not directly through the file system).
-The value in that case is an identifier for the remote file system.
-
-+++
-*** `buffer-auto-save-file-format' is the new name for what was
-formerly called `auto-save-file-format'. It is now a permanent local.
-
-+++
-*** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now
-ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as
-`.emacs' are treated as extensionless.
-
-+++
-*** `copy-file' now takes an additional option arg MUSTBENEW.
-
-This argument works like the MUSTBENEW argument of write-file.
-
-+++
-*** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return
-a list of two integers, instead of a cons.
-
-+++
-*** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which
-specifies the maximum number of links to chase through. If after that
-many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link,
-`file-chase-links' returns it anyway.
-
-+++
-*** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer'
-before saving buffers. This allows packages to perform various final
-tasks. For example, it can be used by the copyright package to make
-sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers.
-
-+++
-*** If `buffer-save-without-query' is non-nil in some buffer,
-`save-some-buffers' will always save that buffer without asking (if
-it's modified).
-
-+++
-*** New function `locate-file' searches for a file in a list of directories.
-`locate-file' accepts a name of a file to search (a string), and two
-lists: a list of directories to search in and a list of suffixes to
-try; typical usage might use `exec-path' and `load-path' for the list
-of directories, and `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' for the list
-of suffixes. The function also accepts a predicate argument to
-further filter candidate files.
-
-One advantage of using this function is that the list of suffixes in
-`exec-suffixes' is OS-dependant, so this function will find
-executables without polluting Lisp code with OS dependencies.
-
----
-*** The precedence of file name handlers has been changed.
-
-Instead of choosing the first handler that matches,
-`find-file-name-handler' now gives precedence to a file name handler
-that matches nearest the end of the file name. More precisely, the
-handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen. In case
-of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies.
-
-+++
-*** A file name handler can declare which operations it handles.
-
-You do this by putting an `operation' property on the handler name
-symbol. The property value should be a list of the operations that
-the handler really handles. It won't be called for any other
-operations.
-
-This is useful for autoloaded handlers, to prevent them from being
-autoloaded when not really necessary.
-
-+++
-*** The function `make-auto-save-file-name' is now handled by file
-name handlers. This will be exploited for remote files mainly.
-
-** Input changes:
-
-+++
-*** An interactive specification can now use the code letter 'U' to get
-the up-event that was discarded in case the last key sequence read for a
-previous `k' or `K' argument was a down-event; otherwise nil is used.
-
-+++
-*** The new interactive-specification `G' reads a file name
-much like `F', but if the input is a directory name (even defaulted),
-it returns just the directory name.
-
----
-*** Functions `y-or-n-p', `read-char', `read-key-sequence' and the like, that
-display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt
-using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string.
-
-+++
-*** (while-no-input BODY...) runs BODY, but only so long as no input
-arrives. If the user types or clicks anything, BODY stops as if a
-quit had occurred. `while-no-input' returns the value of BODY, if BODY
-finishes. It returns nil if BODY was aborted by a quit, and t if
-BODY was aborted by arrival of input.
-
-** Minibuffer changes:
-
-+++
-*** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional
-buffer argument is a minibuffer. If the argument is omitted, it
-defaults to the current buffer.
-
-+++
-*** New function `minibuffer-selected-window' returns the window which
-was selected when entering the minibuffer.
-
-+++
-*** `read-from-minibuffer' now accepts an additional argument KEEP-ALL
-saying to put all inputs in the history list, even empty ones.
-
-+++
-*** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which
-specifies a predicate which the file name read must satisfy. The
-new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument
-while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this
-variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list.
-
----
-*** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by Lisp code
-to override the built-in `read-file-name' function.
-
-+++
-*** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies
-whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the
-`read-file-name' function.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `read-directory-name' is for reading a directory name.
-
-It is like `read-file-name' except that the defaulting works better
-for directories, and completion inside it shows only directories.
-
-** Completion changes:
-
-+++
-*** The new function `minibuffer-completion-contents' returns the contents
-of the minibuffer just before point. That is what completion commands
-operate on.
-
-+++
-*** The functions `all-completions' and `try-completion' now accept lists
-of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays
-and functions. Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now
-exported to Lisp. The keys in alists and hash tables can be either
-strings or symbols, which are automatically converted with to strings.
-
-+++
-*** The new macro `dynamic-completion-table' supports using functions
-as a dynamic completion table.
-
- (dynamic-completion-table FUN)
-
-FUN is called with one argument, the string for which completion is required,
-and it should return an alist containing all the intended possible
-completions. This alist can be a full list of possible completions so that FUN
-can ignore the value of its argument. If completion is performed in the
-minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was
-entered. `dynamic-completion-table' then computes the completion.
-
-+++
-*** The new macro `lazy-completion-table' initializes a variable
-as a lazy completion table.
-
- (lazy-completion-table VAR FUN)
-
-If the completion table VAR is used for the first time (e.g., by passing VAR
-as an argument to `try-completion'), the function FUN is called with no
-arguments. FUN must return the completion table that will be stored in VAR.
-If completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer
-from which the minibuffer was entered. The return value of
-`lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR.
-
-+++
-** Enhancements to keymaps.
-
-*** New keymaps for typing file names
-
-Two new keymaps, `minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map' and
-`minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map', apply whenever
-Emacs reads a file name in the minibuffer. These key maps override
-the usual binding of SPC to `minibuffer-complete-word' (so that file
-names with embedded spaces could be typed without the need to quote
-the spaces).
-
-*** Cleaner way to enter key sequences.
-
-You can enter a constant key sequence in a more natural format, the
-same one used for saving keyboard macros, using the macro `kbd'. For
-example,
-
-(kbd "C-x C-f") => "\^x\^f"
-
-*** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps.
-
-This is an alternative to using `defadvice' or `substitute-key-definition'
-to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap
-binding and lookup functionality.
-
-When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is
-remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the
-original command.
-
-Example:
-Suppose that minor mode `my-mode' has defined the commands
-`my-kill-line' and `my-kill-word', and it wants C-k (and any other key
-bound to `kill-line') to run the command `my-kill-line' instead of
-`kill-line', and likewise it wants to run `my-kill-word' instead of
-`kill-word'.
-
-Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map,
-command remapping allows you to directly map `kill-line' into
-`my-kill-line' and `kill-word' into `my-kill-word' using `define-key':
-
- (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line)
- (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word)
-
-When `my-mode' is enabled, its minor mode keymap is enabled too. So
-when the user types C-k, that runs the command `my-kill-line'.
-
-Only one level of remapping is supported. In the above example, this
-means that if `my-kill-line' is remapped to `other-kill', then C-k still
-runs `my-kill-line'.
-
-The following changes have been made to provide command remapping:
-
-- Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
- `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD
- to definition DEF in keymap MAP. The definition is not limited to
- another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding.
-
-- The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a
- remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped.
-
-- `key-binding' now remaps interactive commands unless the optional
- third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil.
-
-- `where-is-internal' now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g.
- `kill-line', when `my-mode' is enabled), and the actual key binding for
- the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line).
- It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits
- remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns "C-k" for `kill-line', and
- "<kill-line>" for `my-kill-line').
-
-- The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original
- command before remapping. It is equal to `this-command' when the
- command was not remapped.
-
-*** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence
-over minor mode keymaps.
-
-*** The `keymap' property now also works at the ends of overlays and
-text properties, according to their stickiness. This also means that it
-works with empty overlays. The same hold for the `local-map' property.
-
-*** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly.
-
-Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key
-bindings of the parent keymap.
-
-*** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1.
-
-*** New function `current-active-maps' returns a list of currently
-active keymaps.
-
-*** New function `describe-buffer-bindings' inserts the list of all
-defined keys and their definitions.
-
-*** New function `keymap-prompt' returns the prompt string of a keymap.
-
-*** (map-keymap FUNCTION KEYMAP) applies the function to each binding
-in the keymap.
-
-*** New variable `emulation-mode-map-alists'.
-
-Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own
-keymap alist separate from `minor-mode-map-alist' by adding their
-keymap alist to this list.
-
-** Abbrev changes:
-
-+++
-*** The new function `copy-abbrev-table' copies an abbrev table.
-
-It returns a new abbrev table that is a copy of a given abbrev table.
-
-+++
-*** `define-abbrev' now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG.
-
-If non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means
-that it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the
-abbrevs. Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always
-specify this flag.
-
-+++
-** Enhancements to process support
-
-*** Function `list-processes' now has an optional argument; if non-nil,
-it lists only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set.
-
-*** New fns `set-process-query-on-exit-flag' and `process-query-on-exit-flag'.
-
-These replace the old function `process-kill-without-query'. That
-function is still supported, but new code should use the new
-functions.
-
-*** Function `signal-process' now accepts a process object or process
-name in addition to a process id to identify the signaled process.
-
-*** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can
-maintain process state and other per-process related information.
-
-Use the new functions `process-get' and `process-put' to access, add,
-and modify elements on this property list. Use the new functions
-`process-plist' and `set-process-plist' to access and replace the
-entire property list of a process.
-
-*** Function `accept-process-output' has a new optional fourth arg
-JUST-THIS-ONE. If non-nil, only output from the specified process
-is handled, suspending output from other processes. If value is an
-integer, also inhibit running timers. This feature is generally not
-recommended, but may be necessary for specific applications, such as
-speech synthesis.
-
-*** Adaptive read buffering of subprocess output.
-
-On some systems, when emacs reads the output from a subprocess, the
-output data is read in very small blocks, potentially resulting in
-very poor performance. This behavior can be remedied to some extent
-by setting the new variable `process-adaptive-read-buffering' to a
-non-nil value (the default), as it will automatically delay reading
-from such processes, allowing them to produce more output before
-emacs tries to read it.
-
-*** The new function `call-process-shell-command'.
-
-This executes a shell command synchronously in a separate process.
-
-*** The new function `process-file' is similar to `call-process', but
-obeys file handlers. The file handler is chosen based on
-`default-directory'.
-
-*** A process filter function gets the output as multibyte string
-if the process specifies t for its filter's multibyteness.
-
-That multibyteness is decided by the value of
-`default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is created, and
-you can change it later with `set-process-filter-multibyte'.
-
-*** The new function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the
-multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter.
-
-*** The new function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns the
-multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter.
-
-*** If a process's coding system is `raw-text' or `no-conversion' and its
-buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted
-to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer.
-Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte',
-which was not compatible with the behavior of file reading.
-
-+++
-** Enhanced networking support.
-
-*** The new `make-network-process' function makes network connections.
-It allows opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as
-create a stream or datagram server inside emacs.
-
-- A server is started using :server t arg.
-- Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg.
-- A server can open on a random port using :service t arg.
-- Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg.
-- IPv6 is supported (when available). You may explicitly select IPv6
- using :family 'ipv6 arg.
-- Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg.
-- The process' property list can be initialized using :plist PLIST arg;
- a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited
- by new client processes created to handle incoming connections.
-
-To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this:
- (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram))
- (featurep 'make-network-process '(:family ipv6))
-
-*** The old `open-network-stream' now uses `make-network-process'.
-
-*** New functions `process-datagram-address', `set-process-datagram-address'.
-
-These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get
-and set the current address of the remote partner.
-
-*** New function `format-network-address'.
-
-This function reformats the Lisp representation of a network address
-to a printable string. For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port
-number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the
-printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P". See the doc
-string for other formatting options.
-
-*** `process-contact' has an optional KEY argument.
-
-Depending on this argument, you can get the complete list of network
-process properties or a specific property. Using :local or :remote as
-the KEY, you get the address of the local or remote end-point.
-
-An Inet address is represented as a 5 element vector, where the first
-4 elements contain the IP address and the fifth is the port number.
-
-*** New functions `stop-process' and `continue-process'.
-
-These functions stop and restart communication through a network
-connection. For a server process, no connections are accepted in the
-stopped state. For a client process, no input is received in the
-stopped state.
-
-*** New function `network-interface-list'.
-
-This function returns a list of network interface names and their
-current network addresses.
-
-*** New function `network-interface-info'.
-
-This function returns the network address, hardware address, current
-status, and other information about a specific network interface.
-
-*** Deleting a network process with `delete-process' calls the sentinel.
-
-The status message passed to the sentinel for a deleted network
-process is "deleted". The message passed to the sentinel when the
-connection is closed by the remote peer has been changed to
-"connection broken by remote peer".
-
-** Using window objects:
-
-+++
-*** New function `window-body-height'.
-
-This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line or the
-header line.
-
-+++
-*** New function `window-body-height'.
-
-This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line
-or the header line.
-
-+++
-*** You can now make a window as short as one line.
-
-A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode
-line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and
-`header-line-format' call for them. A window that is two lines tall
-cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the
-variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the
-actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or
-divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and
-the mode line.
-
-+++
-*** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges'
-return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines.
-
-+++
-*** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the
-selected window without impacting the order of `buffer-list'.
-It saves and restores the current buffer, too.
-
-+++
-*** `select-window' takes an optional second argument NORECORD.
-
-This is like `switch-to-buffer'.
-
-+++
-*** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window
-of every frame. This way, it restores everything that can be changed
-by calling `select-window'. It also saves and restores the current
-buffer.
-
-+++
-*** `set-window-buffer' has an optional argument KEEP-MARGINS.
-
-If non-nil, that says to preserve the window's current margin, fringe,
-and scroll-bar settings.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `window-tree' returns a frame's window tree.
-
-+++
-*** The functions `get-lru-window' and `get-largest-window' take an optional
-argument `dedicated'. If non-nil, those functions do not ignore
-dedicated windows.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `adjust-window-trailing-edge' moves the right
-or bottom edge of a window. It does not move other window edges.
-
-+++
-** Customizable fringe bitmaps
-
-*** New buffer-local variables `fringe-indicator-alist' and
-`fringe-cursor-alist' maps between logical (internal) fringe indicator
-and cursor symbols and the actual fringe bitmaps to be displayed.
-This decouples the logical meaning of the fringe indicators from the
-physical appearance, as well as allowing different fringe bitmaps to
-be used in different windows showing different buffers.
-
-*** New function `define-fringe-bitmap' can now be used to create new
-fringe bitmaps, as well as change the built-in fringe bitmaps.
-
-To change a built-in bitmap, do (require 'fringe) and use the symbol
-identifying the bitmap such as `left-truncation' or `continued-line'.
-
-*** New function `destroy-fringe-bitmap' deletes a fringe bitmap
-or restores a built-in one to its default value.
-
-*** New function `set-fringe-bitmap-face' specifies the face to be
-used for a specific fringe bitmap. The face is automatically merged
-with the `fringe' face, so normally, the face should only specify the
-foreground color of the bitmap.
-
-*** There are new display properties, `left-fringe' and `right-fringe',
-that can be used to show a specific bitmap in the left or right fringe
-bitmap of the display line.
-
-Format is `display (left-fringe BITMAP [FACE])', where BITMAP is a
-symbol identifying a fringe bitmap, either built-in or defined with
-`define-fringe-bitmap', and FACE is an optional face name to be used
-for displaying the bitmap instead of the default `fringe' face.
-When specified, FACE is automatically merged with the `fringe' face.
-
-*** New function `fringe-bitmaps-at-pos' returns the current fringe
-bitmaps in the display line at a given buffer position.
-
-** Other window fringe features:
-
-+++
-*** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths.
-
-The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame
-can now be controlled by setting the `left-fringe' and `right-fringe'
-frame parameters to an integer value specifying the width in pixels.
-Setting the width to 0 effectively removes the corresponding fringe.
-
-The actual default fringe widths for the frame may deviate from the
-specified widths, since the combined fringe widths must match an
-integral number of columns. The extra width is distributed evenly
-between the left and right fringe. To force a specific fringe width,
-specify the width as a negative integer (if both widths are negative,
-only the left fringe gets the specified width).
-
-Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe
-width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any
-of the currently defined fringe bitmaps. The width of the built-in
-fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels.
-
-+++
-*** Per-window fringe and scrollbar settings
-
-**** Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and
-position settings.
-
-To control the fringe widths of a window, either set the buffer-local
-variables `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', or call
-`set-window-fringes'.
-
-To control the fringe position in a window, that is, whether fringes
-are positioned between the display margins and the window's text area,
-or at the edges of the window, either set the buffer-local variable
-`fringes-outside-margins' or call `set-window-fringes'.
-
-The function `window-fringes' can be used to obtain the current
-settings. To make `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', and
-`fringes-outside-margins' take effect, you must set them before
-displaying the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force
-an update of the display margins.
-
-**** Windows can now have their own individual scroll-bar settings
-controlling the width and position of scroll-bars.
-
-To control the scroll-bar of a window, either set the buffer-local
-variables `scroll-bar-mode' and `scroll-bar-width', or call
-`set-window-scroll-bars'. The function `window-scroll-bars' can be
-used to obtain the current settings. To make `scroll-bar-mode' and
-`scroll-bar-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
-the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
-of the display margins.
-
-** Redisplay features:
-
-+++
-*** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP).
-
-+++
-*** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of
-one or all windows. Normally, this is not needed as changes in window
-contents are detected automatically. However, certain implicit
-changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require
-forcing an explicit window update.
-
-+++
-*** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able
-to display CHAR. More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has
-a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to.
-
-Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset
-does that, this value cannot be accurate.
-
-+++
-*** You can define multiple overlay arrows via the new
-variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'.
-
-It contains a list of variables which contain overlay arrow position
-markers, including the original `overlay-arrow-position' variable.
-
-Each variable on this list can have individual `overlay-arrow-string'
-and `overlay-arrow-bitmap' properties that specify an overlay arrow
-string (for non-window terminals) or fringe bitmap (for window
-systems) to display at the corresponding overlay arrow position.
-If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or
-'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used.
-
-+++
-*** New `line-height' and `line-spacing' properties for newline characters
-
-A newline can now have `line-height' and `line-spacing' text or overlay
-properties that control the height of the corresponding display row.
-
-If the `line-height' property value is t, the newline does not
-contribute to the height of the display row; instead the height of the
-newline glyph is reduced. Also, a `line-spacing' property on this
-newline is ignored. This can be used to tile small images or image
-slices without adding blank areas between the images.
-
-If the `line-height' property value is a positive integer, the value
-specifies the minimum line height in pixels. If necessary, the line
-height it increased by increasing the line's ascent.
-
-If the `line-height' property value is a float, the minimum line
-height is calculated by multiplying the default frame line height by
-the given value.
-
-If the `line-height' property value is a cons (FACE . RATIO), the
-minimum line height is calculated as RATIO * height of named FACE.
-RATIO is int or float. If FACE is t, it specifies the current face.
-
-If the `line-height' property value is a cons (nil . RATIO), the line
-height is calculated as RATIO * actual height of the line's contents.
-
-If the `line-height' value is a cons (HEIGHT . TOTAL), HEIGHT specifies
-the line height as described above, while TOTAL is any of the forms
-described above and specifies the total height of the line, causing a
-varying number of pixels to be inserted after the line to make it line
-exactly that many pixels high.
-
-If the `line-spacing' property value is an positive integer, the value
-is used as additional pixels to insert after the display line; this
-overrides the default frame `line-spacing' and any buffer local value of
-the `line-spacing' variable.
-
-If the `line-spacing' property is a float or cons, the line spacing
-is calculated as specified above for the `line-height' property.
-
-+++
-*** The buffer local `line-spacing' variable can now have a float value,
-which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height.
-
-+++
-*** Enhancements to stretch display properties
-
-The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where
-PROPS is a property list, now allows pixel based width and height
-specifications, as well as enhanced horizontal text alignment.
-
-The value of these properties can now be a (primitive) expression
-which is evaluated during redisplay. The following expressions
-are supported:
-
-EXPR ::= NUM | (NUM) | UNIT | ELEM | POS | IMAGE | FORM
-NUM ::= INTEGER | FLOAT | SYMBOL
-UNIT ::= in | mm | cm | width | height
-ELEM ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin
- | scroll-bar | text
-POS ::= left | center | right
-FORM ::= (NUM . EXPR) | (OP EXPR ...)
-OP ::= + | -
-
-The form `NUM' specifies a fractional width or height of the default
-frame font size. The form `(NUM)' specifies an absolute number of
-pixels. If a symbol is specified, its buffer-local variable binding
-is used. The `in', `mm', and `cm' units specifies the number of
-pixels per inch, milli-meter, and centi-meter, resp. The `width' and
-`height' units correspond to the width and height of the current face
-font. An image specification corresponds to the width or height of
-the image.
-
-The `left-fringe', `right-fringe', `left-margin', `right-margin',
-`scroll-bar', and `text' elements specify to the width of the
-corresponding area of the window.
-
-The `left', `center', and `right' positions can be used with :align-to
-to specify a position relative to the left edge, center, or right edge
-of the text area. One of the above window elements (except `text')
-can also be used with :align-to to specify that the position is
-relative to the left edge of the given area. Once the base offset for
-a relative position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of
-these symbols), further occurrences of these symbols are interpreted as
-the width of the area.
-
-For example, to align to the center of the left-margin, use
- :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin))
-
-If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always relative
-to the left edge of the text area. For example, :align-to 0 in a
-header line aligns with the first text column in the text area.
-
-The value of the form `(NUM . EXPR)' is the value of NUM multiplied by
-the value of the expression EXPR. For example, (2 . in) specifies a
-width of 2 inches, while (0.5 . IMAGE) specifies half the width (or
-height) of the specified image.
-
-The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions.
-The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions.
-
-+++
-*** Normally, the cursor is displayed at the end of any overlay and
-text property string that may be present at the current window
-position. The cursor can now be placed on any character of such
-strings by giving that character a non-nil `cursor' text property.
-
-+++
-*** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now
-supported on text terminals.
-
-+++
-*** Support for displaying image slices
-
-**** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) can be used with
-an image property to display only a specific slice of the image.
-
-**** Function `insert-image' has new optional fourth arg to
-specify image slice (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT).
-
-**** New function `insert-sliced-image' inserts a given image as a
-specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns).
-
-+++
-*** Images can now have an associated image map via the :map property.
-
-An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST).
-An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon:
-A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((X0 . Y0) . (X1 . Y1))) specifying the
-pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners.
-A circle is a cons (circle . ((X0 . Y0) . R)) specifying the center
-and the radius of the circle; R can be a float or integer.
-A polygon is a cons (poly . [X0 Y0 X1 Y1 ...]) where each pair in the
-vector describes one corner in the polygon.
-
-When the mouse pointer is above a hot-spot area of an image, the
-PLIST of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a `help-echo'
-property it defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains
-a `pointer' property, it defines the shape of the mouse cursor when
-it is over the hot-spot. See the variable `void-area-text-pointer'
-for possible pointer shapes.
-
-When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot,
-an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the
-mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'.
-
-+++
-*** The function `find-image' now searches in etc/images/ and etc/.
-The new variable `image-load-path' is a list of locations in which to
-search for image files. The default is to search in etc/images, then
-in etc/, and finally in the directories specified by `load-path'.
-Subdirectories of etc/ and etc/images are not recursively searched; if
-you put an image file in a subdirectory, you have to specify it
-explicitly; for example, if an image is put in etc/images/foo/bar.xpm:
-
- (defimage foo-image '((:type xpm :file "foo/bar.xpm")))
-
-Note that all images formerly located in the lisp directory have been
-moved to etc/images.
-
-+++
-*** New function `image-load-path-for-library' returns a suitable
-search path for images relative to library. This function is useful in
-external packages to save users from having to update
-`image-load-path'.
-
-+++
-*** The new variable `max-image-size' defines the maximum size of
-images that Emacs will load and display.
-
-** Mouse pointer features:
-
-+++ (lispref)
-??? (man)
-*** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a
-line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now
-controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'. The default
-is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer. Other choices are `text'
-(or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'.
-
-+++
-*** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the
-:pointer image property.
-
-+++
-*** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images can now be
-controlled/overridden via the `pointer' text property.
-
-** Mouse event enhancements:
-
-+++
-*** Mouse events for clicks on window fringes now specify `left-fringe'
-or `right-fringe' as the area.
-
-+++
-*** All mouse events now include a buffer position regardless of where
-you clicked. For mouse clicks in window margins and fringes, this is
-a sensible buffer position corresponding to the surrounding text.
-
-+++
-*** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events.
-
-+++
-*** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area.
-
-+++
-*** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means
-text area).
-
-+++
-*** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types
-and all areas.
-
-+++
-*** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns the actual glyph coordinates
-of the mouse event position.
-
-+++
-*** Mouse events can now indicate an image object clicked on.
-
-+++
-*** Mouse events include relative X and Y pixel coordinates relative to
-the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on.
-
-+++
-*** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object
-(image or character) clicked on.
-
-+++
-*** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', 'posn-object-width-height'.
-
-These return the image or string object of a mouse click, the X and Y
-pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner of that object, and
-the total width and height of that object.
-
-** Text property and overlay changes:
-
-+++
-*** Arguments for `remove-overlays' are now optional, so that you can
-remove all overlays in the buffer with just (remove-overlays).
-
-+++
-*** New variable `char-property-alias-alist'.
-
-This variable allows you to create alternative names for text
-properties. It works at the same level as `default-text-properties',
-although it applies to overlays as well. This variable was introduced
-to implement the `font-lock-face' property.
-
-+++
-*** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same
-arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the
-return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and
-whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if
-it was found as a text property or not found at all.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties'.
-
-It is like `remove-text-properties' except that it takes a list of
-property names as argument rather than a property list.
-
-** Face changes
-
-+++
-*** The new face attribute condition `min-colors' can be used to tailor
-the face color to the number of colors supported by a display, and
-define the foreground and background colors accordingly so that they
-look best on a terminal that supports at least this many colors. This
-is now the preferred method for defining default faces in a way that
-makes a good use of the capabilities of the display.
-
-+++
-*** New function `display-supports-face-attributes-p' can be used to test
-whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable.
-
-A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face
-specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces
-defined with `defface'.
-
----
-*** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR'
-or `bg:COLOR' has been removed. Lisp programs should use the
-`defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use
-the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background
-directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face.
-
-+++
-*** The first face specification element in a defface can specify
-`default' instead of frame classification. Then its attributes act as
-defaults that apply to all the subsequent cases (and can be overridden
-by them).
-
-+++
-*** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger
-(or smaller) font we should use. For instance, if the value is
-'((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10
-point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches
-SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN.
-
----
-*** The function `face-differs-from-default-p' now truly checks
-whether the given face displays differently from the default face or
-not (previously it did only a very cursory check).
-
-+++
-*** `face-attribute', `face-foreground', `face-background', `face-stipple'.
-
-These now accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how
-face inheritance is used when determining the value of a face
-attribute.
-
-+++
-*** New functions `face-attribute-relative-p' and `merge-face-attribute'
-help with handling relative face attributes.
-
-+++
-*** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face list is reversed.
-
-If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier
-faces in the list override later faces in the list; in previous
-releases of Emacs, the order was the opposite. This change was made
-so that :inherit face lists operate identically to face lists in text
-`face' properties.
-
----
-*** On terminals, faces with the :inverse-video attribute are displayed
-with swapped foreground and background colors even when one of them is
-not specified. In previous releases of Emacs, if either foreground
-or background color was unspecified, colors were not swapped. This
-was inconsistent with the face behavior under X.
-
----
-*** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on
-the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil..
-
-** Font-Lock changes:
-
-+++
-*** New special text property `font-lock-face'.
-
-This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by
-M-x font-lock-mode. It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text
-property. Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the
-new variable `char-property-alias-alist'.
-
-+++
-*** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'.
-
-**** the FACENAME returned in `font-lock-keywords' can be a list of the
-form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set other
-properties than `face'.
-
-**** `font-lock-extra-managed-props' can be set to make sure those
-extra properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock.
-
----
-*** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'.
-
-If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified
-(see `jit-lock-defer-contextually'), then all of that text will
-be refontified. This is useful when the syntax of a textual element
-depends on text several lines further down (and when `font-lock-multiline'
-is not appropriate to solve that problem). For example in Perl:
-
- s{
- foo
- }{
- bar
- }e
-
-Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of
-text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a `jit-lock-defer-multiline'
-property over the second half of the command to force (deferred)
-refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed.
-
-** Major mode mechanism changes:
-
-+++
-*** `set-auto-mode' now gives the interpreter magic line (if present)
-precedence over the file name. Likewise an `<?xml' or `<!DOCTYPE'
-declaration will give the buffer XML or SGML mode, based on the new
-variable `magic-mode-alist'.
-
-+++
-*** Use the new function `run-mode-hooks' to run the major mode's mode hook.
-
-+++
-*** All major mode functions should now run the new normal hook
-`after-change-major-mode-hook', at their very end, after the mode
-hooks. `run-mode-hooks' does this automatically.
-
----
-*** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect'
-property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use
-it in that buffer.
-
-+++
-*** Major modes can define `eldoc-documentation-function'
-locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to
-the language.
-
-+++
-*** `define-derived-mode' by default creates a new empty abbrev table.
-It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks'
-are used by `define-derived-mode' to make sure the mode hook for the
-parent mode is run at the end of the child mode.
-
-** Minor mode changes:
-
-+++
-*** `define-minor-mode' now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments
-and simply passes them to `defcustom', if applicable.
-
-+++
-*** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands.
-
-+++
-*** `define-global-minor-mode'.
-
-This is a new name for what was formerly called
-`easy-mmode-define-global-mode'. The old name remains as an alias.
-
-** Command loop changes:
-
-+++
-*** The new function `called-interactively-p' does what many people
-have mistakenly believed `interactive-p' to do: it returns t if the
-calling function was called through `call-interactively'.
-
-Only use this when you cannot solve the problem by adding a new
-INTERACTIVE argument to the command.
-
-+++
-*** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional argument.
-
-If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks for a function that could be
-called with `call-interactively', and does not return t for keyboard
-macros.
-
-+++
-*** When a command returns, the command loop moves point out from
-within invisible text, in the same way it moves out from within text
-covered by an image or composition property.
-
-This makes it generally unnecessary to mark invisible text as intangible.
-This is particularly good because the intangible property often has
-unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything
-(including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after
-`post-command-hook' and thus does not care about intermediate states.
-
-+++
-*** If a command sets `transient-mark-mode' to `only', that
-enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only.
-During that following command, the value of `transient-mark-mode'
-is `identity'. If it is still `identity' at the end of the command,
-the next return to the command loop changes to nil.
-
-+++
-*** Both the variable and the function `disabled-command-hook' have
-been renamed to `disabled-command-function'. The variable
-`disabled-command-hook' has been kept as an obsolete alias.
-
-+++
-*** `emacsserver' now runs `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'
-when it receives a request from emacsclient.
-
-** Lisp file loading changes:
-
-+++
-*** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME),
-which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the
-current file redefined it).
-
-+++
-*** `load-history' now records (defun . FUNNAME) when a function is
-defined. For a variable, it records just the variable name.
-
-+++
-*** The function `symbol-file' can now search specifically for function,
-variable or face definitions.
-
-+++
-*** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument
-to test/provide subfeatures. Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist'
-and runs any code associated with the provided feature.
-
----
-*** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted.
-Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more
-than 3 levels of nesting.
-
-+++
-** Byte compiler changes:
-
-*** The byte compiler now displays the actual line and character
-position of errors, where possible. Additionally, the form of its
-warning and error messages have been brought into line with GNU standards
-for these. As a result, you can use next-error and friends on the
-compilation output buffer.
-
-*** The new macro `with-no-warnings' suppresses all compiler warnings
-inside its body. In terms of execution, it is equivalent to `progn'.
-
-*** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a
-simple convention that the compiler understands. (This is mostly
-useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.)
-Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such
-forms:
-
- (if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>)
- (if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else)
-
-In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form
-won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the
-second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's
-unbound. The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after
-macro expansion), but such tests can be nested. Note that `when' and
-`unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't.
-
-*** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil. This
-helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both
-Emacs and XEmacs and can sometimes make the result significantly more
-efficient. Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't
-generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose
-you anything.
-
-*** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in Lisp files is now obeyed.
-
----
-*** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file
-now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs
-(require 'cl) when loaded.
-
-** Frame operations:
-
-+++
-*** New functions `frame-current-scroll-bars' and `window-current-scroll-bars'.
-
-These functions return the current locations of the vertical and
-horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window.
-
-+++
-*** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters
-for all (existing and future) frames.
-
-+++
-*** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use
-for color support on character terminal frames. Its value can be a
-number of colors to support, or a symbol. See the Emacs Lisp
-Reference manual for more detailed documentation.
-
-+++
-*** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width,
-the `scroll-bar-width' frame parameter value is nil.
-
-** Mule changes:
-
-+++
-*** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough:
-
-Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes
-from 0 to 255. As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte
-buffers no longer exist. We only know of three reasons to use them
-now:
-
-1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time.
-
-2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid
-the time it takes to convert the format.
-
-3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and
-wasteful.
-
----
-*** `set-buffer-file-coding-system' now takes an additional argument,
-NOMODIFY. If it is non-nil, it means don't mark the buffer modified.
-
-+++
-*** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions
-to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system
-for it. (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific
-file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.)
-
----
-*** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects
-of one coding system from another coding system.
-
----
-*** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that
-the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text
-parts, e.g. utf-16.
-
-+++
-*** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if
-it is read from a file without decoding.
-
----
-*** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access
-hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'.
-
----
-*** New function `quail-find-key' returns a list of keys to type in the
-current input method to input a character.
-
-** Mode line changes:
-
-+++
-*** New function `format-mode-line'.
-
-This returns the mode line or header line of the selected (or a
-specified) window as a string with or without text properties.
-
-+++
-*** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be
-used to add text properties to mode-line elements.
-
-+++
-*** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used
-to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode
-line.
-
-+++
-*** Mouse-face on mode-line (and header-line) is now supported.
-
-** Menu manipulation changes:
-
----
-*** To manipulate the File menu using easy-menu, you must specify the
-proper name "file". In previous Emacs versions, you had to specify
-"files", even though the menu item itself was changed to say "File"
-several versions ago.
-
----
-*** The dummy function keys made by easy-menu are now always lower case.
-If you specify the menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada'
-as the "key" bound by that key binding.
-
-This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for the bindings that were
-made with easy-menu.
-
----
-*** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name
-if you don't need to give the menu a name. If you install the menu
-into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't
-need to have a name.
-
-** Operating system access:
-
-+++
-*** The new primitive `get-internal-run-time' returns the processor
-run time used by Emacs since start-up.
-
-+++
-*** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the
-user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer. Function `user-full-name'
-accepts a float as UID parameter.
-
-+++
-*** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information.
-
----
-*** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS.
-The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was
-formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system.
-
----
-*** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect
-debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file.
-
-** Miscellaneous:
-
-+++
-*** A number of hooks have been renamed to better follow the conventions:
-
-`find-file-hooks' to `find-file-hook',
-`find-file-not-found-hooks' to `find-file-not-found-functions',
-`write-file-hooks' to `write-file-functions',
-`write-contents-hooks' to `write-contents-functions',
-`x-lost-selection-hooks' to `x-lost-selection-functions',
-`x-sent-selection-hooks' to `x-sent-selection-functions',
-`delete-frame-hook' to `delete-frame-functions'.
-
-In each case the old name remains as an alias for the moment.
-
-+++
-*** Variable `local-write-file-hooks' is marked obsolete.
-
-Use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook'.
-
----
-*** New function `x-send-client-message' sends a client message when
-running under X.
-
-** GC changes:
-
-+++
-*** New variable `gc-cons-percentage' automatically grows the GC cons threshold
-as the heap size increases.
-
-+++
-*** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information
-on garbage collection.
-
-+++
-*** The normal hook `post-gc-hook' is run at the end of garbage collection.
-
-The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care.
-\f
-* New Packages for Lisp Programming in Emacs 22.1
-
-+++
-** The new library button.el implements simple and fast `clickable
-buttons' in emacs buffers. Buttons are much lighter-weight than the
-`widgets' implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that
-doesn't require the full power of widgets. Emacs uses buttons for
-such things as help and apropos buffers.
-
----
-** The new library tree-widget.el provides a widget to display a set
-of hierarchical data as an outline. For example, the tree-widget is
-well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files.
-
-+++
-** The new library bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack
-binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp
-data structures.
-
----
-** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave
-buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer.
-
-It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master
-and its SQLi buffer is the slave. This allows you to scroll the SQLi
-buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the
-commands.
-
-This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable
-sql-buffer contains the slave buffer. It is a local variable in the
-SQL buffer.
-
-(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
- (function (lambda ()
- (master-mode t)
- (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
-(add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook
- (function (lambda ()
- (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
-
-+++
-** The new library benchmark.el does timing measurements on Lisp code.
-
-This includes measuring garbage collection time.
-
-+++
-** The new library testcover.el does test coverage checking.
-
-This is so you can tell whether you've tested all paths in your Lisp
-code. It works with edebug.
-
-The function `testcover-start' instruments all functions in a given
-file. Then test your code. The function `testcover-mark-all' adds
-overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to show where coverage
-is lacking. The command `testcover-next-mark' (bind it to a key!)
-will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch.
-
-Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely
-evaluated; a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same
-value. The red splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly
-complete their evaluation, such as `error'. The brown splotches are
-skipped for forms that are expected to always evaluate to the same
-value, such as (setq x 14).
-
-For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to
-help out the test coverage tool. The macro `noreturn' suppresses a
-red splotch. It is an error if the argument to `noreturn' does
-return. The macro `1value' suppresses a brown splotch for its argument.
-This macro is a no-op except during test-coverage -- then it signals
-an error if the argument actually returns differing values.
-\f
-* Installation changes in Emacs 21.3
-
-** Support for GNU/Linux on little-endian MIPS and on IBM S390 has
-been added.
-
-\f
-* Changes in Emacs 21.3
-
-** The obsolete C mode (c-mode.el) has been removed to avoid problems
-with Custom.
-
-** UTF-16 coding systems are available, encoding the same characters
-as mule-utf-8.
-
-** There is a new language environment for UTF-8 (set up automatically
-in UTF-8 locales).
-
-** Translation tables are available between equivalent characters in
-different Emacs charsets -- for instance `e with acute' coming from the
-Latin-1 and Latin-2 charsets. User options `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'
-and `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' respectively turn on translation
-between ISO 8859 character sets (`unification') on encoding
-(e.g. writing a file) and decoding (e.g. reading a file). Note that
-`unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is useful and safe, but
-`unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' can cause text to change when you read
-it and write it out again without edits, so it is not generally advisable.
-By default `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is turned on.
-
-** In Emacs running on the X window system, the default value of
-`selection-coding-system' is now `compound-text-with-extensions'.
-
-If you want the old behavior, set selection-coding-system to
-compound-text, which may be significantly more efficient. Using
-compound-text-with-extensions seems to be necessary only for decoding
-text from applications under XFree86 4.2, whose behavior is actually
-contrary to the compound text specification.
-
-\f
-* Installation changes in Emacs 21.2
-
-** Support for BSD/OS 5.0 has been added.
-
-** Support for AIX 5.1 was added.
-
-\f
-* Changes in Emacs 21.2
-
-** Emacs now supports compound-text extended segments in X selections.
-
-X applications can use `extended segments' to encode characters in
-compound text that belong to character sets which are not part of the
-list of approved standard encodings for X, e.g. Big5. To paste
-selections with such characters into Emacs, use the new coding system
-compound-text-with-extensions as the value of selection-coding-system.
-
-** The default values of `tooltip-delay' and `tooltip-hide-delay'
-were changed.
-
-** On terminals whose erase-char is ^H (Backspace), Emacs
-now uses normal-erase-is-backspace-mode.
-
-** When the *scratch* buffer is recreated, its mode is set from
-initial-major-mode, which normally is lisp-interaction-mode,
-instead of using default-major-mode.
-
-** The new option `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' causes Info to behave
-like the stand-alone Info reader (from the GNU Texinfo package) as far
-as motion between nodes and their subnodes is concerned. If it is t
-(the default), Emacs behaves as before when you type SPC in a menu: it
-visits the subnode pointed to by the first menu entry. If this option
-is nil, SPC scrolls to the end of the current node, and only then goes
-to the first menu item, like the stand-alone reader does.
-
-This change was already in Emacs 21.1, but wasn't advertised in the
-NEWS.
-
-\f
-* Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.2
-
-** The meanings of scroll-up-aggressively and scroll-down-aggressively
-have been interchanged, so that the former now controls scrolling up,
-and the latter now controls scrolling down.
-
-** The variable `compilation-parse-errors-filename-function' can
-be used to transform filenames found in compilation output.
-
-\f
-* Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
-
-See the INSTALL file for information on installing extra libraries and
-fonts to take advantage of the new graphical features and extra
-charsets in this release.
-
-** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.
-
-** Support for LynxOS has been added.
-
-** There are new configure options associated with the support for
-images and toolkit scrollbars. Use the --help option in `configure'
-to list them.
-
-** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
-support 64-bit executables and also on Irix 6.5. This increases the
-maximum buffer size. See etc/MACHINES for instructions. Changes to
-build on other 64-bit systems should be straightforward modulo any
-necessary changes to unexec.
-
-** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
-Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.
-
-** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
-Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.
-
-** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP. You can turn this off using
-the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
-
-** This version can be built for the Macintosh, but does not implement
-all of the new display features described below. The port currently
-lacks unexec, asynchronous processes, and networking support. See the
-"Emacs and the Mac OS" appendix in the Emacs manual, for the
-description of aspects specific to the Mac.
-
-** Note that the MS-Windows port does not yet implement various of the
-new display features described below.
-
-\f
-* Changes in Emacs 21.1
-
-** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.
-
-The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
-Italic text can be used without redisplay problems. Fonts containing
-oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
-of a font can be used. Images of various formats can be displayed in
-the text.
-
-** Emacs has a new face implementation.
-
-The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
-font. Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
-height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
-These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
-specify a font.
-
-Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
-These terminal capabilities are auto-detected. Details can be found
-under Lisp changes, below.
-
-** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.
-
-Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
-Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
-the terminal supports it. Faces with a weight less than normal and
-italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
-Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible. Other face
-attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
-on terminals.
-
-The command-line options `-fg COLOR', `-bg COLOR', and `-rv' are now
-supported on character terminals.
-
-Emacs automatically remaps all X-style color specifications to one of
-the colors supported by the terminal. This means you could have the
-same color customizations that work both on a windowed display and on
-a TTY or when Emacs is invoked with the -nw option.
-
-** New default font is Courier 12pt under X.
-
-** Sound support
-
-Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
-driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver). Currently
-supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).
-You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes' to enable
-sound support.
-
-** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.
-
-If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
-longer than one line, Emacs can resize the minibuffer window unless it
-is on a frame of its own. You can control resizing and the maximum
-minibuffer window size by setting the following variables:
-
-- User option: max-mini-window-height
-
-Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. If a float, it specifies a
-fraction of the mini-window frame's height. If an integer, it
-specifies a number of lines.
-
-Default is 0.25.
-
-- User option: resize-mini-windows
-
-How to resize mini-windows. If nil, don't resize. If t, always
-resize to fit the size of the text. If `grow-only', let mini-windows
-grow only, until they become empty, at which point they are shrunk
-again.
-
-Default is `grow-only'.
-
-** LessTif support.
-
-Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see
-<http://www.lesstif.org>). You will need version 0.92.26, or later.
-
-** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.
-
-When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
-from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
-non-nil.
-
-** File selection dialog on MS-Windows is supported.
-
-When a file is visited by clicking File->Open, the MS-Windows version
-now pops up a standard file selection dialog where you can select a
-file to visit. File->Save As also pops up that dialog.
-
-** Toolkit scroll bars.
-
-Emacs now uses toolkit scroll bars if available. When configured for
-LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scroll bar. Otherwise, when
-configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
-bar if Xaw3d is available. You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
-bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
-Emacs.
-
-When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
-Xaw3d is compiled on your system. If the Makefile generated from
-Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
-Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
-define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it. Take
-`s/freebsd.h' as an example.
-
-Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
-a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
-directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
-different systems). You will find files `*.cf' there. If your
-system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
-add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.
-
-The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
-`float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
-This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
-imake configuration file contains the necessary information. Since
-Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.
-
-** Tool bar support.
-
-Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. For details
-of how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level
-changes. Tool-bar global minor mode controls whether or not it is
-displayed and is on by default. The appearance of the bar is improved
-if Emacs has been built with XPM image support. Otherwise monochrome
-icons will be used.
-
-To make the tool bar more useful, we need contributions of extra icons
-for specific modes (with copyright assignments).
-
-** Tooltips.
-
-Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
-mouse position. The Lisp package `tooltip' implements them. You can
-turn them off via the user option `tooltip-mode'.
-
-Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging. If activated,
-variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
-the mouse in source buffers. You can customize various aspects of the
-tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.
-
-** Automatic Hscrolling
-
-Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
-`automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default). This setting can be
-customized.
-
-If a window is scrolled horizontally with set-window-hscroll, or
-scroll-left/scroll-right (C-x <, C-x >), this serves as a lower bound
-for automatic horizontal scrolling. Automatic scrolling will scroll
-the text more to the left if necessary, but won't scroll the text more
-to the right than the column set with set-window-hscroll etc.
-
-** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor
-of its own. By default, when a window is selected, the cursor is
-solid; otherwise, it is hollow. The user-option
-`cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to display the
-cursor in non-selected windows. If nil, no cursor is shown, if
-non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown.
-
-** Fringes to the left and right of windows are used to display
-truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike. The
-foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
-customizing face `fringe'.
-
-** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default.
-You can change its appearance by modifying the face `mode-line'.
-In particular, setting the `:box' attribute to nil turns off the 3D
-appearance of the mode line. (The 3D appearance makes the mode line
-occupy more space, and thus might cause the first or the last line of
-the window to be partially obscured.)
-
-The variable `mode-line-inverse-video', which was used in older
-versions of emacs to make the mode-line stand out, is now deprecated.
-However, setting it to nil will cause the `mode-line' face to be
-ignored, and mode-lines to be drawn using the default text face.
-
-** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
-
-Different parts of the mode line have been made mouse-sensitive on all
-systems which support the mouse. Moving the mouse to a
-mouse-sensitive part in the mode line changes the appearance of the
-mouse pointer to an arrow, and help about available mouse actions is
-displayed either in the echo area, or in the tooltip window if you
-have enabled one.
-
-Currently, the following actions have been defined:
-
-- Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line goes to the next buffer.
-
-- Mouse-3 on the buffer-name goes to the previous buffer.
-
-- Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or
-`*') toggles the status.
-
-- Mouse-3 on the major mode name displays a major mode menu.
-
-- Mouse-3 on the mode name displays a minor-mode menu.
-
-** Hourglass pointer
-
-Emacs can optionally display an hourglass pointer under X. You can
-turn the display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.
-
-** Blinking cursor
-
-M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
-terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'. Blinking
-and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
-the group `cursor'.
-
-** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.
-
-This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
-generally faster. It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
-See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
-details.
-
-Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
-have to do anything to activate it.
-
-** The default binding of the Delete key has changed.
-
-The new user-option `normal-erase-is-backspace' can be set to
-determine the effect of the Delete and Backspace function keys.
-
-On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen
-according to the keyboard used. If the keyboard has both a Backspace
-key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the
-option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to
-delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward. On
-keyboards which either have only one key (usually labeled DEL), or two
-keys DEL and BS which produce the same effect, the option's value is
-set to nil, and these keys delete backward.
-
-If not running under a window system, setting this option accomplishes
-a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the
-Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via
-`keyboard-translate'. The former functionality of C-h is available on
-the F1 key. You should probably not use this setting on a text-only
-terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.
-
-Programmatically, you can call function normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
-to toggle the behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys.
-
-** The default for user-option `next-line-add-newlines' has been
-changed to nil, i.e. C-n will no longer add newlines at the end of a
-buffer by default.
-
-** The <home> and <end> keys now move to the beginning or end of the
-current line, respectively. C-<home> and C-<end> move to the
-beginning and end of the buffer.
-
-** Emacs now checks for recursive loads of Lisp files. If the
-recursion depth exceeds `recursive-load-depth-limit', an error is
-signaled.
-
-** When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init
-file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer.
-
-** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
-compiled with Emacs. Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
-this behavior.
-
-The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs's byte
-compiler. Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
-Emacs dump core.
-
-** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.
-
-When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
-widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus. When configured for
-Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.
-
-** The menu bar configuration has changed. The new configuration is
-more CUA-compliant. The most significant change is that Options is
-now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.
-
-** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
-using that menu.
-
-** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.
-
-When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
-whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'. Trailing whitespace is
-defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line. To avoid busy
-highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
-displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
-whitespace.
-
-** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
-all frames except the selected one.
-
-** The new user-option `confirm-kill-emacs' can be customized to
-let Emacs ask for confirmation before exiting.
-
-** The header line in an Info buffer is now displayed as an emacs
-header-line (which is like a mode-line, but at the top of the window),
-so that it remains visible even when the buffer has been scrolled.
-This behavior may be disabled by customizing the option
-`Info-use-header-line'.
-
-** Polish, Czech, German, and French translations of Emacs' reference card
-have been added. They are named `pl-refcard.tex', `cs-refcard.tex',
-`de-refcard.tex' and `fr-refcard.tex'. Postscript files are included.
-
-** An `Emacs Survival Guide', etc/survival.tex, is available.
-
-** A reference card for Dired has been added. Its name is
-`dired-ref.tex'. A French translation is available in
-`fr-drdref.tex'.
-
-** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently. Now if the menu bar is not
-displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
-menu bar. If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
-menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.
-
-** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable through Customize.
-
-You can no longer use `M-x customize-variable' to customize `load-path'
-because it now contains a version-dependent component. You can still
-use `add-to-list' and `setq' to customize this variable in your
-`~/.emacs' init file or to modify it from any Lisp program in general.
-
-** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
-point in a pop-up window.
-
-** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
-under XFree86. To enable this, use the `mouse-wheel-mode' command, or
-customize the variable `mouse-wheel-mode'.
-
-The variables `mouse-wheel-follow-mouse' and `mouse-wheel-scroll-amount'
-determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.
-
-** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
-sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
-(On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
-You can customize `auto-save-list-file-prefix' to change this location.
-
-** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.
-
-** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
-to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
-
-** The new command M-x delete-trailing-whitespace RET will delete the
-trailing whitespace within the current restriction. You can also add
-this function to `write-file-hooks' or `local-write-file-hooks'.
-
-** When visiting a file with M-x find-file-literally, no newlines will
-be added to the end of the buffer even if `require-final-newline' is
-non-nil.
-
-** The new user-option `find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings' can be
-set to suppress warnings ``X and Y are the same file'' when visiting a
-file that is already visited under a different name.
-
-** The new user-option `electric-help-shrink-window' can be set to
-nil to prevent adjusting the help window size to the buffer size.
-
-** New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
-and displays information about that.
-
-** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
-expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
-
-This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
-determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
-mode from the file's name. If it matches, the file is assumed to be
-interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
-regular expression. The mode is then determined as the mode
-associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.
-
-** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
-suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.
-
-** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
-buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
-contents. (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
-by M-x prefer-coding-system.) Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
-insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
-the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
-Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.
-
-** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
-been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.
-
-** The new Custom option `keyboard-coding-system' specifies a coding
-system for keyboard input.
-
-** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
-coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
-escape sequences. If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
-such escape sequences. The default value is nil, and it is
-recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
-always want to read any escape code verbatim. If you just want to
-read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
-(`universal-coding-system-argument'). For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
-RET C-x C-f filename RET.
-
-** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
-environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.
-
-** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
-displays all characters in that character set.
-
-** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
-coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.
-
-** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
-and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
-LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
-
-** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
-Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
-8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
-GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet but recent X releases have
-8859-15. See etc/INSTALL for information on obtaining extra fonts.
-There are new Leim input methods for Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix (only)
-and Polish `slash'.
-
-** New language environments `Dutch' and `Spanish'.
-These new environments mainly select appropriate translations
-of the tutorial.
-
-** In Ethiopic language environment, special key bindings for
-function keys are changed as follows. This is to conform to "Emacs
-Lisp Coding Convention".
-
- new command old-binding
- --- ------- -----------
- f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer f5
- S-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-region f5
- C-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker f5
-
- f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer unchanged
- S-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-region unchanged
- C-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker unchanged
-
- S-f5 ethio-toggle-punctuation f3
- S-f6 ethio-modify-vowel f6
- S-f7 ethio-replace-space f7
- S-f8 ethio-input-special-character f8
- S-f9 ethio-replace-space unchanged
- C-f9 ethio-toggle-space f2
-
-** There are new Leim input methods.
-New input methods "turkish-postfix", "turkish-alt-postfix",
-"greek-mizuochi", "TeX", and "greek-babel" are now part of the Leim
-package.
-
-** The rule of input method "slovak" is slightly changed. Now the
-rules for translating "q" and "Q" to "`" (backquote) are deleted, thus
-typing them inserts "q" and "Q" respectively. Rules for translating
-"=q", "+q", "=Q", and "+Q" to "`" are also deleted. Now, to input
-"`", you must type "=q".
-
-** When your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO
-8859 character sets but can display Latin-1, you can display
-more-or-less mnemonic sequences of ASCII/Latin-1 characters instead of
-empty boxes (under a window system) or question marks (not under a
-window system). Customize the option `latin1-display' to turn this
-on.
-
-** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
-on the context. M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill,
-defined in newcomment.el. You can choose different styles of region
-commenting with the variable `comment-style'.
-
-** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
-`display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
-indicator used by the display-time package. On a suitable display the
-indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.
-
-** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
-on the display using several methods
-
-- By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS. PIXELS must be
-a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
-be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.
-
-- By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'. This is
-equivalent to specifying the frame parameter.
-
-- By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.
-
-- By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'. The meaning is
-the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.
-
-** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
-an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer. The
-command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
-does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.
-
-** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
-`make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
-typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.
-
-** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
-characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.
-
-** New X resources recognized
-
-*** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
-whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode. Synchronous mode
-is useful for debugging X problems.
-
-Example:
-
- emacs.synchronous: true
-
-*** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
-visual Emacs should use. The resource's value should be a string of
-the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
-and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number. Valid
-visual class names are
-
- TrueColor
- PseudoColor
- DirectColor
- StaticColor
- GrayScale
- StaticGray
-
-Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
-`pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
-meaning.
-
-The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
-supported on your display, and which depths they have. If
-`visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
-visual.
-
-Example:
-
- emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8
-
-*** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
-specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
-default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor. Recognized
-resource values are `true' or `on'.
-
-Example:
-
- emacs.privateColormap: true
-
-** Faces and frame parameters.
-
-There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
-Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
-`scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
-`scroll-bar' and vice versa. Setting frame parameter `border-color'
-sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa. Likewise
-for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
-parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.
-
-Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
-`default' face and vice versa. Setting frame parameters
-`foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
-`default' face and vice versa.
-
-** New face `menu'.
-
-The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.
-
-** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.
-
-The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
-colors. Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
-correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
-the screen gamma of a frame's display.
-
-PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2. smaller values result
-in darker colors. You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
-color displays. The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).
-
-The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
-`ScreenGamma'.
-
-** Tabs and variable-width text.
-
-Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
-defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
-independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
-Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.
-
-** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar
-
-*** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".
-
- emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5
-
-The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
-LessTif/Motif one.
-
-*** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
-LessTif and Motif.
-
-** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.
-
-As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
-drawn as wide as that tab on the display. To do this, set
-`x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.
-
-** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
-bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi and Less).
-
-This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
-`indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value. The default value of this
-variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.
-
-** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.
-
-When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
-value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggressively' is a
-number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
-fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
-
-When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
-value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggressively' is a
-number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
-fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
-
-** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
-M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
-M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
-buffers.
-
-** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.
-
-** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
-abbreviated file names. Abbreviations can be customized by changing
-`directory-abbrev-alist'.
-
-** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
-the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
-forced on. The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
-value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
-users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
-even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.
-
-The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.
-
-** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
-notably at the end of lines.
-
-All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
-spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.
-
-** The function `replace-rectangle' is an alias for `string-rectangle'.
-
-** The new command M-x string-insert-rectangle is like `string-rectangle',
-but inserts text instead of replacing it.
-
-** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
-query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
-after each match to get the replacement text.
-
-** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
-you edit the replacement string.
-
-** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB'
-(if you load the library `mailabbrev'), lets you complete mail aliases
-in the text, analogous to lisp-complete-symbol.
-
-** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.
-
-** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
-to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.
-
-** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
-the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
-MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips. Many standard menus
-displayed by Emacs now have help strings.
-
---
-** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
-read mail from the menu etc.
-
-** The environment variable `EMACSLOCKDIR' is no longer used on MS-Windows.
-This environment variable was used when creating lock files. Emacs on
-MS-Windows does not use this variable anymore. This change was made
-before Emacs 21.1, but wasn't documented until now.
-
-** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
-MS-DOS version of Emacs.
-
-** The new command `msdos-set-mouse-buttons' forces the MS-DOS version
-of Emacs to behave as if the mouse had a specified number of buttons.
-This comes handy with mice that don't report their number of buttons
-correctly. One example is the wheeled mice, which report 3 buttons,
-but clicks on the middle button are not passed to the MS-DOS version
-of Emacs.
-
-** Customize changes
-
-*** Customize now supports comments about customized items. Use the
-`State' menu to add comments, or give a prefix argument to
-M-x customize-set-variable or M-x customize-set-value. Note that
-customization comments will cause the customizations to fail in
-earlier versions of Emacs.
-
-*** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
-Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
-default).
-
-*** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
-does not allow you to save customizations in your `~/.emacs' init
-file. This is because saving customizations from such a session would
-wipe out all the other customizationss you might have on your init
-file.
-
-** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
-does not save disabled and enabled commands for future sessions, to
-avoid overwriting existing customizations of this kind that are
-already in your init file.
-
-** New features in evaluation commands
-
-*** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
-modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
-print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the new
-customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
-eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
-
-The default values for the first two of these variables are 12 and 4
-respectively, which means that `eval-expression' now prints at most
-the first 12 members of a list and at most 4 nesting levels deep (if
-the list is longer or deeper than that, an ellipsis `...' is
-printed).
-
-<RET> or <mouse-2> on the printed text toggles between an abbreviated
-printed representation and an unabbreviated one.
-
-The default value of eval-expression-debug-on-error is t, so any error
-during evaluation produces a backtrace.
-
-*** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
-code when called with a prefix argument.
-
-** CC mode changes.
-
-Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
-current user setups (although it's believed that these
-incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
-However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
-back depending on user feedback. Therefore there's no forward
-compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
-release.
-
-*** The hardcoded switch to "java" style in Java mode is gone.
-CC Mode used to automatically set the style to "java" when Java mode
-is entered. This has now been removed since it caused too much
-confusion.
-
-However, to keep backward compatibility to a certain extent, the
-default value for c-default-style now specifies the "java" style for
-java-mode, but "gnu" for all other modes (as before). So you won't
-notice the change if you haven't touched that variable.
-
-*** New cleanups, space-before-funcall and compact-empty-funcall.
-Two new cleanups have been added to c-cleanup-list:
-
-space-before-funcall causes a space to be inserted before the opening
-parenthesis of a function call, which gives the style "foo (bar)".
-
-compact-empty-funcall causes any space before a function call opening
-parenthesis to be removed if there are no arguments to the function.
-It's typically useful together with space-before-funcall to get the
-style "foo (bar)" and "foo()".
-
-*** Some keywords now automatically trigger reindentation.
-Keywords like "else", "while", "catch" and "finally" have been made
-"electric" to make them reindent automatically when they continue an
-earlier statement. An example:
-
-for (i = 0; i < 17; i++)
- if (a[i])
- res += a[i]->offset;
-else
-
-Here, the "else" should be indented like the preceding "if", since it
-continues that statement. CC Mode will automatically reindent it after
-the "else" has been typed in full, since it's not until then it's
-possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a continuation of
-the preceding "if".
-
-CC Mode uses Abbrev mode to achieve this, which is therefore turned on
-by default.
-
-*** M-a and M-e now moves by sentence in multiline strings.
-Previously these two keys only moved by sentence in comments, which
-meant that sentence movement didn't work in strings containing
-documentation or other natural language text.
-
-The reason it's only activated in multiline strings (i.e. strings that
-contain a newline, even when escaped by a '\') is to avoid stopping in
-the short strings that often reside inside statements. Multiline
-strings almost always contain text in a natural language, as opposed
-to other strings that typically contain format specifications,
-commands, etc. Also, it's not that bothersome that M-a and M-e misses
-sentences in single line strings, since they're short anyway.
-
-*** Support for autodoc comments in Pike mode.
-Autodoc comments for Pike are used to extract documentation from the
-source, like Javadoc in Java. Pike mode now recognize this markup in
-comment prefixes and paragraph starts.
-
-*** The comment prefix regexps on c-comment-prefix may be mode specific.
-When c-comment-prefix is an association list, it specifies the comment
-line prefix on a per-mode basis, like c-default-style does. This
-change came about to support the special autodoc comment prefix in
-Pike mode only.
-
-*** Better handling of syntactic errors.
-The recovery after unbalanced parens earlier in the buffer has been
-improved; CC Mode now reports them by dinging and giving a message
-stating the offending line, but still recovers and indent the
-following lines in a sane way (most of the time). An "else" with no
-matching "if" is handled similarly. If an error is discovered while
-indenting a region, the whole region is still indented and the error
-is reported afterwards.
-
-*** Lineup functions may now return absolute columns.
-A lineup function can give an absolute column to indent the line to by
-returning a vector with the desired column as the first element.
-
-*** More robust and warning-free byte compilation.
-Although this is strictly not a user visible change (well, depending
-on the view of a user), it's still worth mentioning that CC Mode now
-can be compiled in the standard ways without causing trouble. Some
-code have also been moved between the subpackages to enhance the
-modularity somewhat. Thanks to Martin Buchholz for doing the
-groundwork.
-
-*** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
-This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
-of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
-non-advanced users. If you know what this variable does you might
-want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
-have to bother.
-
-Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
-situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
-and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
-If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
-the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
-by default) to override the global settings made by the user.
-
-*** New initialization procedure for the style system.
-When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
-variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
-take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style. This
-is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
-settings would override the global settings. This change makes it
-possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
-Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.
-
-By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
-special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
-the style system. This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
-of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
-above.
-
-Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
-when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
-function. When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
-call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
-then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
-values. In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
-only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
-function documentation for more info.
-
-The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
-especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
-with setq in their .emacs files. On the other hand, the new system is
-intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
-such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot. This new system
-is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
-configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
-global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.
-
-(Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)
-
-**** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
-This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.
-
-This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
-variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
-completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
-the style is first initialized. This means it now defaults to the
-empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
-style system.
-
-**** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
-In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
-c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
-as far as possible.
-
-*** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
-CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
-surrounding code, especially inside comments. For details see the new
-chapter about this in the manual.
-
-**** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
-The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
-recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments. It's
-primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
-adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.
-
-**** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
-This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
-c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.
-
-**** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
-This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.
-
-It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
-Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
-A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
-inside CC Mode.
-
-Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
-causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
-the empty string (which it commonly does). A patch for that is
-available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
-cc-mode/).
-
-**** The variables `c-hanging-comment-starter-p' and
-`c-hanging-comment-ender-p', which controlled how comment starters and
-enders were filled, are not used anymore. The new version of the
-function `c-fill-paragraph' keeps the comment starters and enders as
-they were before the filling.
-
-**** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
-The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
-specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
-literals.
-
-**** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
-It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
-prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments. If
-you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
-this function.
-
-*** Fixes to IDL mode.
-It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
-to IDL. E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
-struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
-Thanks to Eric Eide.
-
-*** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
-It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
-opening braces hangs and when they don't.
-
-**** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.
-
-*** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
-See their docstrings for details. c-lineup-template-args does a
-better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
-and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.
-
-*** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
-previous line. It used to instead preserve comments that started in
-the column specified by comment-column.
-
-*** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
-In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
-is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
-prefix. This is intended for the type of large block comments that
-contain documentation with its own formatting. In these you normally
-don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.
-
-*** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
-instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
-arguments.
-
-*** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.
-
-*** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
-c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
-c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
-variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
-Provan).
-
-*** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.
-
-** Dired changes
-
-*** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
-command will delete non-empty directories recursively. The default
-is, delete only empty directories.
-
-*** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
-command will copy directories recursively. The default is, do not
-copy directories recursively.
-
-*** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
-in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
-the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.
-
-*** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
-replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
-directory.
-
-*** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `y') shows
-a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
-This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
-will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
-accurate or inaccurate as it is.
-
-*** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
-from ls switches.
-
-*** Dired commands that prompt for a destination file now allow the use
-of the `M-n' command in the minibuffer to insert the source filename,
-which the user can then edit. This only works if there is a single
-source file, not when operating on multiple marked files.
-
-** Gnus changes.
-
-The Gnus NEWS entries are short, but they reflect sweeping changes in
-four areas: Article display treatment, MIME treatment,
-internationalization and mail-fetching.
-
-*** The mail-fetching functions have changed. See the manual for the
-many details. In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone.
-
-If you used procmail like in
-
-(setq nnmail-use-procmail t)
-(setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail)
-(setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/")
-(setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in")
-
-this now has changed to
-
-(setq mail-sources
- '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/"
- :suffix ".in")))
-
-More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods ->
-Getting Mail -> Mail Sources
-
-*** Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader. This affects many parts of
-Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands. See the manual for details.
-Separate MIME packages like RMIME, mime-compose etc., will probably no
-longer work; remove them and use the native facilities.
-
-The FLIM/SEMI package still works with Emacs 21, but if you want to
-use the native facilities, you must remove any mailcap.el[c] that was
-installed by FLIM/SEMI version 1.13 or earlier.
-
-*** Gnus has also been multilingualized. This also affects too many
-parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables. There
-are built-in facilities equivalent to those of gnus-mule.el, which is
-now just a compatibility layer.
-
-*** gnus-mule.el is now just a compatibility layer over the built-in
-Gnus facilities.
-
-*** gnus-auto-select-first can now be a function to be
-called to position point.
-
-*** The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in
-summary buffers and NOV files.
-
-*** `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed. Instead, a number
-of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added.
-
-*** The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now work in a
-subtly different manner.
-
-*** New web-based backends have been added: nnslashdot, nnwarchive
-and nnultimate. nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with
-ever-changing layouts.
-
-*** Gnus can now read IMAP mail via nnimap.
-
-*** There is image support of various kinds and some sound support.
-
-** Changes in Texinfo mode.
-
-*** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
-macros
-
- Key binding Macro
- -------------------------
- C-c C-c C-s @strong
- C-c C-c C-e @emph
- C-c C-c u @uref
- C-c C-c q @quotation
- C-c C-c m @email
- C-c C-o @<block> ... @end <block>
- M-RET @item
-
-*** The " key now inserts either " or `` or '' depending on context.
-
-** Changes in Outline mode.
-
-There is now support for Imenu to index headings. A new command
-`outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
-the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.
-
-** Changes to Emacs Server
-
-*** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
-with buffers when done with them. If non-nil, the default, buffers
-are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
-Emacs Server. If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
-buffers to kill, as before.
-
-Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
-i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
-this way.
-
-** Both emacsclient and Emacs itself now accept command line options
-of the form +LINE:COLUMN in addition to +LINE.
-
-** Changes to Show Paren mode.
-
-*** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
-The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
-use. Default is 1000.
-
-** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
-groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).
-
-** Changes to hideshow.el
-
-*** Generalized block selection and traversal
-
-A block is now recognized by its start and end regexps (both strings),
-and an integer specifying which sub-expression in the start regexp
-serves as the place where a `forward-sexp'-like function can operate.
-See the documentation of variable `hs-special-modes-alist'.
-
-*** During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active,
-hidden blocks are temporarily shown. The variable `hs-headline' can
-be used in the mode line format to show the line at the beginning of
-the open block.
-
-*** User option `hs-hide-all-non-comment-function' specifies a
-function to be called at each top-level block beginning, instead of
-the normal block-hiding function.
-
-*** The command `hs-show-region' has been removed.
-
-*** The key bindings have changed to fit the Emacs conventions,
-roughly imitating those of Outline minor mode. Notably, the prefix
-for all bindings is now `C-c @'. For details, see the documentation
-for `hs-minor-mode'.
-
-*** The variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' has been removed, and
-hideshow.el now always behaves as if this variable were set to t.
-
-** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions
-
-*** If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes
-an entry appropriate for the file's parent. This is useful for making
-log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.
-
-**** New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the
-current buffer.
-
-*** New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries
-in a log file.
-
-*** Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log
-entries if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
-Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
-version number is performed based on regular expressions from
-`change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be customized.
-Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.
-
-*** Change Log mode now defines its own faces for font-lock highlighting.
-
-** Changes to cmuscheme
-
-*** The user-option `scheme-program-name' has been renamed
-`cmuscheme-program-name' due to conflicts with xscheme.el.
-
-** Changes in Font Lock
-
-*** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
-font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major mode.
-
-*** Multi-line patterns are now supported. Modes using this, should
-set font-lock-multiline to t in their font-lock-defaults.
-
-*** `font-lock-syntactic-face-function' allows major-modes to choose
-the face used for each string/comment.
-
-*** A new standard face `font-lock-doc-face'.
-Meant for Lisp docstrings, Javadoc comments and other "documentation in code".
-
-** Changes to Shell mode
-
-*** The `shell' command now accepts an optional argument to specify the buffer
-to use, which defaults to "*shell*". When used interactively, a
-non-default buffer may be specified by giving the `shell' command a
-prefix argument (causing it to prompt for the buffer name).
-
-** Comint (subshell) changes
-
-These changes generally affect all modes derived from comint mode, which
-include shell-mode, gdb-mode, scheme-interaction-mode, etc.
-
-*** Comint now by default interprets some carriage-control characters.
-Comint now removes CRs from CR LF sequences, and treats single CRs and
-BSs in the output in a way similar to a terminal (by deleting to the
-beginning of the line, or deleting the previous character,
-respectively). This is achieved by adding `comint-carriage-motion' to
-the `comint-output-filter-functions' hook by default.
-
-*** By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp'
-to distinguish prompts from user-input. Instead, it notices which
-parts of the text were output by the process, and which entered by the
-user, and attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use
-this information. Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line,
-respect field boundaries in a fairly natural manner. To disable this
-feature, and use the old behavior, customize the user option
-`comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields'.
-
-*** Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
-and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.
-
-*** The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
-buffer name from the mini-buffer. The command is sent to the current
-buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.
-
-The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
-M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
-the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.
-
-*** Packages based on comint now highlight user input and program prompts,
-and support choosing previous input with mouse-2. To control these features,
-see the user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.
-
-*** The new command `comint-write-output' (usually bound to `C-c C-s')
-saves the output from the most recent command to a file. With a prefix
-argument, it appends to the file.
-
-*** The command `comint-kill-output' has been renamed `comint-delete-output'
-(usually bound to `C-c C-o'); the old name is aliased to it for
-compatibility.
-
-*** The new function `comint-add-to-input-history' adds commands to the input
-ring (history).
-
-*** The new variable `comint-input-history-ignore' is a regexp for
-identifying history lines that should be ignored, like tcsh time-stamp
-strings, starting with a `#'. The default value of this variable is "^#".
-
-** Changes to Rmail mode
-
-*** The new user-option rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
-set to fine tune the identification of the correspondent when
-receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, the
-recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. If nil, the default,
-`user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
-as correspondent.
-
-Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
-mails sent by you under different user names. Then it should be a
-regexp matching your mail addresses.
-
-*** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
-to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
-Rmail file. You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
-with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p. Default is to ask
-for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.
-
-*** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
-like `j'.
-
-*** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
-specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
-digest message.
-
-*** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
-in which folder to put messages automatically.
-
-*** The new function `rmail-redecode-body' allows to fix a message
-with non-ASCII characters if Emacs happens to decode it incorrectly
-due to missing or malformed "charset=" header.
-
-** The new user-option `mail-envelope-from' can be used to specify
-an envelope-from address different from user-mail-address.
-
-** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
-use the -f option when sending mail.
-
-** The Rmail command `o' (`rmail-output-to-rmail-file') now writes the
-current message in the internal `emacs-mule' encoding, rather than in
-the encoding taken from the variable `buffer-file-coding-system'.
-This allows to save messages whose characters cannot be safely encoded
-by the buffer's coding system, and makes sure the message will be
-displayed correctly when you later visit the target Rmail file.
-
-If you want your Rmail files be encoded in a specific coding system
-other than `emacs-mule', you can customize the variable
-`rmail-file-coding-system' to set its value to that coding system.
-
-** Changes to TeX mode
-
-*** The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
-`latex-mode'.
-
-*** latex-mode now has a simple indentation algorithm.
-
-*** M-f and M-p jump around \begin...\end pairs.
-
-*** Added support for outline-minor-mode.
-
-** Changes to RefTeX mode
-
-*** RefTeX has new support for index generation. Index entries can be
- created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
- Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
- macro. `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
- sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index. Entries
- can be edited from that buffer.
-
-*** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
- items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
- `A' to use all marked entries).
-
-*** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
- memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.
-
-*** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
- in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
- to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
- been cited.
-
-** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
-The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
-semicolons in a heading line. Toplevel forms starting with a `('
-in column 1 are always made leaves.
-
-** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
-has the following new features:
-
-*** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
-may match text spanning multiple lines. For example, some people like
-to have the filename and date on separate lines. The new variable
-time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.
-
-*** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file. This
-feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
-file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
-compiled binary. The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
-pattern. The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
-defaults to 1.
-
-** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
-file names.
-
-** Ispell changes
-
-*** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
-transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active. Otherwise it
-spell-checks the current buffer.
-
-*** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
-added.
-
-*** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
-correction is made and re-checked.
-
-*** Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definitions have been added.
-
-*** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
-cases.
-
-*** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
-on syntax errors.
-
-*** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
-end of the buffer.
-
-*** Spell checking now works in the MS-DOS version of Emacs.
-
-** Makefile mode changes
-
-*** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.
-
-*** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
-Fontlock mode is active.
-
-** Isearch changes
-
-*** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
-so that searches can be resumed.
-
-*** In Isearch mode, C-M-s and C-M-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
-respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
-that started the search.
-
-*** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
-selection into the search string rather than giving an error.
-
-*** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.
-
-Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
-`isearch-lazy-highlight'. When active, all matches for the current
-search string are highlighted. The current match is highlighted as
-before using face `isearch' or `region'. All other matches are
-highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
-`secondary-selection'.
-
-The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
-will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
-Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
-using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
-usual snappy response.
-
-If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
-matches are automatically cleared when you end the search. If it is
-set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
-isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.
-
-** VC Changes
-
-VC has been overhauled internally. It is now modular, making it
-easier to plug-in arbitrary version control backends. (See Lisp
-Changes for details on the new structure.) As a result, the mechanism
-to enable and disable support for particular version systems has
-changed: everything is now controlled by the new variable
-`vc-handled-backends'. Its value is a list of symbols that identify
-version systems; the default is '(RCS CVS SCCS). When finding a file,
-each of the backends in that list is tried in order to see whether the
-file is registered in that backend.
-
-When registering a new file, VC first tries each of the listed
-backends to see if any of them considers itself "responsible" for the
-directory of the file (e.g. because a corresponding subdirectory for
-master files exists). If none of the backends is responsible, then
-the first backend in the list that could register the file is chosen.
-As a consequence, the variable `vc-default-back-end' is now obsolete.
-
-The old variable `vc-master-templates' is also obsolete, although VC
-still supports it for backward compatibility. To define templates for
-RCS or SCCS, you should rather use the new variables
-vc-{rcs,sccs}-master-templates. (There is no such feature under CVS
-where it doesn't make sense.)
-
-The variables `vc-ignore-vc-files' and `vc-handle-cvs' are also
-obsolete now, you must set `vc-handled-backends' to nil or exclude
-`CVS' from the list, respectively, to achieve their effect now.
-
-*** General Changes
-
-The variable `vc-checkout-carefully' is obsolete: the corresponding
-checks are always done now.
-
-VC Dired buffers are now kept up-to-date during all version control
-operations.
-
-`vc-diff' output is now displayed in `diff-mode'.
-`vc-print-log' uses `log-view-mode'.
-`vc-log-mode' (used for *VC-Log*) has been replaced by `log-edit-mode'.
-
-The command C-x v m (vc-merge) now accepts an empty argument as the
-first revision number. This means that any recent changes on the
-current branch should be picked up from the repository and merged into
-the working file (``merge news'').
-
-The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
-(vc-retrieve-snapshot) now ask for a directory name from which to work
-downwards.
-
-*** Multiple Backends
-
-VC now lets you register files in more than one backend. This is
-useful, for example, if you are working with a slow remote CVS
-repository. You can then use RCS for local editing, and occasionally
-commit your changes back to CVS, or pick up changes from CVS into your
-local RCS archives.
-
-To make this work, the ``more local'' backend (RCS in our example)
-should come first in `vc-handled-backends', and the ``more remote''
-backend (CVS) should come later. (The default value of
-`vc-handled-backends' already has it that way.)
-
-You can then commit changes to another backend (say, RCS), by typing
-C-u C-x v v RCS RET (i.e. vc-next-action now accepts a backend name as
-a revision number). VC registers the file in the more local backend
-if that hasn't already happened, and commits to a branch based on the
-current revision number from the more remote backend.
-
-If a file is registered in multiple backends, you can switch to
-another one using C-x v b (vc-switch-backend). This does not change
-any files, it only changes VC's perspective on the file. Use this to
-pick up changes from CVS while working under RCS locally.
-
-After you are done with your local RCS editing, you can commit your
-changes back to CVS using C-u C-x v v CVS RET. In this case, the
-local RCS archive is removed after the commit, and the log entry
-buffer is initialized to contain the entire RCS change log of the file.
-
-*** Changes for CVS
-
-There is a new user option, `vc-cvs-stay-local'. If it is `t' (the
-default), then VC avoids network queries for files registered in
-remote repositories. The state of such files is then only determined
-by heuristics and past information. `vc-cvs-stay-local' can also be a
-regexp to match against repository hostnames; only files from hosts
-that match it are treated locally. If the variable is nil, then VC
-queries the repository just as often as it does for local files.
-
-If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, then VC also makes local backups of
-repository versions. This means that ordinary diffs (C-x v =) and
-revert operations (C-x v u) can be done completely locally, without
-any repository interactions at all. The name of a local version
-backup of FILE is FILE.~REV.~, where REV is the repository version
-number. This format is similar to that used by C-x v ~
-(vc-version-other-window), except for the trailing dot. As a matter
-of fact, the two features can each use the files created by the other,
-the only difference being that files with a trailing `.' are deleted
-automatically after commit. (This feature doesn't work on MS-DOS,
-since DOS disallows more than a single dot in the trunk of a file
-name.)
-
-If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, and there have been changes in the
-repository, VC notifies you about it when you actually try to commit.
-If you want to check for updates from the repository without trying to
-commit, you can either use C-x v m RET to perform an update on the
-current file, or you can use C-x v r RET to get an update for an
-entire directory tree.
-
-The new user option `vc-cvs-use-edit' indicates whether VC should call
-"cvs edit" to make files writeable; it defaults to `t'. (This option
-is only meaningful if the CVSREAD variable is set, or if files are
-"watched" by other developers.)
-
-The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
-(vc-retrieve-snapshot) are now also implemented for CVS. If you give
-an empty snapshot name to the latter, that performs a `cvs update',
-starting at the given directory.
-
-*** Lisp Changes in VC
-
-VC has been restructured internally to make it modular. You can now
-add support for arbitrary version control backends by writing a
-library that provides a certain set of backend-specific functions, and
-then telling VC to use that library. For example, to add support for
-a version system named SYS, you write a library named vc-sys.el, which
-provides a number of functions vc-sys-... (see commentary at the top
-of vc.el for a detailed list of them). To make VC use that library,
-you need to put it somewhere into Emacs' load path and add the symbol
-`SYS' to the list `vc-handled-backends'.
-
-** The customizable EDT emulation package now supports the EDT
-SUBS command and EDT scroll margins. It also works with more
-terminal/keyboard configurations and it now works under XEmacs.
-See etc/edt-user.doc for more information.
-
-** New modes and packages
-
-*** The new global minor mode `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'
-automatically hides the `(default ...)' part of minibuffer prompts when
-the default is not applicable.
-
-*** Artist is an Emacs lisp package that allows you to draw lines,
-rectangles and ellipses by using your mouse and/or keyboard. The
-shapes are made up with the ascii characters |, -, / and \.
-
-Features are:
-
-- Intersecting: When a `|' intersects with a `-', a `+' is
- drawn, like this: | \ /
- --+-- X
- | / \
-
-- Rubber-banding: When drawing lines you can interactively see the
- result while holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse. If
- your machine is not fast enough (a 386 is a bit too slow, but a
- pentium is well enough), you can turn this feature off. You will
- then see 1's and 2's which mark the 1st and 2nd endpoint of the line
- you are drawing.
-
-- Arrows: After having drawn a (straight) line or a (straight)
- poly-line, you can set arrows on the line-ends by typing < or >.
-
-- Flood-filling: You can fill any area with a certain character by
- flood-filling.
-
-- Cut copy and paste: You can cut, copy and paste rectangular
- regions. Artist also interfaces with the rect package (this can be
- turned off if it causes you any trouble) so anything you cut in
- artist can be yanked with C-x r y and vice versa.
-
-- Drawing with keys: Everything you can do with the mouse, you can
- also do without the mouse.
-
-- Aspect-ratio: You can set the variable artist-aspect-ratio to
- reflect the height-width ratio for the font you are using. Squares
- and circles are then drawn square/round. Note, that once your
- ascii-file is shown with font with a different height-width ratio,
- the squares won't be square and the circles won't be round.
-
-- Drawing operations: The following drawing operations are implemented:
-
- lines straight-lines
- rectangles squares
- poly-lines straight poly-lines
- ellipses circles
- text (see-thru) text (overwrite)
- spray-can setting size for spraying
- vaporize line vaporize lines
- erase characters erase rectangles
-
- Straight lines are lines that go horizontally, vertically or
- diagonally. Plain lines go in any direction. The operations in
- the right column are accessed by holding down the shift key while
- drawing.
-
- It is possible to vaporize (erase) entire lines and connected lines
- (rectangles for example) as long as the lines being vaporized are
- straight and connected at their endpoints. Vaporizing is inspired
- by the drawrect package by Jari Aalto <jari.aalto@poboxes.com>.
-
-- Picture mode compatibility: Artist is picture mode compatible (this
- can be turned off).
-
-*** The new package Eshell is an operating system command shell
-implemented entirely in Emacs Lisp. Use `M-x eshell' to invoke it.
-It functions similarly to bash and zsh, and allows running of Lisp
-functions and external commands using the same syntax. It supports
-history lists, aliases, extended globbing, smart scrolling, etc. It
-will work on any platform Emacs has been ported to. And since most of
-the basic commands -- ls, rm, mv, cp, ln, du, cat, etc. -- have been
-rewritten in Lisp, it offers an operating-system independent shell,
-all within the scope of your Emacs process.
-
-*** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
-intervals. You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
-typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
-on certain projects.
-
-*** The new package hi-lock.el provides commands to highlight matches
-of interactively entered regexps. For example,
-
- M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET
-
-will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
-face. New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
-typed. `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
-Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
-appropriate faces is provided. The regexps can be written into the
-current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
-corresponding file is read. There are commands to highlight matches
-to phrases and to highlight entire lines containing a match.
-
-*** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
-Emacs is idle.
-
-*** The new package tildify.el allows to add hard spaces or other text
-fragments in accordance with the current major mode.
-
-*** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
-parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.
-
-*** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
-package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
-be more robust while offering the same functionality.
-`comment-region' now doesn't always comment a-line-at-a-time, but only
-comments the region, breaking the line at point if necessary.
-
-*** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
-facilities tailored for use with C++. It is documented in a
-separate Texinfo file.
-
-*** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or
-by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
-provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS. It comes with
-`log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to
-enter check-in log messages.
-
-*** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
-without invoking external programs.
-
-The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
-and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does. Unlike
-`manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
-is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
-Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.
-
-The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
-page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.
-
-*** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
-authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.
-
-The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
-the regexp editor popping up in a separate window. Matching text in
-the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
-Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
-even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
-single step.
-
-On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
-matching parens to make them stand out. On such a setup you will
-probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
-contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.
-
-*** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
-unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable. It works as glasses, without
-actually modifying content of a buffer.
-
-*** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
-PostScript.
-
-Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.
-
-The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:
-
- ; comment (until end of line)
- A non-terminal
- "C" terminal
- ?C? special
- $A default non-terminal
- $"C" default terminal
- $?C? default special
- A = B. production (A is the header and B the body)
- C D sequence (C occurs before D)
- C | D alternative (C or D occurs)
- A - B exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
- n * A repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
- (C) group (expression C is grouped together)
- [C] optional (C may or not occurs)
- C+ one or more occurrences of C
- {C}+ one or more occurrences of C
- {C}* zero or more occurrences of C
- {C} zero or more occurrences of C
- C / D equivalent to: C {D C}*
- {C || D}+ equivalent to: C {D C}*
- {C || D}* equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
- {C || D} equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
-
-Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.
-
-*** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
-align. Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
-determine where the columns should be split. In C and C++, for
-example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
-equal signs of assignments.
-
-*** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
-paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.
-
-*** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
-list-buffers or electric-buffer-list. Use M-x bs-show to display a
-buffer menu with this package. See the Custom group `bs'.
-
-*** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.
-
-*** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
-replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe. Actually, it
-is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
-and can be customized easily to get many more functions. It should
-not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
-which answers different needs.
-
-*** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
-suspicious C and C++ constructions. Currently, assignments inside
-expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
-course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
-reference parameters are recognized. The modes require font-lock mode
-to be enabled.
-
-*** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
-containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.
-
-*** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.
-
-*** hl-line.el provides `hl-line-mode', a minor mode to highlight the
-current line in the current buffer. It also provides
-`global-hl-line-mode' to provide the same behavior in all buffers.
-
-*** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.
-
-Please note: if `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' and
-`global-font-lock-mode' are non-nil, loading ansi-color.el will
-disable font-lock and add `ansi-color-apply' to
-`comint-preoutput-filter-functions' for all shell-mode buffers. This
-displays the output of "ls --color=yes" using the correct foreground
-and background colors.
-
-*** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
-Pascal) language.
-
-*** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
-the text at point.
-
-*** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.
-
-*** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.
-
-*** whitespace.el is a package for warning about and cleaning bogus
-whitespace in a file.
-
-*** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
-files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
-(very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
-interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
-often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
-uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
-codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.
-
-*** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.
-
-Here is an example of columns:
-
-horse apple bus
-dog pineapple car EXTRA
-porcupine strawberry airplane
-
-Doing the following settings:
-
- (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
- (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
- (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
- (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")
-
-
-Selecting the lines above and typing:
-
- M-x delimit-columns-region
-
-It results:
-
-[ horse , apple , bus , ]
-[ dog , pineapple , car , EXTRA ]
-[ porcupine, strawberry, airplane, ]
-
-delim-col has the following options:
-
- delimit-columns-str-before Specify a string to be inserted
- before all columns.
-
- delimit-columns-str-separator Specify a string to be inserted
- between each column.
-
- delimit-columns-str-after Specify a string to be inserted
- after all columns.
-
- delimit-columns-separator Specify a regexp which separates
- each column.
-
-delim-col has the following commands:
-
- delimit-columns-region Prettify all columns in a text region.
- delimit-columns-rectangle Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
-
-*** Recentf mode maintains a menu for visiting files that were
-operated on recently. User option recentf-menu-filter specifies a
-menu filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the
-recent file list can be displayed:
-
-- organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
-- sorted by file paths, file names, ascending or descending.
-- showing paths relative to the current default-directory
-
-The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
-dynamically change the menu appearance.
-
-*** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
-text.
-
-*** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
-of footnotes. It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
-specific to Message mode.
-
-*** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
-viewing/editing context diffs (patches). It is selected for files
-with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.
-
-*** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
-interface to access directory servers using different directory
-protocols. It has a separate manual.
-
-*** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
-for Autoconf, selected automatically.
-
-*** windmove.el provides moving between windows.
-
-*** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
-minibuffer with completion.
-
-*** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
-with the diary features.
-
-*** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
-numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.
-
-*** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
-Fill mode.
-
-*** pcomplete.el is a library that provides programmable completion
-facilities for Emacs, similar to what zsh and tcsh offer. The main
-difference is that completion functions are written in Lisp, meaning
-they can be profiled, debugged, etc.
-
-*** antlr-mode is a new major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
-It is automatically turned on for files whose names have the extension
-`.g'.
-
-** Changes in sort.el
-
-The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
-as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal. The
-new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
-numeric base.
-
-** Changes to Ange-ftp
-
-*** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
-names cleanly. It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
-sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'. (This syntax comes from EFS.)
-
-*** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
-ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.
-
-*** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
-output ^M at the end of lines.
-
-** The recommended way of using Iswitchb is via the new global minor
-mode `iswitchb-mode'.
-
-** Just loading the msb package doesn't switch on Msb mode anymore.
-If you have `(require 'msb)' in your .emacs, please replace it with
-`(msb-mode 1)'.
-
-** Flyspell mode has various new options. See the `flyspell' Custom
-group.
-
-** The user option `backward-delete-char-untabify-method' controls the
-behavior of `backward-delete-char-untabify'. The following values
-are recognized:
-
-`untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space;
-`hungry' -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces;
-`all' -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines;
-nil -- just delete one character.
-
-Default value is `untabify'.
-
-[This change was made in Emacs 20.3 but not mentioned then.]
-
-** In Cperl mode `cperl-invalid-face' should now be a normal face
-symbol, not double-quoted.
-
-** Some packages are declared obsolete, to be removed in a future
-version. They are: auto-show, c-mode, hilit19, hscroll, ooutline,
-profile, rnews, rnewspost, and sc. Their implementations have been
-moved to lisp/obsolete.
-
-** auto-compression mode is no longer enabled just by loading jka-compr.el.
-To control it, set `auto-compression-mode' via Custom or use the
-`auto-compression-mode' command.
-
-** `browse-url-gnome-moz' is a new option for
-`browse-url-browser-function', invoking Mozilla in GNOME, and
-`browse-url-kde' can be chosen for invoking the KDE browser.
-
-** The user-option `browse-url-new-window-p' has been renamed to
-`browse-url-new-window-flag'.
-
-** The functions `keep-lines', `flush-lines' and `how-many' now
-operate on the active region in Transient Mark mode.
-
-** `gnus-user-agent' is a new possibility for `mail-user-agent'. It
-is like `message-user-agent', but with all the Gnus paraphernalia.
-
-** The Strokes package has been updated. If your Emacs has XPM
-support, you can use it for pictographic editing. In Strokes mode,
-use C-mouse-2 to compose a complex stoke and insert it into the
-buffer. You can encode or decode a strokes buffer with new commands
-M-x strokes-encode-buffer and M-x strokes-decode-buffer. There is a
-new command M-x strokes-list-strokes.
-
-** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
-a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.
-
-** Hexl mode allows to insert non-ASCII characters.
-
-The non-ASCII characters are encoded using the same encoding as the
-file you are visiting in Hexl mode.
-
-** Shell script mode changes.
-
-Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
-derived from sh and rc. The indentation style is customizable, and
-sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.
-
-** Etags changes.
-
-*** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.
-
-*** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex. It is now
-possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
-{lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
-This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
-a regular expression. The manual contains details.
-
-*** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
-declarations when given the --declarations option.
-
-*** In C++, tags are created for "operator". The tags have the form
-"operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.
-
-*** You shouldn't generally need any more the -C or -c++ option: etags
-automatically switches to C++ parsing when it meets the `class' or
-`template' keywords.
-
-*** Etags now is able to delve at arbitrary deeps into nested structures in
-C-like languages. Previously, it was limited to one or two brace levels.
-
-*** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
-types.
-
-*** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.
-
-*** In Java, tags are created for "interface".
-
-*** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
-are now tagged.
-
-*** In makefiles, tags the targets.
-
-*** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables. my and local
-variables are tagged.
-
-*** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.
-
-*** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
-for PSWrap.
-
-** Changes in etags.el
-
-*** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
-tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive. The default
-is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.
-
-*** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
-the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.
-
-If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
-FUNCTION TO-SEARCH). For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
-TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it. TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
-obarray, or symbol. If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.
-
-TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.
-
-FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
-List buffer. It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.
-
-A useful example value for this variable might be something like:
-
- '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
- ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
- ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))
-
-*** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
-of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.
-
-*** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
-names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.
-
-*** You can now search for tags that are part of the filename itself.
-If you have tagged the files topfile.c subdir/subfile.c
-/tmp/tempfile.c, you can now search for tags "topfile.c", "subfile.c",
-"dir/sub", "tempfile", "tempfile.c". If the tag matches the file name,
-point will go to the beginning of the file.
-
-*** Compressed files are now transparently supported if
-auto-compression-mode is active. You can tag (with Etags) and search
-(with find-tag) both compressed and uncompressed files.
-
-*** Tags commands like M-x tags-search no longer change point
-in buffers where no match is found. In buffers where a match is
-found, the original value of point is pushed on the marker ring.
-
-** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
-remove text past column 72. The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
-appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.
-
-** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.
-
-** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.
-
-** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
-containing a list of regular expressions. Buffers matching a regular
-expression from that list, are not checked.
-
-** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
-When you do C-x C-f /user@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
-and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
-the buffer, just like for the local files.
-
-** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.
-
-** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
-displays local abbrevs, only.
-
-** Refill minor mode provides preliminary support for keeping
-paragraphs filled as you modify them.
-
-** The variable `double-click-fuzz' specifies how much the mouse
-may be moved between clicks that are recognized as a pair. Its value
-is measured in pixels.
-
-** The new global minor mode `auto-image-file-mode' allows image files
-to be visited as images.
-
-** Two new user-options `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'
-were added to compile.el.
-
-** Withdrawn packages
-
-*** mldrag.el has been removed. mouse.el provides the same
-functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.
-
-*** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.
-
-*** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.
-
-\f
-* Incompatible Lisp changes
-
-There are a few Lisp changes which are not backwards-compatible and
-may require changes to existing code. Here is a list for reference.
-See the sections below for details.
-
-** Since `format' preserves text properties, the idiom
-`(format "%s" foo)' no longer works to copy and remove properties.
-Use `copy-sequence' to copy the string, then use `set-text-properties'
-to remove the properties of the copy.
-
-** Since the `keymap' text property now has significance, some code
-which uses both `local-map' and `keymap' properties (for portability)
-may, for instance, give rise to duplicate menus when the keymaps from
-these properties are active.
-
-** The change in the treatment of non-ASCII characters in search
-ranges may affect some code.
-
-** A non-nil value for the LOCAL arg of add-hook makes the hook
-buffer-local even if `make-local-hook' hasn't been called, which might
-make a difference to some code.
-
-** The new treatment of the minibuffer prompt might affect code which
-operates on the minibuffer.
-
-** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
-cause `no-conversion' and `emacs-mule-unix' coding systems to produce
-different results when reading files with non-ASCII characters
-(previously, both coding systems would produce the same results).
-Specifically, `no-conversion' interprets each 8-bit byte as a separate
-character. This makes `no-conversion' inappropriate for reading
-multibyte text, e.g. buffers written to disk in their internal MULE
-encoding (auto-saving does that, for example). If a Lisp program
-reads such files with `no-conversion', each byte of the multibyte
-sequence, including the MULE leading codes such as \201, is treated as
-a separate character, which prevents them from being interpreted in
-the buffer as multibyte characters.
-
-Therefore, Lisp programs that read files which contain the internal
-MULE encoding should use `emacs-mule-unix'. `no-conversion' is only
-appropriate for reading truly binary files.
-
-** Code that relies on the obsolete `before-change-function' and
-`after-change-function' to detect buffer changes will now fail. Use
-`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions' instead.
-
-** Code that uses `concat' with integer args now gets an error, as
-long promised. So does any code that uses derivatives of `concat',
-such as `mapconcat'.
-
-** The function base64-decode-string now always returns a unibyte
-string.
-
-** Not a Lisp incompatibility as such but, with the introduction of
-extra private charsets, there is now only one slot free for a new
-dimension-2 private charset. User code which tries to add more than
-one extra will fail unless you rebuild Emacs with some standard
-charset(s) removed; that is probably inadvisable because it changes
-the emacs-mule encoding. Also, files stored in the emacs-mule
-encoding using Emacs 20 with additional private charsets defined will
-probably not be read correctly by Emacs 21.
-
-** The variable `directory-sep-char' is slated for removal.
-Not really a change (yet), but a projected one that you should be
-aware of: The variable `directory-sep-char' is deprecated, and should
-not be used. It was always ignored on GNU/Linux and Unix systems and
-on MS-DOS, but the MS-Windows port tried to support it by adapting the
-behavior of certain primitives to the value of this variable. It
-turned out that such support cannot be reliable, so it was decided to
-remove this variable in the near future. Lisp programs are well
-advised not to set it to anything but '/', because any different value
-will not have any effect when support for this variable is removed.
-
-\f
-* Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
-(Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)
-
-** Function assq-delete-all replaces function assoc-delete-all.
-
-** The new function animate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el
-allows the animated display of strings.
-
-** The new function `interactive-form' can be used to obtain the
-interactive form of a function.
-
-** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
-between custom options. Example:
-
- (defcustom default-input-method nil
- "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
- This is the input method activated automatically by the command
- `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
- :group 'mule
- :type '(choice (const nil) string)
- :set-after '(current-language-environment))
-
-This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
-current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
-first in a custom-set-variables statement.
-
-** The new hook `kbd-macro-termination-hook' is run at the end of
-function execute-kbd-macro. Functions on this hook are called with no
-args. The hook is run independent of how the macro was terminated
-(signal or normal termination).
-
-** Functions `butlast' and `nbutlast' for removing trailing elements
-from a list are now available without requiring the CL package.
-
-** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
-to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
-
-** The user-option `face-font-registry-alternatives' specifies
-alternative font registry names to try when looking for a font.
-
-** Function `md5' calculates the MD5 "message digest"/"checksum".
-
-** Function `delete-frame' runs `delete-frame-hook' before actually
-deleting the frame. The hook is called with one arg, the frame
-being deleted.
-
-** `add-hook' now makes the hook local if called with a non-nil LOCAL arg.
-
-** The treatment of non-ASCII characters in search ranges has changed.
-If a range in a regular expression or the arg of
-skip-chars-forward/backward starts with a unibyte character C and ends
-with a multibyte character C2, the range is divided into two: one is
-C..?\377, the other is C1..C2, where C1 is the first character of C2's
-charset.
-
-** The new function `display-message-or-buffer' displays a message in
-the echo area or pops up a buffer, depending on the length of the
-message.
-
-** The new macro `with-auto-compression-mode' allows evaluating an
-expression with auto-compression-mode enabled.
-
-** In image specifications, `:heuristic-mask' has been replaced
-with the more general `:mask' property.
-
-** Image specifications accept more `:conversion's.
-
-** A `?' can be used in a symbol name without escaping it with a
-backslash.
-
-** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
-is running in batch mode. For example,
-
- (message "%s" (read t))
-
-will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
-to standard output.
-
-** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list',
-`kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional.
-
-** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
-will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
-frame or window.
-
-** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
-were added
-
-- Function: remove ELT SEQ
-
-Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed. SEQ must be
-a list, vector, or string. The comparison is done with `equal'.
-
-- Function: remq ELT LIST
-
-Return a copy of LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed. The
-comparison is done with `eq'.
-
-** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.
-
-** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
-has been changed: WEAK can now have new values `key-or-value' and
-`key-and-value', in addition to `nil', `key', `value', and `t'.
-
-** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
-without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string". It may
-convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.
-
-** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
-or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.
-
-** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
-function was declared obsolete.
-
-** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
-retained as an alias).
-
-** Easy-menu's :filter now takes the unconverted form of the menu and
-the result is automatically converted to Emacs' form.
-
-** The new function `window-list' has been defined
-
-- Function: window-list &optional FRAME WINDOW MINIBUF
-
-Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW. FRAME nil or
-omitted means use the selected frame. WINDOW nil or omitted means use
-the selected window. MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window,
-even if it isn't active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the
-minibuffer window only if it's active. MINIBUF neither nil nor t
-means never include the minibuffer window.
-
-** There's a new function `get-window-with-predicate' defined as follows
-
-- Function: get-window-with-predicate PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT
-
-Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.
-
-This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
-calling PREDICATE on each one. PREDICATE is called with a window as
-argument. The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
-value is returned. If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
-returned.
-
-Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
-if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
-it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
-minibuffer even if it is active.
-
-Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
-counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
-too. Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
-and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
-`walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
-entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.
-
-ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
-ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
-ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
-ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
-ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
-If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
-Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.
-
-** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
-event names in angle brackets. When called with a second optional
-argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.
-
-** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
-call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
-message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
-Default value is nil.
-
-** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
-meaning no limit.
-
-** The new user option `line-number-display-limit-width' controls
-the maximum width of lines in a buffer for which Emacs displays line
-numbers in the mode line. The default is 200.
-
-** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
-coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
-DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,
-
-** The function `subr-arity' provides information about the argument
-list of a primitive.
-
-** `where-is-internal' now also accepts a list of keymaps.
-
-** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
-buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
-This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
-than replacing the local map.
-
-** The obsolete variables `before-change-function' and
-`after-change-function' are no longer acted upon and have been
-removed. Use `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions'
-instead.
-
-** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.
-
-** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments,
-as promised long ago.
-
-** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.
-
-** The new variable auto-coding-regexp-alist specifies coding systems
-for reading specific files, analogous to auto-coding-alist, but
-patterns are checked against file contents instead of file names.
-
-\f
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)
-
-** The new package rx.el provides an alternative sexp notation for
-regular expressions.
-
-- Function: rx-to-string SEXP
-
-Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
-
-- Macro: rx SEXP
-
-Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
-
-The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
-notation.
-
-STRING
- matches string STRING literally.
-
-CHAR
- matches character CHAR literally.
-
-`not-newline'
- matches any character except a newline.
- .
-`anything'
- matches any character
-
-`(any SET)'
- matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
- Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
-
-'(in SET)'
- like `any'.
-
-`(not (any SET))'
- matches any character not in SET
-
-`line-start'
- matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
- in the text being matched
-
-`line-end'
- is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
-
-`string-start'
- matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
- string being matched against.
-
-`string-end'
- matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
- string being matched against.
-
-`buffer-start'
- matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
- buffer being matched against.
-
-`buffer-end'
- matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
- buffer being matched against.
-
-`point'
- matches the empty string, but only at point.
-
-`word-start'
- matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
- word.
-
-`word-end'
- matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
-
-`word-boundary'
- matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
- word.
-
-`(not word-boundary)'
- matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
- word.
-
-`digit'
- matches 0 through 9.
-
-`control'
- matches ASCII control characters.
-
-`hex-digit'
- matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
-
-`blank'
- matches space and tab only.
-
-`graphic'
- matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
- space, and DEL.
-
-`printing'
- matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
- and DEL.
-
-`alphanumeric'
- matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
- it matches anything that has word syntax.)
-
-`letter'
- matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
- it matches anything that has word syntax.)
-
-`ascii'
- matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
-
-`nonascii'
- matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
-
-`lower'
- matches anything lower-case.
-
-`upper'
- matches anything upper-case.
-
-`punctuation'
- matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
- it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
-
-`space'
- matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
-
-`word'
- matches anything that has word syntax.
-
-`(syntax SYNTAX)'
- matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
- of the following symbols.
-
- `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
- `punctuation' (\\s.)
- `word' (\\sw)
- `symbol' (\\s_)
- `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
- `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
- `expression-prefix' (\\s')
- `string-quote' (\\s\")
- `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
- `escape' (\\s\\)
- `character-quote' (\\s/)
- `comment-start' (\\s<)
- `comment-end' (\\s>)
-
-`(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
- matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
-
-`(category CATEGORY)'
- matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
- either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
-
- `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
- `base-vowel' (\\c1)
- `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
- `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
- `tone-mark' (\\c4)
- `symbol' (\\c5)
- `digit' (\\c6)
- `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
- `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
- `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
- `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
- `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
- `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
- `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
- `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
- `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
- `indian-two-byte' (\\cI)
- `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
- `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
- `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
- `ascii' (\\ca)
- `arabic' (\\cb)
- `chinese' (\\cc)
- `ethiopic' (\\ce)
- `greek' (\\cg)
- `korean' (\\ch)
- `indian' (\\ci)
- `japanese' (\\cj)
- `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
- `latin' (\\cl)
- `lao' (\\co)
- `tibetan' (\\cq)
- `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
- `thai' (\\ct)
- `vietnamese' (\\cv)
- `hebrew' (\\cw)
- `cyrillic' (\\cy)
- `can-break' (\\c|)
-
-`(not (category CATEGORY))'
- matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
-
-`(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
- matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
-
-`(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
- like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
- `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
-
-`(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
- another name for `submatch'.
-
-`(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
- matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
- args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
- regular expression.
-
-`(minimal-match SEXP)'
- produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
- zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
- match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
- still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
-
-`(maximal-match SEXP)'
- produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
-
-`(zero-or-more SEXP)'
- matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
-
-`(0+ SEXP)'
- like `zero-or-more'.
-
-`(* SEXP)'
- like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
-
-`(*? SEXP)'
- like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
-
-`(one-or-more SEXP)'
- matches one or more occurrences of A.
-
-`(1+ SEXP)'
- like `one-or-more'.
-
-`(+ SEXP)'
- like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
-
-`(+? SEXP)'
- like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
-
-`(zero-or-one SEXP)'
- matches zero or one occurrences of A.
-
-`(optional SEXP)'
- like `zero-or-one'.
-
-`(? SEXP)'
- like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
-
-`(?? SEXP)'
- like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
-
-`(repeat N SEXP)'
- matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
-
-`(repeat N M SEXP)'
- matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
-
-`(eval FORM)'
- evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
- `regexp-quote' it.
-
-`(regexp REGEXP)'
- include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
-
-*** The features `md5' and `overlay' are now provided by default.
-
-*** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the
-buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside
-the original restriction. Previously, doing this would cause the saved
-restriction to be restored incorrectly.
-
-*** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
-`eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
-when they find 8-bit characters. Previously, they included `ascii' in a
-multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.
-
-*** The functions `set-buffer-multibyte', `string-as-multibyte' and
-`string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer or a string
-if it contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.
-
-*** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
-changed. Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
-[\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
-regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+. Thus, if
-the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
-extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions. Now such extra
-bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
-eight-bit-graphic.
-
-** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.
-
-A fontset can now be specified for each independent character, for
-a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
-character set as previously.
-
-*** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
-They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME. The function
-modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.
-
-CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
-characters. In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
-range FROM and TO (inclusive). CHARACTER may be a charset. In that
-case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.
-
-FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
-name of a font and REGISTRY is a registry name of a font.
-
-*** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted. The default charset
-registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
-"fontset-default".
-
-*** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
-argument STYLE-VARIANT. It never creates style-variant fontsets.
-
-** The method of composing characters is changed. Now character
-composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
-buffers and strings.
-
-*** Charset composition is deleted. Emacs never creates a `composite
-character' which is an independent character with a unique character
-code. Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
-have been deleted: composite-char-component,
-composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
-composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
-The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
-also been deleted.
-
-*** Three more glyph reference points are added. They can be used to
-specify a composition rule. See the documentation of the variable
-`reference-point-alist' for more detail.
-
-*** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
-MODIFICATION-FUNC. With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
-composition rule but also characters to be composed. Such characters
-may differ between buffer and string text.
-
-*** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
-COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC.
-
-*** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
-directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
-Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
-`composition' from STRING.
-
-*** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
-a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.
-
-*** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
-obsolete.
-
-** The new coding system `mac-roman' is primarily intended for use on
-the Macintosh but may be used generally for Macintosh-encoded text.
-
-** The new character sets `mule-unicode-0100-24ff',
-`mule-unicode-2500-33ff', and `mule-unicode-e000-ffff' have been
-introduced for Unicode characters in the range U+0100..U+24FF,
-U+2500..U+33FF, U+E000..U+FFFF respectively.
-
-Note that the character sets are not yet unified in Emacs, so
-characters which belong to charsets such as Latin-2, Greek, Hebrew,
-etc. and the same characters in the `mule-unicode-*' charsets are
-different characters, as far as Emacs is concerned. For example, text
-which includes Unicode characters from the Latin-2 locale cannot be
-encoded by Emacs with ISO 8859-2 coding system.
-
-** The new coding system `mule-utf-8' has been added.
-It provides limited support for decoding/encoding UTF-8 text. For
-details, please see the documentation string of this coding system.
-
-** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
-`japanese-jisx0213-2' have been introduced for the new Japanese
-standard JIS X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.
-
-** The new character sets `latin-iso8859-14' and `latin-iso8859-15'
-have been introduced.
-
-** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
-have been introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
-0xA0..0xFF respectively. Note that the multibyte representation of
-eight-bit-control is never exposed; this leads to an exception in the
-emacs-mule coding system, which encodes everything else to the
-buffer/string internal representation. Note that to search for
-eight-bit-graphic characters in a multibyte buffer, the search string
-must be multibyte, otherwise such characters will be converted to
-their multibyte equivalent.
-
-** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
-that offset in the file before writing.
-
-** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
-compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).
-
-** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
-`*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
-from which the command was issued.
-
-** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
-`query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
-`replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
-additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
-operate on.
-
-** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
-to `window-buffer-height'.
-
-- Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW
-
-Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
-The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
-lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.
-
-Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
-respectively.
-
-If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument
-COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.
-
-The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
-obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
-on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.
-
-Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
-buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
-possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
-is currently displayed in some window.
-
-** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
-argument function's results.
-
-** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
-signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails. Also,
-`base64-decode-string' now always returns a unibyte string (in Emacs
-20, it returned a multibyte string when the result was a valid multibyte
-sequence).
-
-** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
-header in the list of headers passed to it.
-
-** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
-ignores differences in case and text representation.
-
-** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
-cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer. Values are interpreted
-as follows:
-
- t use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
- nil don't display a cursor
- `bar' display a bar cursor with default width
- (bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
- others display a box cursor.
-
-** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
-an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
-defun. If set, the default, it is considered a defun start. If not
-set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.
-
-** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
-specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
-the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
-text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.
-
-Example:
-
- (string-to-syntax "()")
- => (4 . 41)
-
-** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
-other than 10.
-
-*** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
-INTEGER optionally contains a sign.
-
- #b1111
- => 15
- #b-1111
- => -15
-
-*** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).
-
- #o666
- => 438
-
-*** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).
-
- #xbeef
- => 48815
-
-*** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.
-
- #2R-111
- => -7
- #25rah
- => 267
-
-** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
-the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
-and isn't a string.
-
-** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
-a `function-documentation' property of that symbol. If it has a non-nil
-value, the documentation is taken from that value. If the value is
-not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.
-
-** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.
-
-** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
-for a regexp in a string.
-
-** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
-`mouse-position-function'.
-
-** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
-that don't fit into a Lisp integer.
-
-** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
-Keywords are now always considered constants.
-
-** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
-returns it.
-
-** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
-returned by function `recent-keys'.
-
-** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
-can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
-Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding C-M-a
-etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
-mode.
-
-** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
-and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.
-
-** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
-has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
-function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not. If it
-returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
-been performed."
-
-When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
-and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
-hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
-then the self-inserting character is not inserted.
-
-** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
-In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
-and the function's value is nil if it is not found.
-
-** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
-with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
-specified table.
-
- (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)
-
-Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
-TABLE. The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
-saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit. Value is
-what BODY returns.
-
-** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
-Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
-Also back-references like \2 are now considered as an error if the
-corresponding subgroup does not exist (or is not closed yet).
-Previously it would have been silently turned into `2' (ignoring the `\').
-
-** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
-removed since it wasn't used by anything.
-
-** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
-instead of being optional.
-
-** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
-modify read-only text.
-
-** New functions and variables for locales.
-
-The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
-decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
-time functions like strftime. The new variables
-`system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
-locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.
-
-The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
-environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
-the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
-environment variables. Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
-not be invoked thereafter. It uses the new variables
-`locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
-`locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.
-
-** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
-To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
-modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
-start sequences.
-
-** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
-because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.
-
-** New function `propertize'
-
-The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
-strings with text properties.
-
-- Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES
-
-Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
-by PROPERTIES. PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
-PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
-specified value of that property. Example:
-
- (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)
-
-** push and pop macros.
-
-Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
-are now defined in Emacs Lisp. These macros allow only symbols
-as the place that holds the list to be changed.
-
-(push NEWELT LISTNAME) add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
-(pop LISTNAME) return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
- (thus altering the value of LISTNAME).
-
-** New dolist and dotimes macros.
-
-Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
-are now defined in Emacs Lisp.
-
-(dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
- Execute body once for each element of LIST,
- using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
- Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
-
-(dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
- Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
- inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
- Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
-
-** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such as
-[:alpha:], [:space:] and so on. These must be used within a character
-class--for instance, [-[:digit:].+] matches digits or a period
-or a sign.
-
-[:digit:] matches 0 through 9
-[:cntrl:] matches ASCII control characters
-[:xdigit:] matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
-[:blank:] matches space and tab only
-[:graph:] matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
- space, and DEL.
-[:print:] matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
- and DEL.
-[:alnum:] matches letters and digits.
- (But at present, for multibyte characters,
- it matches anything that has word syntax.)
-[:alpha:] matches letters.
- (But at present, for multibyte characters,
- it matches anything that has word syntax.)
-[:ascii:] matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
-[:nonascii:] matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
-[:lower:] matches anything lower-case.
-[:punct:] matches punctuation.
- (But at present, for multibyte characters,
- it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
-[:space:] matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
-[:upper:] matches anything upper-case.
-[:word:] matches anything that has word syntax.
-
-** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.
-
-The following functions are defined for hash tables:
-
-- Function: make-hash-table ARGS
-
-The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs. All arguments
-are optional. The following arguments are defined:
-
-:test TEST
-
-TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys. Default is `eql'.
-Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'. If TEST is not predefined,
-it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.
-
-:size SIZE
-
-SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
-many elements will be put in the hash table. Default size is 65.
-
-:rehash-size REHASH-SIZE
-
-REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
-full. If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
-size to get the new size. Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
-1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
-old size. Default rehash size is 1.5.
-
-:rehash-threshold THRESHOLD
-
-THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
-hash table. It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
-(size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD. Default threshold is 0.8.
-
-:weakness WEAK
-
-WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
-`key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
-`key-and-value'. Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
-collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
-outside of the hash table. Default are non-weak hash tables.
-
-- Function: makehash &optional TEST
-
-Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.
-
-- Function: hash-table-p TABLE
-
-Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.
-
-- Function: copy-hash-table TABLE
-
-Returns a copy of TABLE. Only the table itself is copied, keys and
-values are shared.
-
-- Function: hash-table-count TABLE
-
-Returns the number of entries in TABLE.
-
-- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
-
-Returns the rehash size of TABLE.
-
-- Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE
-
-Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.
-
-- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
-
-Returns the size of TABLE.
-
-- Function: hash-table-test TABLE
-
-Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.
-
-- Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE
-
-Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.
-
-- Function: clrhash TABLE
-
-Clear TABLE.
-
-- Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT
-
-Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
-not found.
-
-- Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE
-
-Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE. If KEY is already associated with
-another value, replace the old value with VALUE.
-
-- Function: remhash KEY TABLE
-
-Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.
-
-- Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE
-
-Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE. FUNCTION must take two
-arguments KEY and VALUE.
-
-- Function: sxhash OBJ
-
-Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.
-
-- Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN
-
-Define a new hash table test named NAME. If NAME is specified as
-a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
-comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys. Test
-and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
-of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).
-
-TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.
-
-HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
-code of the argument. The function should use the whole range of
-integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.
-
-Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
-be strings that are compared case-insensitively.
-
- (defun case-fold-string= (a b)
- (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))
-
- (defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
- (sxhash (upcase a)))
-
- (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
- 'case-fold-string-hash))
-
- (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)
-
-** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.
-
-It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
-circular structures. For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
-a cons cell which is its own cdr.
-
-** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.
-
-If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
-#N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.
-
-** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
-t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
-specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
-is too short to reach that column.
-
-** perform-replace has a new feature: the REPLACEMENTS argument may
-now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA). This means to call FUNCTION
-after each match to get the replacement text. FUNCTION is called with
-two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.
-
-If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
-perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
-and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.
-
-** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
-to specify which buffer to return the size of.
-
-** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
-calendar-move-hook after moving point.
-
-** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
-directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
-small. (Certain Emacs features use this directory.) If
-small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
-temporary-file-directory instead.
-
-** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
-the hooks that track changes in the buffer. This affects
-`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
-hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.
-
-** assq-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
-elements of an alist which have a car `eq' to a particular value.
-
-** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.
-
-make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
-creates the file before it returns. This prevents a timing error,
-ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.
-
-** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'
-
-The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW. If non-nil, it insists
-on a check for an existing file with the same name. If MUSTBENEW
-is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
-never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
-ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
-overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.
-
-If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
-that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
-to get an error if the file exists at that time.
-The error reported is `file-already-exists'.
-
-** Function `format' now handles text properties.
-
-Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
-If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
-ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
-result string.
-
-Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
-string where arguments appear in the result string.
-
-Example:
-
- (let ((s1 "hello, %s")
- (s2 "world"))
- (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
- (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
- (format s1 s2))
-
-results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.
-
-** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.
-
-Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
-The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
-argument in it.
-
- (let ((msg "hello, %s!")
- (arg "world"))
- (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
- (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
- (message msg arg))
-
-** Sound support
-
-Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
-(Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
-
-Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
-(*.au). You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
-to enable sound support.
-
-Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND). SOUND is a
-list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'. The function is only defined
-when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs. The
-functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
-sound to play, before playing the sound.
-
-The following sound properties are supported:
-
-- `:file FILE'
-
-FILE is a file name. If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
-searched relative to `data-directory'.
-
-- `:data DATA'
-
-DATA is a string containing sound data. Either :file or :data
-may be present, but not both.
-
-- `:volume VOLUME'
-
-VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
-0..1. This property is optional.
-
-- `:device DEVICE'
-
-DEVICE is a string specifying the system device on which to play the
-sound. The default device is system-dependent.
-
-Other properties are ignored.
-
-An alternative interface is called as
-(play-sound-file FILE &optional VOLUME DEVICE).
-
-** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.
-
-** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
-a keyword symbol.
-
-** Changes to garbage collection
-
-*** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
-of live and free strings.
-
-*** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
-strings that have been consed so far.
-
-\f
-* Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
-Lisp Manual
-
-** The user-option `resize-mini-windows' controls how Emacs resizes
-mini-windows.
-
-** The function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now has a third optional
-argument, PARTIALLY. If a character is only partially visible, nil is
-returned, unless PARTIALLY is non-nil.
-
-** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used.
-
-** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.
-
-** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
-image.
-
-- Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME
-
-Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).
-
-SPEC is an image specification. PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
-measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
-character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
-font). FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
-FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
-
-** The function `image-mask-p' can be used to determine if an image
-has a mask bitmap.
-
-- Function: image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME
-
-Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap.
-FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed. FRAME nil
-or omitted means use the selected frame.
-
-** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
-satisfying one of a list of specifications.
-
-** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
-optional.
-
-** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see
-below).
-
-\f
-* New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1
-
-** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
-to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.
-
-Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
-text in brighter colors. On such a console, a bold black foreground
-is displayed in a gray color. If this turns out to be hard to read on
-your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
-laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
-just display it black instead.
-
-This situation can't be detected automatically. You will have to put
-a line like
-
- (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)
-
-in your `.emacs'.
-
-** New face implementation.
-
-Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch. They don't use XLFD
-font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.
-
-*** New faces.
-
-Each face can specify the following display attributes:
-
- 1. Font family or fontset alias name.
-
- 2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
- width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.
-
- 3. Font height in 1/10pt
-
- 4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.
-
- 5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.
-
- 6. Foreground color.
-
- 7. Background color.
-
- 8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.
-
- 9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.
-
- 10. A background stipple, a bitmap.
-
- 11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
-
- 12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
- color.
-
- 13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
- color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.
-
-Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
-same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
-frames. Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
-faces. The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
-with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each of the face
-attributes mentioned above.
-
-There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'. Face
-definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
-created frames.
-
-A face doesn't have to specify all attributes. Those not specified
-have a nil value. Faces specifying all attributes are called
-`fully-specified'.
-
-*** Face merging.
-
-The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
-combining several faces. This process is called `face merging'. Any
-aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
-properties is taken from the `default' face. Since it is made sure
-that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
-results in a fully-specified face.
-
-*** Face realization.
-
-After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
-merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'. The
-realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
-available on the system where Emacs runs. The result is a `realized
-face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
-cache of the frame on which it was realized.
-
-Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
-character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
-for different charsets. In other words, for characters of different
-charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.
-
-Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
-specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
-being realized specifies a fontset. The reason is that the result of
-the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
-statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.
-
-In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
-`char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
-0x7f. The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
-the variable `face-default-registry' in this case. The variable is
-initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
-Emacs.
-
-Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
-`enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
-registry and encoding `face-default-registry'. This is consistent
-with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.
-
-**** Clearing face caches.
-
-The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
-on all frames. If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
-unused fonts.
-
-*** Font selection.
-
-Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
-given (charset, face) combination. This is done slightly differently
-for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.
-
-If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
-pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font
-family, a font pattern is constructed. Charset symbols have a
-property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
-an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.
-
-Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
-against the font pattern. The result of font selection is the best
-match for the given face attributes in this font list.
-
-Font selection can be influenced by the user.
-
-The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
-attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
-face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
-names. The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
-that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
-width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
-to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.
-
-Setting `face-font-family-alternatives' allows the user to specify
-alternative font families to try if a family specified by a face
-doesn't exist.
-
-Setting `face-font-registry-alternatives' allows the user to specify
-all alternative font registry names to try for a face specifying a
-registry.
-
-Please note that the interpretations of the above two variables are
-slightly different.
-
-Setting face-ignored-fonts allows the user to ignore specific fonts.
-
-
-**** Scalable fonts
-
-Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
-since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
-servers.
-
-To enable scalable font use, set the variable
-`scalable-fonts-allowed'. A value of nil, the default, means never use
-scalable fonts. A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
-Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. A
-scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
-that list. Example:
-
- (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))
-
-allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.
-
-*** Functions and variables related to font selection.
-
-- Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME
-
-Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME. If FAMILY
-is omitted or nil, list all families. Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
-string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.
-
-If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Each element of
-the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
-FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING]. FAMILY is the font family name.
-POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt. WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
-SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
-These symbols are the same as for face attributes. FIXED-P is non-nil
-if the font is fixed-pitch. FULL is the full name of the font, and
-REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
-the font. The result list is sorted according to the current setting
-of the face font sort order.
-
-- Function: x-font-family-list
-
-Return a list of available font families on FRAME. If FRAME is
-omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Value is a list of conses
-(FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
-non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.
-
-- Variable: font-list-limit
-
-Limit for font matching. If an integer > 0, font matching functions
-won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
-matching font. The default is currently 100.
-
-*** Setting face attributes.
-
-For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
-with the old one. Old face attribute related functions are now
-implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
-`face-attribute'.
-
-Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
-symbols. All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.
-
-The following attributes are recognized:
-
-`:family'
-
-VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
-or a fontset alias name. If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
-and `?' are allowed.
-
-`:width'
-
-VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
-It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
-`condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
-`extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.
-
-`:height'
-
-VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
-in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
-scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
-height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.
-
-`:weight'
-
-VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use. It must be one of the
-symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
-`semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.
-
-`:slant'
-
-VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use. It must be one of the
-symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
-`reverse-oblique'.
-
-`:foreground', `:background'
-
-VALUE must be a color name, a string.
-
-`:underline'
-
-VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined. If
-VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is
-a string, underline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly
-don't underline.
-
-`:overline'
-
-VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined. If
-VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a
-string, overline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
-overline.
-
-`:strike-through'
-
-VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
-striking through them. If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
-face. If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color. If VALUE
-is nil, explicitly don't strike through.
-
-`:box'
-
-VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
-around them. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes. If
-VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
-of the face. If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
-and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1. Otherwise,
-VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
-:color COLOR :style STYLE)'. If a keyword/value pair is missing from
-the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
-specified below. WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
-defaults to 1. COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
-the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
-color of the face for 3D boxes. STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
-should be draw. If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
-like a released 3D button. If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
-that appears like a pressed button. If STYLE is nil, the default if
-the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
-box.
-
-`:inverse-video'
-
-VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
-inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.
-
-`:stipple'
-
-If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
-The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
-searched. Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
-HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
-is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap. VALUE nil means
-explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.
-
-For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
-and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:
-
-`:font'
-
-Set font-related face attributes from VALUE. VALUE must be a valid
-XLFD font name. If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
-is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
-versions of Emacs.
-
-For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
-be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used. VALUE
-must be t or nil in that case. A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."
-
-Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
-`defface'.
-
-`:inherit'
-
-VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
-of face names. Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
-like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.
-
-*** Face attributes and X resources
-
-The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
-from X resources:
-
- Face attribute X resource class
------------------------------------------------------------------------
- :family attributeFamily . Face.AttributeFamily
- :width attributeWidth Face.AttributeWidth
- :height attributeHeight Face.AttributeHeight
- :weight attributeWeight Face.AttributeWeight
- :slant attributeSlant Face.AttributeSlant
- foreground attributeForeground Face.AttributeForeground
- :background attributeBackground . Face.AttributeBackground
- :overline attributeOverline Face.AttributeOverline
- :strike-through attributeStrikeThrough Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
- :box attributeBox Face.AttributeBox
- :underline attributeUnderline Face.AttributeUnderline
- :inverse-video attributeInverse Face.AttributeInverse
- :stipple attributeStipple Face.AttributeStipple
- or attributeBackgroundPixmap
- Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
- :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
- :bold attributeBold Face.AttributeBold
- :italic attributeItalic . Face.AttributeItalic
- :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
-
-*** Text property `face'.
-
-The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
-specification or a list of such specifications. Each face
-specification can be
-
-1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.
-
-2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
- KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
- for that attribute. Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
- for face attribute names.
-
-3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
- (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name. This is
- for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.
-
-** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.
-
-The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
-on TTY and MSDOS frames. It maps a color name to a color number on
-the terminal. Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
-default. You can get defined colors with a call to
-`defined-colors'. The function `tty-color-clear' can be
-used to clear the mapping table.
-
-** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.
-
-The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
-and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame. On frames whose
-type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
-color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
-display. Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
-old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
-`x-display-color-p'. (The old function names are still available for
-compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.) Lisp programs
-should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
-modify their color-related behavior.
-
-The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
-any frame type.
-
-** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.
-
-The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
-`display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
-`display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
-`display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
-`display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
-`display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
-display. Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
-the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
-platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.
-
-The new function `display-images-p' returns non-nil if a particular
-display can display image files.
-
-** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.
-
-This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
-To disallow this completely (like previous versions of emacs), customize
-the variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', and turn on the
-`Inviolable' option.
-
-The function `minibuffer-prompt-end' returns the current position of the
-end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
-Otherwise, it returns `(point-min)'.
-
-** New `field' abstraction in buffers.
-
-There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
-buffers. A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
-property (which can be a text property or an overlay).
-
-Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
-forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
-to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
-not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
-commands continue into the next field if repeated. Stopping at field
-boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
-`inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
-functions.
-
-Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
-a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
-editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.
-
-The following functions are defined for operating on fields:
-
-- Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY
-
-Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.
-
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
-constrained position if that is different.
-
-If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
-positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
-ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
-constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
-as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
-is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
-fields. Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
-the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
-also considered to be `on the boundary'.
-
-If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
-NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
-unconstrained. This useful for commands that move by line, like
-C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
-only in the case where they can still move to the right line.
-
-If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
-a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.
-
-Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.
-
-- Function: delete-field &optional POS
-
-Delete the field surrounding POS.
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
-
-- Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
-
-Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
-If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
-field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.
-
-- Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
-
-Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
-If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
-then the end of the *following* field is returned.
-
-- Function: field-string &optional POS
-
-Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
-
-- Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS
-
-Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
-
-** Image support.
-
-Emacs can now display images. Images are inserted into text by giving
-strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
-(AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE. The display of the `display' property value
-replaces the display of the characters having that property.
-
-If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
-`(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'. If
-AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
-window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
-area.
-
-IMAGE is an image specification.
-
-*** Image specifications
-
-Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
-is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols. Each
-specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
-symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'. Properties not
-described below are ignored.
-
-The following is a list of properties all image types share.
-
-`:ascent ASCENT'
-
-ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
-If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
-to use for its ascent.
-
-If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
-image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.
-
-If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
-centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
-of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
-overlays that apply to the image.
-
-`:margin MARGIN'
-
-MARGIN must be either a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put
-as margin around the image, or a pair (X . Y) with X specifying the
-horizontal margin and Y specifying the vertical margin. Default is 0.
-
-`:relief RELIEF'
-
-RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces. Puts a relief
-around an image.
-
-`:conversion ALGO'
-
-Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it.
-
-ALGO `laplace' or `emboss' means apply a Laplace or ``emboss''
-edge-detection algorithm to the image.
-
-ALGO `(edge-detection :matrix MATRIX :color-adjust ADJUST)' means
-apply a general edge-detection algorithm. MATRIX must be either a
-nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers. A pixel at
-position x/y in the transformed image is computed from original pixels
-around that position. MATRIX specifies, for each pixel in the
-neighborhood of x/y, a factor with which that pixel will influence the
-transformed pixel; element 0 specifies the factor for the pixel at
-x-1/y-1, element 1 the factor for the pixel at x/y-1 etc. as shown
-below.
-
- (x-1/y-1 x/y-1 x+1/y-1
- x-1/y x/y x+1/y
- x-1/y+1 x/y+1 x+1/y+1)
-
-The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color
-resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels,
-multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum
-of the factors' absolute values.
-
-Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of
-
- (1 0 0
- 0 0 0
- 9 9 -1)
-
-Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of
-
- ( 2 -1 0
- -1 0 1
- 0 1 -2)
-
-ALGO `disabled' means transform the image so that it looks
-``disabled''.
-
-`:mask MASK'
-
-If MASK is `heuristic' or `(heuristic BG)', build a clipping mask for
-the image, so that the background of a frame is visible behind the
-image. If BG is not specified, or if BG is t, determine the
-background color of the image by looking at the 4 corners of the
-image, assuming the most frequently occurring color from the corners is
-the background color of the image. Otherwise, BG must be a list `(RED
-GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the background of the
-image.
-
-If MASK is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one. Images
-in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying
-`:mask nil'.
-
-`:file FILE'
-
-Load image from FILE. If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
-search for the image in `data-directory'. Some image types support
-building images from data. When this is done, no `:file' property
-may be present in the image specification.
-
-`:data DATA'
-
-Get image data from DATA. (As of this writing, this is not yet
-supported for image type `postscript'). Either :file or :data may be
-present in an image specification, but not both. All image types
-support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.
-
-*** Supported image types
-
-**** XBM, image type `xbm'.
-
-XBM images don't require an external library. Additional image
-properties supported are:
-
-`:foreground FG'
-
-FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
-meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's foreground color.
-
-`:background BG'
-
-BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
-meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's background color.
-
-XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file. In this
-case, the image specification must contain the following properties
-instead of a `:file' property.
-
-`:width WIDTH'
-
-WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.
-
-`:height HEIGHT'
-
-HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.
-
-`:data DATA'
-
-DATA must be either
-
- 1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
- have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT
-
- 2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT
-
- 3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
- bitmap.
-
- 4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file. Neither width nor
- height may be specified in this case because these are defined
- in the file.
-
-**** XPM, image type `xpm'
-
-XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
-`xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later. Make sure the library is
-found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
-`--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.
-
-Additional image properties supported are:
-
-`:color-symbols SYMBOLS'
-
-SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
-name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
-name.
-
-XPM images can be built from memory instead of files. In that case,
-add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.
-
-The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
-to display compressed images.
-
-**** PBM, image type `pbm'
-
-PBM images don't require an external library. Color, gray-scale and
-mono images are supported. Additional image properties supported for
-mono images are:
-
-`:foreground FG'
-
-FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
-meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's foreground color.
-
-`:background FG'
-
-BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
-meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's background color.
-
-**** JPEG, image type `jpeg'
-
-Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
-package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
-properties defined.
-
-**** TIFF, image type `tiff'
-
-Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
-package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
-properties defined.
-
-**** GIF, image type `gif'
-
-Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
-`libungif-4.1.0', or later.
-
-Additional image properties supported are:
-
-`:index INDEX'
-
-INDEX must be an integer >= 0. Load image number INDEX from a
-multi-image GIF file. If INDEX is too large, the image displays
-as a hollow box.
-
-This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
-For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
-at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
-every 0.1 seconds.
-
-(defun show-anim (file max)
- "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
- (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))
-
-(defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
- (when (= idx max)
- (setq idx 0))
- (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
- (save-excursion
- (set-buffer buffer)
- (goto-char (point-min))
- (unless first-time (delete-char 1))
- (insert-image img "x"))
- (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))
-
-**** PNG, image type `png'
-
-Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
-package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
-properties defined.
-
-**** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.
-
-Additional image properties supported are:
-
-`:pt-width WIDTH'
-
-WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch). WIDTH must be an
-integer. This is a required property.
-
-`:pt-height HEIGHT'
-
-HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch). HEIGHT
-must be a integer. This is an required property.
-
-`:bounding-box BOX'
-
-BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
-the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
-files. This is an required property.
-
-Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp. See
-lisp/gs.el.
-
-*** Lisp interface.
-
-The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
-which are supported in the current configuration.
-
-Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
-they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
-The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
-manually. Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
-images with `equal' specifications share the same image.
-
-*** Simplified image API, image.el
-
-The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
-creation and putting images into text. The function `create-image'
-can be used to create images. The macro `defimage' can be used to
-define an image based on available image types. The functions
-`put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
-buffer.
-
-** Display margins.
-
-Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
-and images.
-
-To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
-`left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
-`set-window-margins'. The function `window-margins' can be used to
-obtain the current settings. To make `left-margin-width' and
-`right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
-the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
-of the display margins.
-
-You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
-containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
-one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil. VALUE can be either a
-string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
-in this file).
-
-** Help display
-
-Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
-moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
-`help-echo'. This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
-that have a `help-echo' property.
-
-If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
-is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION. WINDOW is
-the window in which the help was found.
-
-If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
-`help-echo' text property was found.
-
-If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
-POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.
-
-If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
-the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
-mouse.
-
-If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
-string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.
-
-For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
-determine the help to display. If their definition contains a
-property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
-For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
-used as help string.
-
-The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
-the help string differently. For example, enabling a tooltip window
-causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.
-
-** Vertical fractional scrolling.
-
-The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
-This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.
-
-The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
-scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
-The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
-scrolling value. Here is an example of how these function might be
-used.
-
- (global-set-key [A-down]
- #'(lambda ()
- (interactive)
- (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
- (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
- (global-set-key [A-up]
- #'(lambda ()
- (interactive)
- (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
- (- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))
-
-** New hook `fontification-functions'.
-
-Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
-when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified. This
-variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set. Each function
-is called with one argument, POS.
-
-At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
-characters starting at POS in the current buffer. It should mark them
-as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
-property. It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
-`fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.
-
-** Tool bar support.
-
-Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. The frame
-parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
-controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar. A zero value
-suppresses the tool bar. If the value is non-zero and
-`auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
-automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.
-
-*** Tool bar item definitions
-
-Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
-`tool-bar'. For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
-where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.
-
-CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
-evaluated to get a string. The caption is currently not displayed in
-the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
-property (see below).
-
-BINDING is the tool bar item's binding. Tool bar items with keymaps as
-binding are currently ignored.
-
-The following properties are recognized:
-
-`:enable FORM'.
-
-FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
-or disabled.
-
-`:visible FORM'
-
-FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.
-
-`:filter FUNCTION'
-
-FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
-FUNCTION is specified as the filter. The value FUNCTION returns is
-used instead of BINDING to display this item.
-
-`:button (TYPE SELECTED)'
-
-TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'. SELECTED is evaluated
-and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.
-
-`:image IMAGES'
-
-IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
-image specifications. If it is a vector, this table lists the
-meaning of each of the four elements:
-
- Index Use when item is
- ----------------------------------------
- 0 enabled and selected
- 1 enabled and deselected
- 2 disabled and selected
- 3 disabled and deselected
-
-If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
-algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.
-
-`:help HELP-STRING'.
-
-Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item. This help
-is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.
-
-The function `toolbar-add-item' is a convenience function for adding
-toolbar items generally, and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' can be used
-to define a toolbar item with a binding copied from an item on the
-menu bar.
-
-The default bindings use a menu-item :filter to derive the tool-bar
-dynamically from variable `tool-bar-map' which may be set
-buffer-locally to override the global map.
-
-*** Tool-bar-related variables.
-
-If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
-resize to show all defined tool bar items. It will never grow larger
-than 1/4 of the frame's size.
-
-If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
-raised when the mouse moves over them.
-
-You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
-`tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
-pixels, or a pair of integers (X . Y) specifying horizontal and
-vertical margins . Default is 1.
-
-You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
-`tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer. Default is 3.
-
-*** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.
-
-You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
-a tool bar item. If
-
- (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
- '(menu-item "Shell" shell
- :image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))
-
-is the original tool bar item definition, then
-
- (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)
-
-makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
-item.
-
-** Mode line changes.
-
-*** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
-
-The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
-that have a `local-map' text property. There are three ways to display
-a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.
-
-1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
-a `local-map' text property.
-
-2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
-that format specifier has a `local-map' property.
-
-3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'. FORM
-is evaluated. If the result is a string, and that string has a
-`local-map' property.
-
-The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
-properties of strings in the mode line. See `bindings.el' for an
-example.
-
-*** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
-evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.
-
-*** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
-variable mode-line-format to nil.
-
-*** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.
-
-This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
-`header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
-completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
-`default-mode-line-format'. A value of nil means don't display a top
-line.
-
-The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
-`header-line'.
-
-The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
-position in the header-line.
-
-** Text property `display'
-
-The `display' text property is used to insert images into text,
-replace text with other text, display text in marginal area, and it is
-also used to control other aspects of how text displays. The value of
-the `display' property should be a display specification, as described
-below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.
-
-*** Replacing text, displaying text in marginal areas
-
-To replace the text having the `display' property with some other
-text, use a display specification of the form `(LOCATION STRING)'.
-
-If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)', STRING is displayed in the left
-marginal area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in
-the right marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' STRING
-is displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
-simpler form STRING as property value.
-
-*** Variable width and height spaces
-
-To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
-specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'. If LOCATION is
-`(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
-area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
-marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
-displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
-simpler form STRETCH as property value.
-
-The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
-PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
-properties described below.
-
-The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
-characters having the `display' property.
-
-- :width WIDTH
-
-Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
-character width. WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.
-
-- :relative-width FACTOR
-
-Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
-first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
-same `display' property. The computation is done by multiplying the
-width of that character by FACTOR.
-
-- :align-to HPOS
-
-Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS. The
-value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.
-
-Exactly one of the above properties should be used.
-
-- :height HEIGHT
-
-Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
-normal line height.
-
-- :relative-height FACTOR
-
-The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
-of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.
-
-- :ascent ASCENT
-
-Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
-used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
-baseline. The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
-equal to 100.
-
-You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.
-
-*** Images
-
-A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
-. IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification. The image replaces,
-in the display, the characters having this display specification in
-their `display' text property. If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
-the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
-`(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
-area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
-the text. In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
-as display specification.
-
-*** Other display properties
-
-- (space-width FACTOR)
-
-Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
-should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
-integer or float.
-
-- (height HEIGHT)
-
-Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.
-
-If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
-means to use a font that is N steps larger. If HEIGHT is a list of
-the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller. A
-``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
-a font is available counts as a step.
-
-If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
-as tall as the frame's default font.
-
-If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
-height as argument. The function should return the new height to use.
-
-Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
-`height' bound to the current specified font height.
-
-- (raise FACTOR)
-
-FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
-font's height. If it is positive, that means to display the characters
-raised. If it is negative, that means to display them lower down. The
-amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
-`height' subproperty.
-
-*** Conditional display properties
-
-All display specifications can be conditionalized. If a specification
-has the form `(when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC applies
-only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated. During the
-evaluation, `object' is bound to the string or buffer having the
-conditional display property; `position' and `buffer-position' are
-bound to the position within `object' and the buffer position where
-the display property was found, respectively. Both positions can be
-different when object is a string.
-
-The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
-`(when t . SPEC)'.
-
-** New menu separator types.
-
-Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type. Menu items with
-item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
-treated like before. In addition, the following item names are used
-to specify other menu separator types.
-
-- `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'
-
-No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
-separator occurs.
-
-- `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'
-
-A single line in the menu's foreground color.
-
-- `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'
-
-A double line in the menu's foreground color.
-
-- `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'
-
-A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
-
-- `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'
-
-A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
-
-- `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'
-
-A single line with 3D sunken appearance. This is the form
-displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.
-
-- `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'
-
-A single line with 3D raised appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'
-
-A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'
-
-A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'
-
-Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'
-
-Two lines with 3D raised appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'
-
-Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'
-
-Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.
-
-Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
-the corresponding single-line separators.
-
-** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.
-
-The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
-`scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
-Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
-that scroll bars should use a default color. For toolkit scroll bars,
-default colors are toolkit specific. For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
-default background is the background color of the frame, and the
-default foreground is black.
-
-The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
-(class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
-`ScrollBarBackground').
-
-Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
-settings for scroll bar colors.
-
-** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
-display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.
-
-** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
-starts on a continuation line. The new window start is computed based
-on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
-line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
-the original window start.
-
-** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
-`hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
-now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.
-
-** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.
-
-A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
-`window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil. A value of `height' makes
-windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
-other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.
-
-The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
-fixed-width and fixed-height.
-
- (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)
-
-A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
-fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
-window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height. To
-change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
-temporarily to nil, for example
-
- (let ((window-size-fixed nil))
- (enlarge-window 10))
-
-Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
-or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.
-
-** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
-terminals. When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
-to a solid box, as it does on Unix. The `cursor-type' frame parameter
-overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
-horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
-support a vertical-bar cursor).
-
-
-\f
-* Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
-
-** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
-input.
-
-** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
-
-** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
-
-** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
-only for character input, but also in incremental search. The
-exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
-(e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
-(e.g. iso-2022-jp). They are ignored in incremental search.
-
-** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
-been added.
-
-\f
-* Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
-
-** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
-
-
-\f
-* Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
-
-** Not new, but not mentioned before:
-M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
-\f
-* Changes in Emacs 20.4
-
-** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
-
-You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
-Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'. If you use the name
-`.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
-
-If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
-is the one that is used.
-
-** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
-the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
-Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
-separate from the command's regular output.
-Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
-says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
-In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
-the buffer name.
-
-When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
-output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
-it from the previous batch of error output. The error buffer is not
-cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
-
-** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
-the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
-is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
-created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
-
-** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names. For
-example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
-match c*.c. To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
-quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
-
-** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
-now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
-if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
-they never ignore case.
-
-** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
-under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
-applies to all operating systems. Emacs recognizes from the contents
-of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
-just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
-convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing. This is a
-part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
-
-If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
-the same format that was used in the file before.
-
-You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
-`inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
-
-** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
-renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
-This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
-
-** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
-The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
-buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
-your operating system. For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
-is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems. The usual
-end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
-Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
-
-The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
-eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
-control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
-format. You can now customize these variables.
-
-** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
-filename contained non-ASCII characters. Now this is fixed. Such a
-filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
-enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
-
-** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
-in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
-windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
-
-** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
-dynamic-completion-mode to enable it. Just loading the file
-doesn't have any effect.
-
-** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
-not one per buffer.
-
-** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
-use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
- (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
-
-** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
-To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
-`auto-show-mode' command.
-
-** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
-avoid redisplay problems. As a consequence, compared with previous
-versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
-choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line. This change
-occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
-
-** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
-cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
-
-** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
-character set specified in the message. If you want to disable this
-feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
-
-** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
-the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
-interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
-and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
-
-** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
-
-The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
-that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
-one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
-codepage. For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
-set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
-
-Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
-from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
-
-IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
-equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
-a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
-`?' on other systems.
-
-IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
-feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
-Unix.
-
-Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
-current codepage when it starts.
-
-** Mail changes
-
-*** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
-`mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
-appropriate MIME headers are added. The headers are added only if
-non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
-MIME headers are already present. For example, the following three
-headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
-latin-1:
-
- MIME-version: 1.0
- Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
- Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
-
-*** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
-default way to encode outgoing mail. This has higher priority than
-default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
-sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
-buffer-file-coding-system.
-
-You should not set this variable manually. Instead, set
-sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
-mail.
-
-*** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
-if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
-Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
-list of possible coding systems.
-
-** CC Mode changes
-
-*** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
-modes to style names. When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
-longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style. See the variable's
-docstring for details.
-
-*** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
-symbol. The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
-found. This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
-prioritized order on a single line. However, none of the supplied
-lineup functions use this feature currently.
-
-*** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
-"finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
-
-*** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
-"catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
-
-*** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
-from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode. Two new
-symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
-c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
-anonymous classes.
-
-*** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
-syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
-
-*** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
-inexpr-class. New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
-support and gcc-style statements inside expressions. New lineup
-function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
-
-*** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
-(i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
-brace. These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
-c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
-(brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
-
-*** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
-
-*** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
-
-*** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
-for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
-
-*** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
-
-*** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol. The indentation
-associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
-This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
-circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
-class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
-
-** Gnus changes.
-
-*** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
-added. A plethora of new commands and modes have been added. See the
-Gnus manual for the full story.
-
-*** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
-before. All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
-group, which is created automatically.
-
-*** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
-values.
-
-*** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
-
-*** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
-outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
-
-*** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
-`C-u C-c C-c'.
-
-*** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
-
-*** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
-re-highlighting of the article buffer.
-
-*** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
-
-*** `M-i' symbolic prefix command. See the section "Symbolic
-Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
-
-*** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
-`a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
-
-*** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
-control over simplification.
-
-*** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
-
-*** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
-limit.
-
-*** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
-
-*** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
-
-*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
-If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
-rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
-
-*** Canceling now uses the current select method. Symbolic prefix
-`a' forces normal posting method.
-
-*** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
--- `W d'.
-
-*** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
-to a non-nil value.
-
-*** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
-where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
-
-*** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
-has been added.
-
-*** A history of where mails have been split is available.
-
-*** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
-
-*** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
-`gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
-
-*** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
-`message-cite-original-without-signature'.
-
-*** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
-
-*** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
-been added.
-
-*** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
-`gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
-
-*** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
-updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
-
-*** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
-
-*** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
-
-*** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
-
-** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
-
-*** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
-options for the TeX run. The default value causes TeX to run in
-nonstopmode. For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
-
-*** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell. In a
-TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
-of these keys may not work on all systems). For instance, if you run
-TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
-can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
-
-*** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
-All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
-but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell. Thus you can use
-the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
-
-*** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
-the matching of braces and $'s. The errors are listed in a *Occur*
-buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
-mismatch.
-
-** Changes to RefTeX mode
-
-*** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
-file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
-
-*** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
-lowercase by default. To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
-characters will lose their accent. All Mule characters will be
-removed from the label.
-
-*** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
-a window instead of the echo area. See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
-
-*** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files. See the
-customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
-
-*** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
-`reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
-expressions.
-
-*** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
-
-** New/deleted modes and packages
-
-*** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
-SNMPv2 MIBs. It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
-
-*** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
-editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
-SQL interpreters. It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
-
-*** ispell4.el has been deleted. It got in the way of ispell.el and
-this was hard to fix reliably. It has long been obsolete -- use
-Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
-\f
-* MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
-
-** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
-This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
-conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
-and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup. For details,
-check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
-
-The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
-Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
-distribution when the config.bat script is run.
-
-** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
-MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
-controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
-directly to a printer port. Similarly, in the previous version of
-Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
-on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
-string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
-program is used. (These changes were made so that configuration of
-printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
-
-** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
-output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
-available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
-input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
-temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
-program.
-
-An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
-and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware. For both of these
-programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
-automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
-as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
-ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
-
-** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
-a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
-MS-DOS and MS-Windows only. This has been true since version 20.3, but
-was not documented clearly before.
-
-** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
-This includes Tetris and Snake.
-\f
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
-
-** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
-return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
-They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
-meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
-
-** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
-WILDCARD. If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
-and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
-
-** Changes in the file-attributes function.
-
-*** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
-It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
-
-*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
-the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
-integers.
-
-** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
-files in a directory and their attributes. It accepts the same
-arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
-file names and attributes are returned.
-
-** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
-sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes. It
-accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its attributes.
-It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
-returns the result.
-
-** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
-to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
-
-** New functions for base64 conversion:
-
-The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
-into the base64 code used in MIME. base64-decode-region
-performs the opposite conversion. Line-breaking is supported
-optionally.
-
-Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
-job on the text in a string. They return the value as a new string.
-
-**
-The new function process-running-child-p
-will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
-terminal to its own child process.
-
-** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
-when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
-to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
-itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
-
-** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
-be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
-
-** easymenu.el now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
-:included is an alias for :visible.
-
-easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
-easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p. This can be used
-to move or copy menu entries.
-
-** Multibyte editing changes
-
-*** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed. Now, sref is
-an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1. This change is to
-make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
-work on the latest Emacs. Such code uses a combination of sref and
-char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
- (setq char (sref str idx)
- idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
-The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
-
-If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
-(say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
- (charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
-
-*** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
-region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
-deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
-
- Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibited
-
-This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
-across the boundary.
-
-*** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
-`unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
- o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
- contains 8-bit characters.
- o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
- contains invalid characters.
-
-*** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
-text properties of the target region. Ideally, they should correctly
-preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard. Removing
-text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
-way.
-
-*** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
-If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
-end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
-prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
-
-*** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
-compose Thai characters in a string.
-
-** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
-argument NAME, which should be a string. It supplies the menu name
-for the created keymap. Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
-menus should always use the third argument.
-
-** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
-read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped. Now the second
-arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. These functions use the current
-input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
-
-** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
-of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns. This is useful in
-programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
-inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
-
-** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
-the echo area, while executing some Lisp code. Like `progn', it
-returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
-echo area contents.
-
- (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
-
-** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
-NOERROR. If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
-requested feature cannot be loaded.
-
-** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
-foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
-means to clear out that attribute.
-
-** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
-gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
-
-** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
-read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
-unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
-end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
-
-** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
-the gap of the current buffer.
-
-** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
-to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
-current buffer.
-
-** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
-facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
-These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
-it back in after any modifications have been made.
-\f
-* Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
-
-** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
-the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
-/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
-directories themselves. Both immediate subdirectories and
-subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
-
-Not all subdirectories are included, though. Subdirectories whose
-names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
-Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded. Also, a subdirectory
-which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded. You can use
-these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
-
-Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
-starts up. While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
-time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
-
-This feature is an incompatible change. If you have stored some Emacs
-Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
-to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
-subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
-`.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
-results.
-
-** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
-GCC. This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
-that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
-fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
-\f
-* Changes in Emacs 20.3
-
-** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
-including its argument. If you repeat the z afterward,
-it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
-perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
-
-** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
-specified region. To do this, set point and mark around the desired
-region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_). You can then continue undoing
-further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
-command C-x u or C-_. This will keep undoing changes that were made
-within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
-are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
-region.
-
-In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
-selective undo.
-
-** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
-unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
-buffer. Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
-effect. The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
-Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
-
-The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
-though. If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
--*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line. That will force Emacs to
-load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
-
-** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
-no longer appears in the menu bar. We've realized that changing the
-enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
-something that most users not do.
-
-** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
-operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
-The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
-applications.
-
-C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
-pasting operations.
-
-** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
-setting the variable `printer-name'. Just what a printer name looks
-like depends on your operating system. You can specify a different
-printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
-`ps-printer-name'.
-
-** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
-minor mode. It is called M-x flyspell-mode. You don't have to remember
-any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
-except when you make a spelling error. Flyspell works by highlighting
-incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
-hits a new word.
-
-Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
-Ispell in Emacs. In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
-to be confused by TeX commands.
-
-You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
-correct. You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
-clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
-of various alternative replacements and actions.
-
-Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections. M-TAB replaces
-the current misspelled word with a possible correction. If several
-corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
-alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
-flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
-
-Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
-flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
-
-** Changes in input method usage.
-
-Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
-the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
-respectively.
-
-You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
-
-If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
-of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
-
-The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
-that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
-
- If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
-
- If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
-
- If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
- when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
-
- If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
- given in the following case:
- o When you are using a complex input method.
- o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
-
-If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
-input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
-and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
-setting it to t is helpful.
-
-The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
-
-In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
-keys:
- Shift-SPC toggle-korean-input-method
- C-F9 quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
- F9 quail-hangul-switch-hanja
-These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
-environment.
-
-** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
-names, not the entire minibuffer input. For example, if the
-minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
-get
-
- /usr/foo//etc/passwd
-
-which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
-
-Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
-Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
-
-** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
-at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
-its owner and group.
-
-** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
-Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
-
-** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
-contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
-
-** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
-which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
-in all the lines on a rectangle. The column is specified
-by the left edge of the rectangle.
-
-** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
-increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
-C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG. This is useful
-for writing keyboard macros.
-
-** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
-files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to. The
-frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
-the frame that it was started from. Some major modes define
-additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
-info.
-
-** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
-
-** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
-query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
-contents only.
-
-** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
-confirmation before overwriting an existing file. When you call
-the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
-says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
-
-** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
-non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
-literally. If you say no, it signals an error.
-
-** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
-now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
-Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
-inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
-
-** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
-failure if the command produces no output.
-
-** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
-manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
-the mouse.
-
-** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
-mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
-function and variable names.
-
-** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
-reading specific files. This has higher priority than
-file-coding-system-alist.
-
-** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
-t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
-converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
-the current language environment. As a result, they are displayed
-according to the current fontset.
-
-** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
-
-The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
-that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
-nonascii-insert-offset.
-
-For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
-enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
-nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
-characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
-
-** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
-an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
-
-** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
-letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
-
-** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
-are inferred and hyperlinked. Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
-command keys.
-
-** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
-user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
-
-Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
-user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
-all variables that have documentation.
-
-** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
-shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
-that shows you overlap with the previous line of text. The variable
-minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
-it should show; the default is 20.
-
-Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
-the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
-of your input.
-
-** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
-all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
-recent Emacs versions. You specify a previous Emacs version number as
-argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
-the customizable options which were changed since that version.
-Newly added options are included as well.
-
-If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
-then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
-for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
-
-This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
-Customize menu.
-
-** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
-the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
-
-** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
-buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
-invoked.
-
-** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
-that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
-The default is 1.
-
-** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
-syntax, not word syntax. Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
-new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
-(C-x n d). M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
-sensibly.
-
-** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
-
-** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
-value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
-two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
-
-** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
-reminder about upcoming diary entries. See the documentation string
-for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
-every night.
-
-** Desktop changes
-
-*** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
-the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
-
-*** Minor modes are now restored. Which minor modes are restored
-and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
-
-** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
-read and post multi-lingual articles.
-
-** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
-doing an isearch. In order for this to happen search-invisible should
-be set to open (the default). If an isearch match is inside a hidden
-outline the outline is made visible. If you continue pressing C-s and
-the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
-made invisible again.
-
-** Mail reading and sending changes
-
-*** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
-the message before it lets you edit the message. This is so that any
-changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
-toggle.
-
-*** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
-now works in the summary buffer as well. (The command to delete the
-summary buffer is now Q.) The default file name for the w command, if
-the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
-rmail-default-body-file.
-
-*** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
-longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator. Instead, they
-handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
-
-*** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
-it should be an expression. When you send a message, this expression
-is evaluated to insert the signature.
-
-*** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
-outbound email messages. It works in coordination with other email
-handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
-putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
-transmission. Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
-especially interested in trying feedmail.
-
-feedmail is not enabled by default. See comments at the top of
-feedmail.el for set-up instructions. Among the bigger features
-provided by feedmail are:
-
-**** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
-stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
-there is also a queue for draft messages
-
-**** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
-be prompted for confirmation
-
-**** does smart filling of address headers
-
-**** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
-the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
-can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
-
-**** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
-the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
-/usr/lib/sendmail, and Emacs Lisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
-function for something else (10-20 lines of Lisp code).
-
-** Dired changes
-
-*** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
-files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
-
-*** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el. It allows one to easily
-run Dired on the directory name at point.
-
-*** Dired has a new command: %g. It searches the contents of
-files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
-for a specified regexp.
-
-** VC Changes
-
-*** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
-conveniently.
-
-*** VC Dired has been completely rewritten. It is now much
-faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
-Dired.
-
-VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
-directory to display. By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
-listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
-currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
-
-You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
-then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
-vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
-control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
-on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
-
-All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
-is redefined as the version control prefix. That means you may type
-`v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
-the file named in the current Dired buffer line. `v v' invokes
-`vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
-
-The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
-toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
-VC files plus subdirectories). There is also a special command,
-`* l', to mark all files currently locked.
-
-Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
-ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
-command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
-
-*** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
-file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
-session to resolve them.
-
-Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
-resolve conflicts in a file at any time. It works in any buffer that
-contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
-uses as well).
-
-*** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
-command vc-merge (C-x v m). It is implemented for RCS and CVS. When
-you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
-either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
-branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
-If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
-using ediff.
-
-** Changes in Font Lock
-
-*** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
-are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
-use for highlighting constants and labels. (Its face properties are
-unchanged.) The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
-compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
-
-** Frame name display changes
-
-*** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
-frame. You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
-raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
-when many frames are invisible or iconified.
-
-*** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
-frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
-menu.
-
-** Comint (subshell) changes
-
-*** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
-subjob now also kill pending input. This is for compatibility
-with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
-
-*** There are new commands in Comint mode.
-
-C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
-that is, the line after the last line you got.
-You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
-
-C-c SPC accumulates lines of input. More precisely, it arranges to
-send the current line together with the following line, when you send
-the following line.
-
-C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
-which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
-previously sent input.
-
-C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
-it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
-as the search string.
-
-*** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
-automatically in compilation-mode windows.
-
-** C mode changes
-
-*** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
-and as recognized syntax. New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
-assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
-definition.
-
-*** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
-(i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
-Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated. "gnu"
-style is still the default however.
-
-*** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
-
-*** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
-are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
-them. They do not have key bindings by default.
-
-*** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
-and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
-
-*** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
-namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
-
-*** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
-makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
-
-*** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
-c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
-
-*** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded. You
-should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
-package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file. A new
-variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
-
-** Changes to hippie-expand.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
-non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
-which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
-non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
-expanding dynamically.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
-non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
-non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
-this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
-expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
-
-*** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
-
-** Changes in BibTeX mode.
-
-*** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
-automatic key generation. This replaces variable
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
-against the first word in the title.
-
-*** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
-capitalized words. To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
-lowerkey characters will still be ignored. Thus, if you want to use
-lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
-
-*** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
-generation is more flexible. Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
-replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
-bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
-
-** Changes in vcursor.el.
-
-*** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
-and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text. A
-variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
-entered exactly as if typed. Numerous functions, including
-`vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
-in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
-
-*** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
-Editing group once the package is loaded.
-
-*** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
-generally a bad side effect. Use M-x customize to set
-vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behavior.
-
-*** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
-vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
-
-** Ispell changes.
-
-*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
-buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings. Comments and strings
-are identified by syntax tables in effect.
-
-*** Generic region skipping implemented.
-A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
-and will not be checked. The definitions of the regions can be user
-defined. New applications and improvements made available by this
-include:
-
- o URLs are automatically skipped
- o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
-
-*** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
-
-** Changes to RefTeX mode
-
-RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
-large projects (like a several volume math book). The parser has been
-re-written from scratch. To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
-section `Optimizations' in the manual.
-
-*** New recursive parser.
-
-The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
-entire multifile document in order to parse the document. The new
-recursive parser scans the individual files.
-
-*** Parsing only part of a document.
-
-Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
-partial scans. To use this feature, read the documentation string of
-the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
-
- (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
-
-*** Storing parsing information in a file.
-
-This can improve startup times considerably. To turn it on, use
-
- (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
-
-*** Using multiple selection buffers
-
-If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
-for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
-
- (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
-
-*** References to external documents.
-
-The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
-documents. RefTeX can provide information about the external
-documents as well. To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
-macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
-RefTeX. The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
-the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
-The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
-
-*** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
-
-The built-in command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
-and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
-
-Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
-the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
-
-*** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
-
-The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
-buffers. See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
-
-*** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
-
-The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
-contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
-`reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'. The selection processes
-have a number of new keys predefined. In particular, TAB lets you
-enter a label with completion. Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
-at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
-more.
-
-*** Support for the varioref package
-
-The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
-
-*** New hooks
-
-Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
-and citations are created. These hooks are
-`reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
-`reftex-format-cite-function'.
-
-*** Citations outside LaTeX
-
-The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
-a mail buffer). See the Info documentation for details.
-
-*** Short context is no longer fontified.
-
-The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
-fontification from the text in the buffer. If you prefer it to be
-fontified, use
-
- (setq reftex-refontify-context t)
-
-** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
-With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
-the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
-directories that contain the same file name.
-
-Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
-Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
-file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
-Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
-have Makefile. A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
-names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
-directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
-directory.
-
-** New modes and packages
-
-*** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
-It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
-it, but some do not.
-
-*** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
-code.
-
-*** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
-current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
-around in a buffer.
-
-Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
-
-*** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees. The author
-uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
-be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
-established system of notation similar to Chess.
-
-*** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
-documentation string checking for style and spelling. The style
-guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
-
-*** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
-available in Emacs. Some of these functions are wrappers around
-system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc.); others are implementations of
-simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp. There are also
-functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
-the like.
-
-*** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
-identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
-
-*** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
-within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
-used in a considerable time. To use this feature, customize
-the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
-
-*** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
-
- apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
- samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
- fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
- x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
- hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc.)
- mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
- javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
- vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
- java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
- java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
- mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
-
- Platform-specific modes:
-
- prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
- pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
- alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
- inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
- ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
- reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
- bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
- rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
- rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
-\f
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
-
-** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
-use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
-That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
-Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
-
-Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
-you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
-consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
-
-** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
-and using a default value if the key is not found there. You can
-specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
-searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
-
-** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
-multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
-character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
-environment.
-
-** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
-take two optional arguments. PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
-string. SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
-current input method for reading this one event.
-
-** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
-now control whether to output certain characters as
-backslash-sequences. print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
-non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
-characters. Both of these variables are used only when printing
-in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
-\f
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
-
-** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
-of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
-
-** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
-in Emacs 19 and before. This means that (forward-char 1)
-always increases point by 1.
-
-The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments. It is
-considered obsolete. The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
-
-See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
-
-** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
-Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
-default value changed. For example,
-
- (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
- :type 'integer
- :group 'foo
- :version "20.3")
-
- (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
- :version "20.3")
-
-If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
-default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
-is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
-`:version' in the top level group.
-
-This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
-
-** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
-starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
-
-However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
-symbol itself, is not an error. This is for the sake of programs that
-support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
-to themselves.
-
-If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
-this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
-values whatever.
-
-** There is a new debugger command, R.
-It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
-in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
-
-** Frame-local variables.
-
-You can now make a variable local to various frames. To do this, call
-the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
-local bindings for that variable.
-
-These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
-frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
-modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
-parameter name.
-
-Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
-Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
-active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
-that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
-
-It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
-clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
-very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
-through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
-
-** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
-"symbolic regular expressions." These are Lisp expressions that, when
-evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps. The symbolic form
-makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
-See the documentation in sregex.el.
-
-** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
-is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
-parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
-The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
-
-** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
-If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
-
-** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
-known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
-define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
-
-** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
-when the user enters empty input. It now returns the null string, as
-it did in Emacs 19. The default value is made available in the
-history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
-
-The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
-return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
-empty input.
-
-** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
-for selecting buffers. For example, if you set this variable to
-`iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
-Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
-`read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
-
-** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
-echoing a period for each character typed. It takes three arguments:
-a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
-default password to use if the user enters nothing.
-
-** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
-specify not to break a line at certain places. Its value is a
-function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
-place where a break is being considered. If the function returns
-non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
-
-** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
-If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
-up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
-end of the window, even if this requires computation.
-
-** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
-which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
-If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
-
-** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
-holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
-was directed to display this buffer.
-
-** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
-with `equal'. Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
-describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
-other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
-set-window-configuration.
-
-** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
-window configurations loosely. It ignores differences in saved buffer
-positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
-windows and the choice of buffers to display.
-
-** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
-override the key bindings of a minor mode. The elements of this alist
-look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
-
-If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
-non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
-map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
-
-minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
-and it is meant to be set by major modes.
-
-** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
-except that it discards all text properties from the result.
-
-** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
-USE-FLOATS. If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
-floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
-
-** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
-to use for creating temporary files. The default value is determined
-in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
-it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
-
-** Menu changes
-
-*** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
-keywords :visible and :filter. The existing keyword :keys is now
-better supported.
-
-The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
-a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
-you define the menu. The default is t. If you rarely use menus, you
-can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
-then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
-
-*** A new format for menu items is supported.
-
-In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
- (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
-defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
-starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
-
-The format is:
- (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
- (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
-where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
-string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
-The supported properties include
-
-:enable FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
- item is enabled.
-:visible FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
- item should appear in the menu.
-:filter FILTER-FN
- FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
- which will be REAL-BINDING.
- It should return a binding to use instead.
-:keys DESCRIPTION
- DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
- binding for REAL-BINDING. DESCRIPTION is expanded with
- `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
-:key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
- KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
- keyboard binding.
-:key-sequence nil
- This means that the command normally has no
- keyboard equivalent.
-:help HELP HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
-:button (TYPE . SELECTED)
- TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
- SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
- value says whether this button is currently selected.
-
-Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
-Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
-
-(menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
-
-** New event types
-
-*** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
-mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse). The event contains a delta that
-corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
-which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom. The format is:
-
- (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
-
-where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
-same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
-indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated. A
-negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
-the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
-forward, away from the user.
-
-As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
-
-*** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
-files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
-and dropped onto an Emacs frame. The event contains a list of
-filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
-loaded into Emacs. The format is:
-
- (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
-
-where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
-same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
-that were dragged and dropped.
-
-As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
-
-** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
-
-*** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
-any attempt to set it directly signals an error. The only way
-to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
-
-*** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all". You
-can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
-that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
-
-*** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
-in Emacs 19 and before.
-
-The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
-The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
-
-*** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
-buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
-unibyte representation. If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
-representation. Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
-
-This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
-as a sequence of bytes. However, it does change the contents
-viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
-one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
-will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
-
-This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
-representation is in use. It also adjusts various data in the buffer
-(including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
-consistent with the new representation.
-
-*** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
-representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care
-about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
-however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
-
-The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
-nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
-using the table nonascii-translation-table.
-
-*** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
-representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
-representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
-
-The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
-loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
-is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
-
-*** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
-which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
-
-*** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
-which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
-
-*** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
-portions of two strings. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
-so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
-You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
-
-*** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
-it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
-
-*** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
-convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
-buffer or string being searched.
-
-One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
-[...] to match all non-ASCII characters. This does still work when
-searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
-searching or matching a multibyte string. Unfortunately, there is no
-obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job. But, what
-you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
-expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
-
-*** Structure of coding system changed.
-
-All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
-by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
-which defines the coding system. Aliases share the same vector
-as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
-vector affects the principal name and its aliases. You can define
-your own alias name of a coding system by the function
-define-coding-system-alias.
-
-The coding system definition includes a property list of its own. Use
-the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
-access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
-pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
-character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
-safe-charsets. For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
-'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
-`iso-8859-1'.
-
-Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
-The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
-coding system can correctly encode and decode. For instance:
-(coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
-
-Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
-also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
-are capable of that coding system. Though, Emacs itself can encode
-the other character sets and read it back correctly.
-
-*** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
-proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
-This function requires a user interaction.
-
-*** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
-find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
-select-safe-coding-system. They return a list of all proper coding
-systems to encode a text in some region or string. If you don't want
-a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
-select-safe-coding-system.
-
-*** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
-decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
-last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
-was done.
-
-*** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
-used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
-coding systems used by some specific language environment.
-
-*** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
-return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil. Thus, if only ASCII
-characters are found, they now return a list of single element
-`undecided' or its subsidiaries.
-
-*** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
-coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
-coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
-converted.
-
-*** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
-coding system for communicating with other X clients.
-
-*** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
-character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
-character sets or entire subrows of a character set. In other words,
-each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
-either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
-range of characters.
-
-*** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
-Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
-
-*** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
-in the current buffer at position POS.
-
-*** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
-input-method-function. If this is non-nil, its value should be a
-function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
-character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
-event as an argument. Often this function will read more input, first
-binding input-method-function to nil.
-
-The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
-method processing. These events will be processed sequentially as
-input, before resorting to unread-command-events. Events returned by
-the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
-not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
-
-The input method function is not called when reading the second and
-subsequent events of a key sequence.
-
-*** You can customize any language environment by using
-set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
-
-The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
-customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook. For
-instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
-environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
-exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
-\f
-* Changes in Emacs 20.1
-
-** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
-options. It is called M-x customize. With this facility you can look
-at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
-tree structure.
-
-M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
-user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
-
-With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
-session or permanently. (Permanent settings are stored automatically
-in your .emacs file.)
-
-** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
-You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
-
-** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
-This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
-
-** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
-immediately afterward. At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
-kills the region.
-
-The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
-delete the character before point, as usual.
-
-** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
-on terminals which support this. (You can disable this feature
-by setting search-highlight to nil.)
-
-** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
-insert the default value into the minibuffer as text. In effect,
-the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
-onto the history "in the future". (The more normal use of the
-history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
-past.)
-
-** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
-This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
-in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
-TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
-makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
-
-As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
-and is an alias for it.
-
-If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
-use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
-
-** Scrolling changes
-
-*** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
-position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
-
-In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
-on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
-where it started.
-
-*** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
-move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
-screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
-does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
-
-*** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
-top or bottom of a window. It is a number of screen lines; if point
-comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
-recenters the window.
-
-** International character set support (MULE)
-
-Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
-including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
-Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
-Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts. These
-features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
-MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
-
-Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
-coding systems for storing files. Emacs uses a single multibyte
-character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
-variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
-into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
-
-Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
-generally don't have keys for all the characters in them. So Emacs
-supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
-language, to make it possible to type them.
-
-The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
-character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
-
-The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
-to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
-
-You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
-
- (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
-
-Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
-characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
-argument, AUTO. This provides compatibility for people who are
-already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
-characters for their work until they want to change.
-
-*** Input methods
-
-An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
-specifically for interactive input. In Emacs, typically each language
-has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
-the same characters can share one input method). Some languages
-support several input methods.
-
-The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
-another alphabet. This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
-work.
-
-A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
-characters into one letter. Many European input methods use
-composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
-consists of a letter followed by diacritics. For example, a' is one
-sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
-letter.
-
-The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
-by conversion. The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
-First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
-marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
-mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
-
-None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
-they are handled specially. First you input a whole word using
-phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
-converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
-
-Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
-word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
-typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
-the first guess is wrong.
-
-*** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
-turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
-
-If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
-byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
-they did in Emacs 19.34. This includes the features for support for
-the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
-
-However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
-use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
-includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
-translate automatically to and from either one.
-
-*** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
-
-Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
-file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
-sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte. This is probably not
-what you want.
-
-If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
-example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
-system when reading the file. This coding system also turns off
-multibyte characters in that buffer.
-
-If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
-character conversion as well.
-
-*** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
-
-A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
-Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
-requires using many fonts.
-
-Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets". Each fontset is a
-collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
-
-A fontset has a name, like a font. Individual fonts are defined by
-the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself. But once you
-have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
-you would use a font.
-
-If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
-specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
-display that character. It will display an empty box instead.
-
-The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
-(that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
-characters).
-
-*** Defining fontsets.
-
-Emacs does not use any fontset by default. Its default font is still
-chosen as in previous versions. You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
-with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
-
-Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
-of standard-fontset-spec. This fontset's short name is
-`fontset-standard'. Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
-standard fontset are created automatically.
-
-If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
-argument, a fontset is generated from it. This works by replacing the
-FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
-with `*' then using this to specify a fontset. This fontset's short
-name is `fontset-startup'.
-
-Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
-The resource value should have this form:
- FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
-FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
- * most fields should be just the wild card "*".
- * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
- * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
-The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
-of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
-CHARSET-NAME should be the name of a character set, and FONT-NAME
-should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
-
-Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
-last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
-You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
-
-For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
-font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME. For instance, with the
-following resource,
- Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
-the font for ASCII is generated as below:
- -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
-Here is the substitution rule:
- Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
- defined in the variable x-charset-registries. For instance, ASCII has
- the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable. Then, reduce
- sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
- (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
-
-The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
-fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec. You can also call
-that function explicitly to create a fontset.
-
-With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
-like an actual font name. But be careful not to specify a fontset
-name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
-fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
-fontsets.
-
-*** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
-defaults for a particular choice of language.
-
-Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
-method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
-visiting files. However, it does not try to reread files you have
-already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected. The
-language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
-system for new files that you create.
-
-It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
-set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
-whole Emacs session.
-
-For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
-chooses the Latin-1 character set. In the .emacs file, you can do this
-with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
-
-*** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
-specifies the file coding system for the current buffer. This
-specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
-the file. As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
-coding systems that Emacs supports.
-
-*** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
-lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
-This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
-After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
-is used for *the immediately following command*.
-
-So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
-write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
-
-If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
-then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
-
-For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
-visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
-
-*** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
-construct. Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
-to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM. You can also
-specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
-of the file.
-
-*** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
-the coding system for terminal output. If you specify a character
-code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
-translated into that character code.
-
-This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
-various countries to support the languages of those countries.
-
-By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
-
-*** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
-the coding system for keyboard input.
-
-Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
-with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
-some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
-
-By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
-
-Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
-input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
-translate into single characters. However, input methods are designed
-to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
-designed to work with terminals.
-
-*** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
-specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
-This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
-has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
-translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
-in the corresponding buffer.
-
-By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
-
-*** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
-to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
-It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
-
-*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
-an input method. If no input method has been selected before, the
-command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
-want to use.
-
-C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
-method. C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
-
-*** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
-layouts commonly used for particular scripts. How to do this
-remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout. To specify
-which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
-
-*** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
-the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
-related information.
-
-*** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
-HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
-scripts.
-
-*** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
-information about the support for a particular language.
-You specify the language as an argument.
-
-*** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
-the coding system used in the visited file. It normally follows the
-first dash.
-
-A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
-(except CRLF => newline if appropriate). `=' means no conversion
-whatsoever. The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
-1 through 9. Other coding systems are represented by letters:
-
- A alternativnyj (Russian)
- B big5 (Chinese)
- C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
- C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
- D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
- E euc-japan (Japanese)
- I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
- J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv) (Japanese)
- K euc-korea (Korean)
- R koi8 (Russian)
- Q tibetan
- S shift_jis (Japanese)
- T lao
- T tis620 (Thai)
- V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
- i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
- k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
- v viqr (Vietnamese)
- z hz (Chinese)
-
-When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
-two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
-coding system. These two characters describe the coding system for
-keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
-
-*** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
-conversion to use for RMAIL files. The default value is nil.
-
-When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
-into Emacs' internal format. This has nothing to do with
-rmail-file-coding-system. That variable controls reading and writing
-Rmail files themselves.
-
-*** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
-conversion for outgoing mail. The default value is nil.
-
-Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
-for sending mail:
-
-- If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
-- Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
-- Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
- if that is non-nil. That comes from your language environment.
-- Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
-
-*** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
-to specify the language for the tutorial file. Currently, English,
-Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported. We welcome additional
-translations.
-
-** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
-of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally. There is also a command
-insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
-without any conversion.
-
-** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
-You can now specify any number of octal digits.
-RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
-any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
-
-** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
-functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
-
-Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
-Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
-
-Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
-mode. For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
-
-** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
-complete-symbol. This command performs completion on the symbol name
-in the buffer before point.
-
-With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
-symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
-you are using.
-
-With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
-just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
-
-** File locking works with NFS now.
-
-The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
-in the same directory as FILENAME.
-
-This means that collision detection between two different machines now
-works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
-can become a bottleneck.
-
-The new method does have drawbacks. It means that collision detection
-does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
-create new files. Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
-file server does not support symbolic links. But these conditions are
-rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
-so useful that the change is worth while.
-
-When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
-are stale. So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
-collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
-tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
-
-** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
-it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el. Instead you must call
-show-paren-mode.
-
-** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
-selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
-delsel.el. Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
-
-** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
-within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
-complete.el. Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
-
-** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
-it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el. You must also
-set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
-
-** Changes in View mode.
-
-*** Several new commands are available in View mode.
-Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
-
-*** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
-view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
-
-*** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
-previous state.
-
-*** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
-scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
-
-*** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows. If
-non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
-not just the selected window.
-
-*** New customization variable view-read-only. If non-nil, visiting a
-read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
-turns View mode on or off.
-
-*** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
-how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
-delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
-
-** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
-now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
-
-** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
-has a new feature. If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
-presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
-which version to compare with.
-
-** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
-blocks if a match is inside the block.
-
-The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
-is outside the block. By customizing the variable
-isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
-shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
-
-By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
-of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
-blocks, all of them or none.
-
-** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
-current buffer and deletes the selected window. It asks for
-confirmation first.
-
-** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
-now changes the major mode according to that file name.
-However, the mode will not be changed if
-(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
-(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
- not suitable for ordinary files, or
-(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
-
-This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
-
-However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
-these commands do not change the major mode.
-
-** M-x occur changes.
-
-*** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
-it performs a case-sensitive search.
-
-*** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
-if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
-using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
-
-** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
-in just one window at a time. At first, it is highlighted in the
-window where you set the mark. The buffer's highlighting remains in
-that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
-buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
-
-** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
-after the command finishes. The message suggesting key bindings
-appears temporarily in the echo area. The previous echo area contents
-come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
-
-** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
-selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
-buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
-
-** Outline mode changes.
-
-*** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
-
-*** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
-
-** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
-you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
-Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
-was already active.
-
-The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
-unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
-get confused by it.
-
-If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
-set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
-
-** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
-
-*** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
-conversion. If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
-character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
-including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
-
-The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
-mixed case. And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
-copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
-
-*** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
-are no longer Lisp expressions. They have simply three possible
-values.
-
-`dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
-case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
-`dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
-case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
-
-** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
-certain length. The variable history-length specifies how long they
-can be. The default value is 30.
-
-** Changes in Mail mode.
-
-*** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
-Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
-composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
-`mail-user-agent'. The default choice of user agent is
-`sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
-behavior.
-
-C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
-compose-mail-other-frame.
-
-*** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
-the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
-replying to. This copies the text which is the selected region in the
-buffer that shows the original message.
-
-*** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
-with separator lines around the contents.
-
-*** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
-in suitable mail headers. Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
-definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc). You do not
-need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
-
-*** New features in the mail-complete command.
-
-**** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
-for local users or if that is known. The variable mail-complete-style
-controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
-Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
-
-**** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
-to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
-/etc/passwd.
-
-**** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
-to get the list of user ids. By default, one file is used:
-/etc/passwd.
-
-** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
-special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning. Thus, if you have a
-directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
-reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
-
-Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
-when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
-be taken to be magic.
-
-** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
-files to search through, and grep to scan them. The output is
-available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
-
-M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
-(-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
-
-** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
-suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
-
-In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
-
-new key dired.el binding old key
-------- ---------------- -------
- * c dired-change-marks c
- * m dired-mark m
- * * dired-mark-executables * (binding deleted)
- * / dired-mark-directories / (binding deleted)
- * @ dired-mark-symlinks @ (binding deleted)
- * u dired-unmark u
- * DEL dired-unmark-backward DEL
- * ? dired-unmark-all-files C-M-?
- * ! dired-unmark-all-marks
- * % dired-mark-files-regexp % m
- * C-n dired-next-marked-file M-}
- * C-p dired-prev-marked-file M-{
-
-** Rmail changes.
-
-*** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
-saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
-chosen to make a unique name. This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
-each time you run it.
-
-*** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
-whether to include the line count in the summary. Non-nil means yes.
-
-*** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
-messages) now take repeat counts as arguments. A negative argument
-means to move in the opposite direction.
-
-*** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
-you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
-
-*** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
-just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
-It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
-can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
-for output.
-
-** Gnus changes.
-
-*** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
-
-*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
-Gnus.
-
-*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
-`and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
-
-*** Article washing status can be displayed in the
-article mode line.
-
-*** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
-
-*** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
-
-(setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
-
-*** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
-are to be considered home score and adapt files. See
-`gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
-
-*** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
-
-*** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
-
-*** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
-See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
-
-*** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
-Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
-used to pick articles.
-
-*** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
-another have been added.
-
- `M-x gnus-change-server'
-
-*** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
-generating lines in buffers.
-
-*** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
-`C-M-_'.
-
-*** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
-
-*** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
-
- (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
-
-*** Scores can be decayed.
-
- (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
-
-*** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header. The
-Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
-
-*** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
-the native server.
-
- `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
-
-*** A new command for reading collections of documents
-(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `C-M-d'.
-
-*** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
-
-*** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
-even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
-
-*** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
-(DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
-
- Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
- a group.
-
-*** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
-sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
-
- See the commands under the `T S' submap.
-
-*** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
-
- See the commands under the `G P' submap.
-
-*** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
-
- Use the `Y c' command.
-
-*** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
-
-*** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
-
- `M-x nnmail-split-history'
-
-*** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
-from incoming mail before saving the mail.
-
- See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
-
-*** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
-
-*** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
-the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
-
- (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
-
-Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
-and show appropriate characters. (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
-from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
-hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
-this issue.)
-
-Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
-automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
-particular news group. This can be done by:
-
- (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
-
-Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
-of newsgroups. If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
-"XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
-system. CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
-for reading and posting).
-
-CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
- (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
-Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
-newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
-there.
-
-Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
-default. Here are some of these default settings:
-
- (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
- (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
- (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
- (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
- (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
-
-When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
-the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
-
-** CC mode changes.
-
-*** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
-code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
-values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file. To do
-this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
-Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
-loaded.
-
-If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
-Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
-style variables have buffer local values. By default, all buffers
-share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
-c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file. Note that you
-must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
-
-*** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
-of the current buffer.
-
-*** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
-it is no longer necessary. C mode now handles all the supported styles
-of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
-
-*** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
-style that the Python developers like.
-
-*** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
-This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
-just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
-
-** VC Changes [new]
-
-*** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
-name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
-directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
-
-This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
-master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
-developers.
-
-You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
-RET in a buffer visiting that file.
-
-*** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
-other developers. Such files are made read-only by CVS. To get a
-writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file. VC then
-calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
-
-*** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
-version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
-
-** Calendar changes.
-
-*** A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or
-subclasses of holidays for ranges of years. Related menu items allow
-you do this for the year of the selected date, or the
-following/previous years.
-
-*** There is now support for the Baha'i calendar system. Use `pb' in
-the *Calendar* buffer to display the current Baha'i date. The Baha'i
-calendar, or "Badi calendar" is a system of 19 months with 19 days
-each, and 4 intercalary days (5 during a Gregorian leap year). The
-calendar begins May 23, 1844, with each of the months named after a
-supposed attribute of God.
-
-** ps-print changes
-
-There are some new user variables and subgroups for customizing the page
-layout.
-
-*** Headers & Footers (subgroup)
-
-Some printer systems print a header page and force the first page to
-be printed on the back of the header page when using duplex. If your
-printer system has this behavior, set variable
-`ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' to t.
-
-If variable `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' is non-nil, it prints a
-blank page as the very first printed page. So, it behaves as if the
-very first character of buffer (or region) were a form feed ^L (\014).
-
-The variable `ps-spool-config' specifies who is responsible for
-setting duplex mode and page size. Valid values are:
-
- lpr-switches duplex and page size are configured by `ps-lpr-switches'.
- Don't forget to set `ps-lpr-switches' to select duplex
- printing for your printer.
-
- setpagedevice duplex and page size are configured by ps-print using the
- setpagedevice PostScript operator.
-
- nil duplex and page size are configured by ps-print *not* using
- the setpagedevice PostScript operator.
-
-The variable `ps-spool-tumble' specifies how the page images on
-opposite sides of a sheet are oriented with respect to each other. If
-`ps-spool-tumble' is nil, ps-print produces output suitable for
-bindings on the left or right. If `ps-spool-tumble' is non-nil,
-ps-print produces output suitable for bindings at the top or bottom.
-This variable takes effect only if `ps-spool-duplex' is non-nil.
-The default value is nil.
-
-The variable `ps-header-frame-alist' specifies a header frame
-properties alist. Valid frame properties are:
-
- fore-color Specify the foreground frame color.
- Value should be a float number between 0.0 (black
- color) and 1.0 (white color), or a string which is a
- color name, or a list of 3 float numbers which
- correspond to the Red Green Blue color scale, each
- float number between 0.0 (dark color) and 1.0 (bright
- color). The default is 0 ("black").
-
- back-color Specify the background frame color (similar to fore-color).
- The default is 0.9 ("gray90").
-
- shadow-color Specify the shadow color (similar to fore-color).
- The default is 0 ("black").
-
- border-color Specify the border color (similar to fore-color).
- The default is 0 ("black").
-
- border-width Specify the border width.
- The default is 0.4.
-
-Any other property is ignored.
-
-Don't change this alist directly; instead use Custom, or the
-`ps-value', `ps-get', `ps-put' and `ps-del' functions (see there for
-documentation).
-
-Ps-print can also print footers. The footer variables are:
-`ps-print-footer', `ps-footer-offset', `ps-print-footer-frame',
-`ps-footer-font-family', `ps-footer-font-size', `ps-footer-line-pad',
-`ps-footer-lines', `ps-left-footer', `ps-right-footer' and
-`ps-footer-frame-alist'. These variables are similar to those
-controlling headers.
-
-*** Color management (subgroup)
-
-If `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil, the buffer's text will be printed in
-color.
-
-*** Face Management (subgroup)
-
-If you need to print without worrying about face background colors,
-set the variable `ps-use-face-background' which specifies if face
-background should be used. Valid values are:
-
- t always use face background color.
- nil never use face background color.
- (face...) list of faces whose background color will be used.
-
-*** N-up printing (subgroup)
-
-The variable `ps-n-up-printing' specifies the number of pages per
-sheet of paper.
-
-The variable `ps-n-up-margin' specifies the margin in points (pt)
-between the sheet border and the n-up printing.
-
-If variable `ps-n-up-border-p' is non-nil, a border is drawn around
-each page.
-
-The variable `ps-n-up-filling' specifies how the page matrix is filled
-on each sheet of paper. Following are the valid values for
-`ps-n-up-filling' with a filling example using a 3x4 page matrix:
-
- `left-top' 1 2 3 4 `left-bottom' 9 10 11 12
- 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
- 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
-
- `right-top' 4 3 2 1 `right-bottom' 12 11 10 9
- 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
- 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1
-
- `top-left' 1 4 7 10 `bottom-left' 3 6 9 12
- 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11
- 3 6 9 12 1 4 7 10
-
- `top-right' 10 7 4 1 `bottom-right' 12 9 6 3
- 11 8 5 2 11 8 5 2
- 12 9 6 3 10 7 4 1
-
-Any other value is treated as `left-top'.
-
-*** Zebra stripes (subgroup)
-
-The variable `ps-zebra-color' controls the zebra stripes grayscale or
-RGB color.
-
-The variable `ps-zebra-stripe-follow' specifies how zebra stripes
-continue on next page. Visually, valid values are (the character `+'
-to the right of each column indicates that a line is printed):
-
- `nil' `follow' `full' `full-follow'
- Current Page -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
- 1 XXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXX + 1 XXXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
- 2 XXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXX + 2 XXXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
- 3 XXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXX + 3 XXXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
- 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 +
- 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 +
- 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 +
- 7 XXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXX + 7 XXXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
- 8 XXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXX + 8 XXXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
- 9 XXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXX + 9 XXXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
- 10 + 10 +
- 11 + 11 +
- -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
- Next Page -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
- 12 XXXXX + 12 + 10 XXXXXX + 10 +
- 13 XXXXX + 13 XXXXXXXX + 11 XXXXXX + 11 +
- 14 XXXXX + 14 XXXXXXXX + 12 XXXXXX + 12 +
- 15 + 15 XXXXXXXX + 13 + 13 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
- 16 + 16 + 14 + 14 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
- 17 + 17 + 15 + 15 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
- 18 XXXXX + 18 + 16 XXXXXX + 16 +
- 19 XXXXX + 19 XXXXXXXX + 17 XXXXXX + 17 +
- 20 XXXXX + 20 XXXXXXXX + 18 XXXXXX + 18 +
- 21 + 21 XXXXXXXX +
- 22 + 22 +
- -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
-
-Any other value is treated as `nil'.
-
-
-*** Printer management (subgroup)
-
-The variable `ps-printer-name-option' determines the option used by
-some utilities to indicate the printer name; it's used only when
-`ps-printer-name' is a non-empty string. If you're using the lpr
-utility to print, for example, `ps-printer-name-option' should be set
-to "-P".
-
-The variable `ps-manual-feed' indicates if the printer requires manual
-paper feeding. If it's nil, automatic feeding takes place. If it's
-non-nil, manual feeding takes place.
-
-The variable `ps-end-with-control-d' specifies whether C-d (\x04)
-should be inserted at end of the generated PostScript. Non-nil means
-do so.
-
-*** Page settings (subgroup)
-
-If variable `ps-warn-paper-type' is nil, it's *not* treated as an
-error if the PostScript printer doesn't have a paper with the size
-indicated by `ps-paper-type'; the default paper size will be used
-instead. If `ps-warn-paper-type' is non-nil, an error is signaled if
-the PostScript printer doesn't support a paper with the size indicated
-by `ps-paper-type'. This is used when `ps-spool-config' is set to
-`setpagedevice'.
-
-The variable `ps-print-upside-down' determines the orientation for
-printing pages: nil means `normal' printing, non-nil means
-`upside-down' printing (that is, the page is rotated by 180 degrees).
-
-The variable `ps-selected-pages' specifies which pages to print. If
-it's nil, all pages are printed. If it's a list, list elements may be
-integers specifying a single page to print, or cons cells (FROM . TO)
-specifying to print from page FROM to TO. Invalid list elements, that
-is integers smaller than one, or elements whose FROM is greater than
-its TO, are ignored.
-
-The variable `ps-even-or-odd-pages' specifies how to print even/odd
-pages. Valid values are:
-
- nil print all pages.
-
- `even-page' print only even pages.
-
- `odd-page' print only odd pages.
-
- `even-sheet' print only even sheets.
- That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
- `even-page', but for values greater than 1, it'll
- print only the even sheet of paper.
-
- `odd-sheet' print only odd sheets.
- That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
- `odd-page'; but for values greater than 1, it'll print
- only the odd sheet of paper.
-
-Any other value is treated as nil.
-
-If you set `ps-selected-pages' (see there for documentation), pages
-are filtered by `ps-selected-pages', and then by
-`ps-even-or-odd-pages'. For example, if we have:
-
- (setq ps-selected-pages '(1 4 (6 . 10) (12 . 16) 20))
-
-and we combine this with `ps-even-or-odd-pages' and
-`ps-n-up-printing', we get:
-
-`ps-n-up-printing' = 1:
- `ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED
- nil 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20
- even-page 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
- odd-page 1, 7, 9, 13, 15
- even-sheet 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
- odd-sheet 1, 7, 9, 13, 15
-
-`ps-n-up-printing' = 2:
- `ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED
- nil 1/4, 6/7, 8/9, 10/12, 13/14, 15/16, 20
- even-page 4/6, 8/10, 12/14, 16/20
- odd-page 1/7, 9/13, 15
- even-sheet 6/7, 10/12, 15/16
- odd-sheet 1/4, 8/9, 13/14, 20
-
-*** Miscellany (subgroup)
-
-The variable `ps-error-handler-message' specifies where error handler
-messages should be sent.
-
-It is also possible to add a user-defined PostScript prologue code in
-front of all generated prologue code by setting the variable
-`ps-user-defined-prologue'.
-
-The variable `ps-line-number-font' specifies the font for line numbers.
-
-The variable `ps-line-number-font-size' specifies the font size in
-points for line numbers.
-
-The variable `ps-line-number-color' specifies the color for line
-numbers. See `ps-zebra-color' for documentation.
-
-The variable `ps-line-number-step' specifies the interval in which
-line numbers are printed. For example, if `ps-line-number-step' is set
-to 2, the printing will look like:
-
- 1 one line
- one line
- 3 one line
- one line
- 5 one line
- one line
- ...
-
-Valid values are:
-
-integer an integer specifying the interval in which line numbers are
- printed. If it's smaller than or equal to zero, 1
- is used.
-
-`zebra' specifies that only the line number of the first line in a
- zebra stripe is to be printed.
-
-Any other value is treated as `zebra'.
-
-The variable `ps-line-number-start' specifies the starting point in
-the interval given by `ps-line-number-step'. For example, if
-`ps-line-number-step' is set to 3, and `ps-line-number-start' is set to
-3, the output will look like:
-
- one line
- one line
- 3 one line
- one line
- one line
- 6 one line
- one line
- one line
- 9 one line
- one line
- ...
-
-The variable `ps-postscript-code-directory' specifies the directory
-where the PostScript prologue file used by ps-print is found.
-
-The variable `ps-line-spacing' determines the line spacing in points,
-for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
-`ps-font-size').
-
-The variable `ps-paragraph-spacing' determines the paragraph spacing,
-in points, for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
-`ps-font-size').
-
-The variable `ps-paragraph-regexp' specifies the paragraph delimiter.
-
-The variable `ps-begin-cut-regexp' and `ps-end-cut-regexp' specify the
-start and end of a region to cut out when printing.
-
-** hideshow changes.
-
-*** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
-C++, ; for lisp).
-
-*** Support for java-mode added.
-
-*** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
-in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
-
-*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the comments at
-the beginning of the files. Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
-way! This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
-
-*** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
-robust and a lot faster.
-
-*** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
-
-*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
-to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden. See the
-documentation for more details.
-
-** Changes in Enriched mode.
-
-*** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
-filled to the current fill-column. This behavior is now independent
-of the size of the window. When you save the file, the fill-column in
-use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
-the next time unless the fill-column is different.
-
-*** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode. When it is enabled, Emacs
-distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
-as paragraph boundaries. Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
-as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
-
-** Font Lock mode
-
-*** Custom support
-
-The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
-font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify
-the faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new
-custom group font-lock-faces. If you set font-lock-face-attributes in your
-~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value. However, you should
-consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
-
-You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
-
-*** Maximum decoration
-
-Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
-default. Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
-of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
-supported. You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
-to get the old behavior.
-
-*** New support
-
-Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
-
-Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
-support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
-
-*** Configurable support
-
-Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
-additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
-c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
-java-font-lock-extra-types. These value of each of these variables should be a
-list of regexps matching the extra type names. For example, the default value
-of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
-convention that C type names end in _t. This results in slower fontification.
-
-Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
-way you wish, typically by adding regexps. However, these new variables make
-it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
-
-*** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
-
-You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
-highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
-for any mode.
-
-For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
-
- (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
-
-in your ~/.emacs.
-
-*** New faces
-
-Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
-font-lock-warning-face. These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
-distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
-to user attention, respectively. Various modes now use these new faces.
-
-*** Changes to fast-lock support mode
-
-The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
-cache files silently. You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
-same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
-
-*** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
-
-The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
-according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines. You can use
-the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature. If
-non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
-refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time. If nil, then only
-the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
-Lock mode behavior and the behavior of Font Lock mode.
-
-This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
-For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
-this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
-refontified to reflect their new syntactic context. Previously, only the line
-containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
-the command M-o M-o (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
-
-As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
-
-Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
-Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
-Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
-new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
-
-If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
-settings.
-
-** Ada mode changes.
-
-*** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
-If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
-procedure (modulo overloading). If a spec has no body file yet, but
-you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
-stubs.
-
-*** There are two new commands:
- - `ada-make-local' : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
- - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
-
-The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
-`ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
-`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
-
-*** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode. The outline level
-is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
-Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
-
-*** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
-formatting used in GNAT. It places two blanks after a comment start,
-places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
-space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
-
-** Scheme mode changes.
-
-*** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
-mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
-for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'. The variables
-with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
-have any effect.
-
-If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
-still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
-scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
-variables as buffer-local variables.
-
-*** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
-Use M-x dsssl-mode.
-
-** Changes to the emacsclient program
-
-*** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
-USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
-associated with the name. That is an emacsclient running as root
-can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
-
-*** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
-it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
-buffer in Emacs.
-
-*** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
-use if Emacs is not running. The environment variable
-ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
-option takes precedence.
-
-** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
-constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
-(in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
-
-** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
-which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
-the current defun.
-
-** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
-following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
-
-** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
-and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
-necessary).
-
-** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
-if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
-these register values no longer become completely useless.
-If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
-asked whether to visit the file again. If you say yes,
-it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
-
-** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
-example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
-be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
-you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
-
-You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
-variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions. If a
-file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
-revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
-only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
-
-** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
-since it applies only to the current frame.
-
-** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
-file for tex-file to run TeX on. (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
-and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
-
-This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
-multiple files. In each of the included files, you can set up a local
-variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
-tex-main-file. Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
-instead of just the file you are editing.
-
-** RefTeX mode
-
-RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
-and \cite macros in LaTeX documents. RefTeX distinguishes labels of
-different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
-multifile documents. To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
-turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode. Here are the main user commands:
-
-C-c ( reftex-label
- Creates a label semi-automatically. RefTeX is context sensitive and
- knows which kind of label is needed.
-
-C-c ) reftex-reference
- Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
- label definition. The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
-
-C-c [ reftex-citation
- Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
- database entries. The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
-
-C-c & reftex-view-crossref
- Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
-
-C-c = reftex-toc
- Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document. From there you
- can quickly jump to every section.
-
-Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
-commands. Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
-Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
-reftex.el. You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
-C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
-
-** Changes in BibTeX mode.
-
-*** Info documentation is now available.
-
-*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore. This confused
-both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
-
-*** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
-bibtex-user-optional-fields.
-
-*** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
-(use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
-
-*** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
-entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
-appropriate functions.
-
-*** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
-entries. They are bound by default to C-M-l and C-M-h.
-
-*** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
-been cleaned.
-
-*** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
-bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
-
-*** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
-shall be delimited.
-
-*** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
-bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
-bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
-
-*** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
-field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
-prefixed with `ALT'.
-
-*** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
-bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
-formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
-documentation).
-
-*** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
-documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
-for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
-
-*** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
-comma should be inserted at end of last field.
-
-*** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
-alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
-signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
-
-*** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
-
-*** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
-
-*** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
-from alien sources.
-
-*** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
-to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
-crossref entries.
-
-*** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
-region.
-
-*** Added support for imenu.
-
-*** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
-of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
-`compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
-`next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
-
-*** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
-from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
-
-** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
-
-** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
-
-** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
-functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
-Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
-as an argument.
-
-When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
-and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
-
-** browse-url changes
-
-*** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
-Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
-(browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
-non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
-customization variables.
-
-*** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
-
-*** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
-lines. Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
-(e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
-
-** Changes in Ediff
-
-*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
-pops up the Info file for this command.
-
-*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
-the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
-merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
-directories).
-
-*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
-and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
-files in the same directory.
-
-*** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
-The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format. (The bug
-related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
-
-** Changes in Viper
-
-*** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
-*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
- instead of vip-.
-*** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
-*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
-Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
-*** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
-*** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
-*** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
-color when Viper is in insert state.
-*** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
-Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
-viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
-
-** Etags changes.
-
-*** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
-default. The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
-Use --no-globals to turn this feature off. Etags can also tag
-variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
-not by default. Use --members to turn this feature on.
-
-*** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
-
-*** Java is tagged like C++. In addition, "extends" and "implements"
-constructs are tagged. Files are recognized by the extension .java.
-
-*** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript. Files are
-recognized by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
-In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
-
-*** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code. The usual C and
-C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
-recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
-methods and protocols.
-
-*** Etags also handles Cobol. Files are recognized by the extension
-.cobol. The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
-column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
-paragraph name.
-
-*** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep. The syntax of
-an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
-at least M times and as many as N times.
-
-** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
-in files has changed slightly.
-
-With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
-time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
-This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
-with old time-stamp-format values.
-
-In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
-(`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
-This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
-reasons.
-
-In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
-natural width. (With format-time-string, each format has a
-fixed-width default.) In this version, you can specify the colon
-(`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
-time-stamp-format width default." Do not use colon if you are
-specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
-
-Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
-case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year. Digit
-truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
-
-The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs. New formats are
-being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
-future to be compatible with format-time-string. The new forms being
-recommended now will continue to work then.
-
-See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
-details.
-
-** There are some additional major modes:
-
-dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
-m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
-meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
-
-** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
-copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
-into Emacs.
-
-** New Lisp packages include:
-
-*** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
-
-*** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
-be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
-
-*** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
-
-*** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
-in shell buffers.
-
-*** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
-See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
-and `elint-defun'.
-
-*** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
-meant for programming constructs. These abbrevs expand like ordinary
-ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
-strings or comments.
-
-These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
-abbrev for insertion of additional text. Once you expand the abbrev,
-you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
-insertion points. Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
-at these points.
-
-*** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
-can visit them by short forms of their names.
-
-*** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
-Emacs Lisp function at point.
-
-*** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
-
-*** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
-switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
-
-*** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
-
-*** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
-
-*** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
-
-*** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
-from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
-
-*** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
-You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
-inserted at point. M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
-original place after inserting the copy.
-
-*** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
-on the buffer.
-
-You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
-velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
-(with mouse-drag-drag). Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
-
-Enable mouse-drag with:
- (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
--or-
- (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
-
-*** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
-mail waiting to be read in them. It works with procmail.
-
-*** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
-It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
-
-*** ogonek
-
-The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
-Polish diacritic characters in buffers. Codings known from various
-platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
-TeX. For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
-ISO8859-2. Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
-prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
-instance) and vice versa.
-
-To use this package load it using
- M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
-Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
- M-x ogonek-jak -- in Polish
- M-x ogonek-how -- in English
-The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
-ways of customization in `.emacs'.
-
-*** Interface to ph.
-
-Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
-
-The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
-services about people. ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
-these servers.
-
-*** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
-
-*** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
-You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
-while the real cursor does not move.
-
-*** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
-for visiting your favorite web sites.
-
-*** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
-so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
-
-** movemail change
-
-Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
-mail retrieval to function properly. This is because it no longer
-supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
-user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
-
-This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
-\f
-* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
-
-** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
-
-Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
-end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
-Macintosh). Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
-file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
-file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
-
-To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
-C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
-coding system for the buffer. Then, when you save the file, the newly
-specified coding system will take effect. For example, to save with
-LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
-save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
-\f
-* Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
-
-** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
-Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19. And
-vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
-Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
-
-** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
-to start with w32- instead of win32-.
-
-In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise. We
-don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
-"win".
-
-** Basic Lisp changes
-
-*** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
-evaluates to itself. Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
-
-*** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed. It should now
-be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
-or by the user.
-
-The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
-
-*** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
-
-(when CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
-(unless CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
-
-*** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
-usual Lisp meanings. For example, caar returns the car of the car of
-its argument.
-
-*** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
-
-*** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
-
-*** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
-
-*** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
-error if the integer is not a valid character code. These primitives
-include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
-`format' function.
-
-*** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
-or .elc, to the file name. Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
-whose name is just foo. It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
-
-*** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
-either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
-adding one of these suffixes.
-
-*** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
-which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
-If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
-
-We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
-because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
-
-*** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
-
-*** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
-You must load the `cl' library to define it.
-
-*** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
-conveniently with a different current buffer. It looks like this:
-
- (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
-
-BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
-BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
-
-*** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
-choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
-restoring the value of point or the mark. `with-current-buffer'
-works using `save-current-buffer'.
-
-*** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
-write the output to a specified file. Like `progn', it returns the value
-of the last form.
-
-*** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
-which is discarded after use. Like `progn', it returns the value of the
-last form. If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
-as the last form.
-
-*** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
-characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
-matches.
-
-For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
-
-*** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
-with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
-Then it returns that string.
-
-For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
-
-(with-output-to-string
- (princ "The buffer is ")
- (princ (buffer-name)))
-
-returns "The buffer is foo".
-
-** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
-is non-nil.
-
-These characters have character codes above 256. When inserted in the
-buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
-characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
-
-*** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
-a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
-
-Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
-character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
-Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
-position by 2, 3 or 4. The function forward-char moves by whole
-characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
- (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
-
-ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
-Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
-non-ASCII characters. These sequences are called "multibyte
-characters".
-
-The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
-through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237). These values are called
-"leading codes". The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
-range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377). The first byte, the
-leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
-
-*** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
-(forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
-multibyte character. Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
-character, which may be more than one buffer position.
-
-This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
-always one buffer position, need to be changed.
-
-However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
-
-*** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
-because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
-have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377. However,
-the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
-guaranteed.
-
-*** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
-between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
-character).
-
-When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
-
- 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
- 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
- 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
- 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
- 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
-
-*** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
-
-*** Strings can contain multibyte characters. The function
-`length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
-more than the number of characters.
-
-You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
-it literally. You can also represent it with a hex escape,
-\xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary. Any character which
-is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct. If you want to
-follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
-newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
-
-*** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
-and returns a string containing those characters.
-
-*** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
-(sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX. INDEX
-counts from zero. If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
-character, sref signals an error.
-
-*** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
-in a string. This is less than the length of the string, if the
-string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
-
-*** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
-in a region from BEG to END. This is less than (- END BEG) if the
-region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
-
-*** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
-the characters in it. string-to-vector converts a string
-to a vector of the characters in it.
-
-*** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
-of a string. You call it as follows:
-
- (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
-
-This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
-STRING. OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
-This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
-Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
-it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
-
-*** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
-if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
-
-*** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
-if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
-
-*** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
-to fit within a certain number of columns. (Of course, it does
-not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
-which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
-
-(truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
-
-This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
-
-The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
-If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
-are not included in the resulting value.
-
-The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
-at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
-WIDTH columns. If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
-is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
-
-If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
-place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
-character extends across that column), then the padding character
-PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
-string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
-column START-COLUMN.
-
-*** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
-the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
-necessarily the number of characters. It is, in effect, the
-difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
-changed text, before the change.
-
-*** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
-sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol. In general there is
-one character set for each script, not for each language.
-
-**** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
-
-**** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
-
-**** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
-set that the character belongs to. (The value is a symbol.)
-
-**** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
-name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
-which identify the character within that character set.
-
-**** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
-byte-values, constructs a character code. This is roughly the
-opposite of split-char.
-
-**** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
-of all the characters between BEG and END.
-
-**** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
-of all the characters in a string.
-
-*** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
-and specifying coding systems.
-
-**** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
-system names (symbols). With optional argument t, it returns a list
-of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
-(Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
-and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
-as what to do about code conversion.)
-
-**** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
-name. It returns t if so, nil if not.
-
-**** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
-for certain file names. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
-except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
-
-Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
-which file names the element applies to. PATTERN should be a regexp
-to match against a file name.
-
-VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
-a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
-decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
-to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
-systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
-specifies the coding system for encoding.
-
-If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
-or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
-
-**** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
-the coding system to use for network sockets.
-
-Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
-which network sockets the element applies to. PATTERN should be
-either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
-service names.
-
-VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
-a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
-decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
-to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
-systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
-specifies the coding system for encoding.
-
-If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
-or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
-
-**** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
-for certain subprocess. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
-except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
-start the subprocess.
-
-**** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
-systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
-when nothing else specifies what to do. The value is a cons cell
-(OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING). OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
-to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
-
-**** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
-coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
-subprocess.
-
-It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
-but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
-start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
-connection permanently or until overridden.
-
-The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
-file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
-network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
-coding system for output. But most of the time this variable is nil.
-It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
-system for one operation at a time.
-
-**** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
-files, subprocesses or network connections.
-
-**** The function process-coding-system tells you what
-coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
-The value is a cons cell,
- (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
-where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
-the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
-input to the subprocess.
-
-**** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
-change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
-
-** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
-customization options. To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
-you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
-
-You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
-variable. The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
-information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
-legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
-customization.
-
-Thus, instead of writing
-
- (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
- "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
-
-you would now write this:
-
- (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
- "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
- :type 'boolean
- :group foo)
-
-The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
-two meaningful states: nil and non-nil. Other type values
-describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
-for a description of them.
-
-The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
-should belong to. You define a new group like this:
-
- (defgroup ispell nil
- "Spell checking using Ispell."
- :group 'processes)
-
-The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group. The root
-group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
-but only other groups. The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
-to the keywords used by C-h p. Under these subgroups come
-second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
-
-Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups. A simple
-package should have just one group; a more complex package should
-have a hierarchy of its own groups. The sole or root group of a
-package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
-first-level subgroups.
-
-** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
-
-This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
-separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
-
-** easy-mmode
-
-The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
-developing minor modes easier. Roughly, the programmer has to code
-only the functionality of the minor mode. All the rest--toggles,
-predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
-`easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation). See also
-`easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
-
-** Text property changes
-
-*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
-text property.
-
-*** The new functions next-char-property-change and
-previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
-place where either a text property or an overlay might change. The
-functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT. POSITION is the
-starting position for the scan. LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
-
-If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT. If
-LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
-of the buffer. If no property change is found, the value is the
-position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
-
-*** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
-value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap. This
-is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
-
-** Changes in invisibility features
-
-*** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
-hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
-is inside that portion of the buffer. To enable this the overlay
-should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
-would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
-make the overlay visible.
-
-During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
-invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
-needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
-which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
-the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
-t when it should hide it.
-
-*** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
-
-Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
-invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
-and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
-Use `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
-manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
-Here is an example of how to do this:
-
- ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
- (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
- ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
- (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
-
- ...
- (overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) 'invisible 'my-symbol)
-
- ...
- ;; When done with the overlays:
- (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
- ;; Or respectively:
- (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
-
-** Changes in syntax parsing.
-
-*** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
-`parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
-obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
-`parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
-
-If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
-is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
-used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
-
-When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
-character in the buffer is calculated thus:
-
- a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
- is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
-
- Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
- syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
- a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
-
- b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
- is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
- (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
- determine the syntax type of the character.
-
- c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
- of the current buffer.
-
-*** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
-value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'. The details are the same as
-for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
-
-*** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
-and 15). A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
-only by another character with the same code (unless quoted). A
-character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
-another character with the same code (unless quoted).
-
-These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
-text property.
-
-*** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
-arg COMMENTSTOP. If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
-of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
-
-*** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
-(and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
-element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
-nil if none. The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
-string/comment is started by a "!" or "|" syntax-code.
-
-*** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
-syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
-`font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
-
-** Changes in face features
-
-*** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
-if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
-
-*** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
-of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
-
-*** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
-set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
-
-*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
-set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
-
-*** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
-by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
-and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
-the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
-overlay property).
-
-This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
-arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
-
-** Changes in file-handling functions
-
-*** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
-directory name from the beginning of the file name. In other words,
-they no longer do anything special with // or /~. That conversion
-is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
-
-This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
-begins with ~.
-
-*** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
-it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
-
-*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
-the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
-
-*** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
-as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
-
-*** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
-character code conversion as well as other things.
-
-Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
-(formerly it did not).
-
-*** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
-environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
-
-*** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
-instead of constant strings.
-
-*** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially. It used
-to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
-any `//' or `/~' sequence. Now it passes them straight through.
-
-substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
-in the same way as before.
-
-*** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
-The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
-which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
-
-*** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
-error if that fails. If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
-else, and returns nil.
-
-*** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
-directory cannot be listed.
-
-** Changes in minibuffer input
-
-*** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
-read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
-additional argument which specifies the default value. If this
-argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
-ways:
-
- It is returned if the user enters empty input.
- It is available through the history command M-n.
-
-*** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
-read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
-argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. If this is non-nil, then the
-minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
-enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
-
-In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
-argument in this way.
-
-*** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
-from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
-minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
-
-** Echo area features
-
-*** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
-echo-area-clear-hook. Note that the echo area can be used while the
-minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
-after the echo area is cleared.
-
-*** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
-in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
-
-** Keyboard input features
-
-*** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
-set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
-
-*** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
-received so far from the terminal. It does not count those generated
-by keyboard macros.
-
-** Frame-related changes
-
-*** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
-creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
-hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
-
-*** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
-the window configuration has changed. The frame whose configuration
-has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
-
-*** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
-selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
-value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
-in the selected frame.
-
-*** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
-is now `left', `right' or nil. A non-nil value specifies
-which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
-
-** X Windows features
-
-*** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
-x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource. The usual value of
-x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
-
-*** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
-The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
-
-*** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
-MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
-A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
-
-If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
-it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
-
-** Subprocess features
-
-*** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
-functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
-automatically.
-
-*** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
-and returns the output from the command as a string.
-
-*** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
-and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
-
-** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
-does clear the variable to nil. The documentation was wrong before.
-
-** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
-at the end of the keymap. If the keymap is a menu, this means it
-goes after the other menu items.
-
-** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
-of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
-around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
-are in use.
-
-The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
-series of several changes--if that seems safe.
-
-Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
-after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
-form.
-
-** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
-is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
-but its hook is still run.
-
-** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
-for errors that are handled by condition-case.
-
-If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
-regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition. This is
-useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
-
-This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways. Errors that
-are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
-filters, will instead invoke the debugger. So don't say you weren't
-warned.
-
-** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
-way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
-
-** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
-integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
-functions like display-time.
-
-** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
-name of a Lisp library. This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
-
-** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
-can be used from Lisp. Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
-is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
-
-** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
-if there is an error in compilation.
-
-** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
-switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
-argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer. If it is non-nil,
-they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
-
-** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
-Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
-the *scratch* buffer.
-
-** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
-The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN. This function can be used
-where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
-e.g., in Font Lock mode.
-
-** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
-and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
-It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
-
-** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
-using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
-variable mail-user-agent). It has variants compose-mail-other-window
-and compose-mail-other-frame.
-
-** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
-can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name). The
-full name of the specified user will be returned.
-
-** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
-of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
-where to find it. They should load the profile of the user name found
-in that variable. If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
-option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
-files at all.
-
-** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
-and type of padding. This works as in printf: you write the field
-width as digits in the middle of a %-construct. If you start
-the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
-
-For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
-minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
-with spaces to 3 positions. Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
-is how %S normally pads to two positions.
-
-** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
-
-** imenu.el changes.
-
-You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
-item from menu created by imenu.
-
-An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
-#include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
-select one of those items.
-\f
-* For older news, see the file ONEWS
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-Copyright information:
-
-Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
- 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
- of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
- copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
- thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
-
- Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
- of this document, or of portions of it,
- under the above conditions, provided also that they
- carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
-\f
-Local variables:
-mode: outline
-paragraph-separate: "[ \f]*$"
-end:
-
-arch-tag: 1aca9dfa-2ac4-4d14-bebf-0007cee12793
+GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2006-06-04
+
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+See the end of the file for license conditions.
+
+Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
+If possible, use M-x report-emacs-bug.
+
+This file is about changes in Emacs version 22.
+
+See files NEWS.21, NEWS.20, NEWS.19, NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17 for changes
+in older Emacs versions.
+
+You can narrow news to a specific version by calling `view-emacs-news'
+with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n.
+
+Temporary note:
+ +++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated.
+ --- means no change in the manuals is called for.
+When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
+so we will look at it and add it to the manual.
+
+\f
+* About external Lisp packages
+
+When you upgrade to Emacs 22 from a previous version, some older
+versions of external Lisp packages are known to behave badly.
+So in general, it is recommended that you upgrade to the latest
+versions of any external Lisp packages that you are using.
+
+You should also be aware that many Lisp packages have been included
+with Emacs 22 (see the extensive list below), and you should remove
+any older versions of these packages to ensure that the Emacs 22
+version is used. You can use M-x list-load-path-shadows to find such
+older packages.
+
+Some specific packages which are known to cause problems are:
+
+** Semantic (used by CEDET, ECB, JDEE): upgrade to latest version.
+** cua.el, cua-mode.el: remove old versions.
+
+\f
+* Installation Changes in Emacs 22.1
+
+---
+** Emacs comes with a new set of icons.
+These icons are displayed on the taskbar and/or titlebar when Emacs
+runs in a graphical environment. Source files for these icons can be
+found in etc/images/icons. (You can't change the icons displayed by
+Emacs by changing these files directly. On X, the icon is compiled
+into the Emacs executable; see gnu.h in the source tree. On MS
+Windows, see nt/icons/emacs.ico.)
+
+---
+** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix',
+`--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of
+installed programs.
+
+---
+** Emacs can now be built without sound support.
+
+---
+** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk'
+when you run configure. This requires Gtk+ 2.4 or newer. This port
+provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats).
+
+---
+** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with Lisp code.
+
+---
+** The `yow' program has been removed.
+Use the corresponding Emacs feature instead.
+
+---
+** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game
+scores. The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal
+place for game scores to be stored. You can control this with the
+configure option `--with-game-dir'. The specific user that Emacs uses
+to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'. If access
+to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately
+in each user's home directory.
+
+---
+** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build
+Emacs with Leim.
+
++++
+** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution.
+
+The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual in Info format is built as part of the
+Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User
+Manual. A menu item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy
+accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference).
+
+---
+** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of
+the distribution.
+
+This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed,
+together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory. A menu
+item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy accessible
+(Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp).
+
+---
+** New translations of the Emacs Tutorial are available in the
+following languages: Brasilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Chinese (both
+with simplified and traditional characters), French, and Italian.
+Type `C-u C-h t' to choose one of them in case your language setup
+doesn't automatically select the right one.
+
+---
+** A Portuguese translation of Emacs' reference card has been added.
+Its name is `pt-br-refcard.tex'. The corresponding PostScript file is
+also included.
+
+---
+** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available.
+
+---
+** Emacs now includes support for loading image libraries on demand.
+(Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.) You can configure
+the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by
+setting the variable `image-library-alist'.
+
+---
+** Support for a Cygwin build of Emacs was added.
+
+---
+** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added.
+
+---
+** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added.
+
+---
+** Support for GNU/Linux systems on Tensilica Xtensa machines was added.
+
+---
+** Support for MacOS X was added.
+See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
+
+---
+** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added.
+
+---
+** Support for HP 9000 series 800 and Hitachi SR2001/SR2201 machines
+was removed.
+
+---
+** Mac OS 9 port now uses the Carbon API by default. You can also
+create non-Carbon build by specifying `NonCarbon' as a target. See
+the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
+
+---
+** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union
+types any more. Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types.
+
+---
+** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how
+much pure storage it will approximately need.
+
+** The script etc/emacs-buffer.gdb can be used with gdb to retrieve the
+contents of buffers from a core dump and save them to files easily, should
+Emacs crash.
+
+---
+** The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el uses a different terminfo name.
+The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el now uses "eterm-color" as its
+terminfo name, since term.el now supports color.
+
+---
+** Emacs Lisp source files are compressed by default if `gzip' is available.
+
+---
+** All images used in Emacs have been consolidated in etc/images and subdirs.
+See also the changes to `find-image', documented below.
+
+\f
+* Startup Changes in Emacs 22.1
+
++++
+** New command line option -Q or --quick.
+This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables
+the fancy startup screen.
+
++++
+** New command line option -D or --basic-display.
+Disables the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, and
+the blinking cursor.
+
++++
+** New command line option -nbc or --no-blinking-cursor disables
+the blinking cursor on graphical terminals.
+
++++
+** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE.
+It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they
+can start with this line:
+
+ #!/usr/bin/emacs --script
+
++++
+** The option --directory DIR now modifies `load-path' immediately.
+Directories are added to the front of `load-path' in the order they
+appear on the command line. For example, with this command line:
+
+ emacs -batch -L .. -L /tmp --eval "(require 'foo)"
+
+Emacs looks for library `foo' in the parent directory, then in /tmp, then
+in the other directories in `load-path'. (-L is short for --directory.)
+
++++
+** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to
+--no-window-system. The old one still works, but is deprecated.
+
+---
+** If the environment variable DISPLAY specifies an unreachable X display,
+Emacs will now startup as if invoked with the --no-window-system option.
+
++++
+** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function,
+now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is
+an interactively callable function.
+
++++
+** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to
+all frames you create. A position specified with --geometry only
+affects the initial frame.
+
+---
+** Emacs built for MS-Windows now behaves like Emacs on X does,
+wrt its frame position: if you don't specify a position (in your
+.emacs init file, in the Registry, or with the --geometry command-line
+option), Emacs leaves the frame position to the Windows' window
+manager.
+
++++
+** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display.
+When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options
+`--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame
+whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire
+screen size. (For now, this does not work with some window managers.)
+
++++
+** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line
+arguments were given. The new command-line option --no-splash
+disables the splash screen; see also the variable
+`inhibit-startup-message' (which is also aliased as
+`inhibit-splash-screen').
+
++++
+** The default is now to use a bitmap as the icon, so the command-line options
+--icon-type, -i has been replaced with options --no-bitmap-icon, -nbi to turn
+the bitmap icon off.
+
++++
+** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'.
+When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally
+displays a buffer menu. This option turns the buffer menu off.
+
++++
+** Init file changes
+If the init file ~/.emacs does not exist, Emacs will try
+~/.emacs.d/init.el or ~/.emacs.d/init.elc. Likewise, if the shell init file
+~/.emacs_SHELL is not found, Emacs will try ~/.emacs.d/init_SHELL.sh.
+
++++
+** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs
+automatically at startup, if it exists. When Emacs offers to save
+modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed. It
+can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first,
+according to the value of `save-abbrevs'.
+
++++
+** If the environment variable EMAIL is defined, Emacs now uses its value
+to compute the default value of `user-mail-address', in preference to
+concatenation of `user-login-name' with the name of your host machine.
+
+\f
+* Incompatible Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1
+
++++
+** M-g is now a prefix key.
+M-g g and M-g M-g run goto-line.
+M-g n and M-g M-n run next-error (like C-x `).
+M-g p and M-g M-p run previous-error.
+
++++
+** C-u M-g M-g switches to the most recent previous buffer,
+and goes to the specified line in that buffer.
+
+When goto-line starts to execute, if there's a number in the buffer at
+point then it acts as the default argument for the minibuffer.
+
++++
+** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted,
+since there are situations where one or the other will shut down
+the operating system or your X server.
+
++++
+** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t.
+
++++
+** When the undo information of the current command gets really large
+(beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs discards it and warns
+you about it.
+
++++
+** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin
+in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region.
+
++++
+** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
+previous mark if you set `set-mark-command-repeat-pop' to t. I.e. C-u
+C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC
+to set the mark immediately after a jump.
+
++++
+** The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
+have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
+
++++
+** In incremental search, C-w is changed. M-%, C-M-w and C-M-y are special.
+
+See below under "incremental search changes".
+
+---
+** C-x C-f RET (find-file), typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer
+a special case.
+
+Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect
+of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the
+directory with Dired.
+
+You can get the old behavior by typing C-x C-f M-n RET, which fetches
+the actual file name into the minibuffer.
+
++++
+** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
+to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point,
+it remains unchanged.
+
++++
+** When Emacs prompts for file names, SPC no longer completes the file name.
+This is so filenames with embedded spaces could be input without the
+need to quote the space with a C-q. The underlying changes in the
+keymaps that are active in the minibuffer are described below under
+"New keymaps for typing file names".
+
++++
+** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties;
+M-o M-o requests refontification.
+
++++
+** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link.
+
+See below for more details.
+
++++
+** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
+control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
+by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
+too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
+doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
+special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
+
+** Adaptive filling misfeature removed.
+It no longer treats `NNN.' or `(NNN)' as a prefix.
+
+---
+** The register compatibility key bindings (deprecated since Emacs 19)
+have been removed:
+ C-x / point-to-register (Use: C-x r SPC)
+ C-x j jump-to-register (Use: C-x r j)
+ C-x x copy-to-register (Use: C-x r s)
+ C-x g insert-register (Use: C-x r i)
+
+\f
+* Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1
+
++++
+** !MEM FULL! at the start of the mode line indicates that Emacs
+cannot get any more memory for Lisp data. This often means it could
+crash soon if you do things that use more memory. On most systems,
+killing buffers will get out of this state. If killing buffers does
+not make !MEM FULL! disappear, you should save your work and start
+a new Emacs.
+
++++
+** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled.
+On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455).
+
++++
+** You can now switch buffers in a cyclic order with C-x C-left
+(previous-buffer) and C-x C-right (next-buffer). C-x left and
+C-x right can be used as well. The functions keep a different buffer
+cycle for each frame, using the frame-local buffer list.
+
++++
+** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo.
+
++++
+** M-SPC (just-one-space) when given a numeric argument N
+converts whitespace around point to N spaces.
+
+---
+** C-x 5 C-o displays a specified buffer in another frame
+but does not switch to that frame. It's the multi-frame
+analogue of C-x 4 C-o.
+
+---
+** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters:
+`insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'.
+
++++
+** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once.
+By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>.
+
++++
+** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can
+be inconvenient when you did not expect them. The variable
+`yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones. Insertion
+of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties.
+
++++
+** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have
+been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used
+in Indented-Text mode.
+
++++
+** M-x setenv now expands environment variable references.
+
+Substrings of the form `$foo' and `${foo}' in the specified new value
+now refer to the value of environment variable foo. To include a `$'
+in the value, use `$$'.
+
++++
+** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now
+understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and
+`same-window'.
+
++++
+** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken
+from the locale.
+
+** Mark command changes:
+
++++
+*** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
+previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the
+mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump.
+
++++
+*** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times.
+
+If you type C-M-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h
+(mark-paragraph), or C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region
+extends each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC
+M-C-SPC, for example. This feature also works for
+mark-end-of-sentence, if you bind that to a key. It also extends the
+region when the mark is active in Transient Mark mode, regardless of
+the last command. To start a new region with one of marking commands
+in Transient Mark mode, you can deactivate the active region with C-g,
+or set the new mark with C-SPC.
+
++++
+*** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg.
+
+With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs;
+if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding
+paragraphs.
+
++++
+*** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the
+mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the
+region. Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might
+want to get this behavior from a particular command. There are two
+ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one
+command only.
+
+One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode
+and sets the mark at point. The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x.
+This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the
+mark or the region.
+
+After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you
+deactivate the mark. That typically happens when you type a command
+that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing
+C-g.
+
++++
+*** Movement commands `beginning-of-buffer', `end-of-buffer',
+`beginning-of-defun', `end-of-defun' do not set the mark if the mark
+is already active in Transient Mark mode.
+
+** Help command changes:
+
++++
+*** Changes in C-h bindings:
+
+C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer.
+
+C-h d runs apropos-documentation.
+
+C-h r visits the Emacs Manual in Info.
+
+C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files
+ that do not change:
+
+C-h C-f displays the FAQ.
+C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file.
+
+The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
+have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
+
+C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands.
+- C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping)
+ run by the key sequence.
+- C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the
+ command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run
+ that command.
+
+For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped
+to new-kill-line, these commands now report:
+- C-h c and C-h k C-k reports:
+ C-k runs the command new-kill-line
+- C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports:
+ kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline>
+- C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports:
+ new-kill-line is on C-k
+
+---
+*** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function
+arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it. To change the
+default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function
+`help-default-arg-highlight'.
+
++++
+*** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for
+variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available).
+
++++
+*** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is
+preceded or followed by the word `face'. It no longer makes
+hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless
+preceded by one of the words `variable' or `option'. It now makes
+hyperlinks to Info anchors (or nodes) if the anchor (or node) name is
+enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `info anchor' or `Info
+anchor' (in addition to earlier `info node' and `Info node'). In
+addition, it now makes hyperlinks to URLs as well if the URL is
+enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `URL'.
+
++++
+*** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with
+description various information about a character, including its
+encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and
+widgets at point. You can get more information about some of them, by
+clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET.
+
++++
+*** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because
+C-u C-x = gives the same information and more.
+
++++
+*** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point
+in the echo area. It is bound to `C-h .'. It normally displays the
+same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the
+`help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more
+keyboard oriented alternative.
+
++++
+*** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to
+automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on
+point-over, after suitable idle time. The amount of idle time is
+determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults
+to one second. This feature is turned off by default.
+
++++
+*** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match.
+When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must
+be present for an item to match. Regular expression matching is still
+available.
+
++++
+*** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items
+to be sorted according to their score. The score for an item is a
+number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or
+regular expression that you entered to the apropos command. The best
+match is listed first, and the calculated score is shown for each
+matching item.
+
+** Incremental Search changes:
+
++++
+*** Vertical scrolling is now possible within incremental search.
+To enable this feature, customize the new user option
+`isearch-allow-scroll'. User written commands which satisfy stringent
+constraints can be marked as "scrolling commands". See the Emacs manual
+for details.
+
++++
+*** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word,
+making the decision in a heuristic way. This new job is done by the
+command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'. To restore the old behavior,
+bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'.
+
++++
+*** C-y in incremental search now grabs the next line if point is already
+at the end of a line.
+
++++
+*** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode.
+Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e'
+and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer.
+
++++
+*** M-% typed in isearch mode invokes `query-replace' or
+`query-replace-regexp' (depending on search mode) with the current
+search string used as the string to replace.
+
++++
+*** Isearch no longer adds `isearch-resume' commands to the command
+history by default. To enable this feature, customize the new
+user option `isearch-resume-in-command-history'.
+
+** Replace command changes:
+
+---
+*** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil,
+`query-replace' and related functions simply ignore
+a match if part of it has a read-only property.
+
++++
+*** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and
+`replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string,
+where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement
+time. In many cases, this will be more convenient than using
+`query-replace-regexp-eval'. `\#' in a replacement string now refers
+to the count of replacements already made by the replacement command.
+All regular expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the
+replacement string to specify a position where the replacement string
+can be edited for each replacement.
+
++++
+*** query-replace uses isearch lazy highlighting when the new user option
+`query-replace-lazy-highlight' is non-nil.
+
+---
+*** The current match in query-replace is highlighted in new face
+`query-replace' which by default inherits from isearch face.
+
+** Local variables lists:
+
++++
+*** In processing a local variables list, Emacs strips the prefix and
+suffix from every line before processing all the lines.
+
++++
+*** Text properties in local variables.
+
+A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text
+properties--any specified text properties are discarded.
+
++++
+*** If the local variables list contains any variable-value pairs that
+are not known to be safe, Emacs shows a prompt asking whether to apply
+the local variables list as a whole. In earlier versions, a prompt
+was only issued for variables explicitly marked as risky (for the
+definition of risky variables, see `risky-local-variable-p').
+
+At the prompt, you can choose to save the contents of this local
+variables list to `safe-local-variable-values'. This new customizable
+option is a list of variable-value pairs that are known to be safe.
+Variables can also be marked as safe with the existing
+`safe-local-variable' property (see `safe-local-variable-p').
+However, risky variables will not be added to
+`safe-local-variable-values' in this way.
+
++++
+*** The variable `enable-local-variables' controls how local variable
+lists are handled. t, the default, specifies the standard querying
+behavior. :safe means use only safe values, and ignore the rest.
+:all means set all variables, whether or not they are safe.
+nil means ignore them all. Anything else means always query.
+
++++
+*** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that
+are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables
+specification. Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating
+such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is
+needed.
+
++++
+*** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property,
+that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it
+appears in an `eval' local variables specification. If the property
+is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is
+ok. If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called
+with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call.
+
+If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for
+confirmation as before.
+
+** File operation changes:
+
++++
+*** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when
+the corresponding environment variable does not exist.
+Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting
+is only rarely needed.
+
++++
+*** find-file-read-only visits multiple files in read-only mode,
+when the file name contains wildcard characters.
+
++++
+*** find-alternate-file replaces the current file with multiple files,
+when the file name contains wildcard characters. It now asks if you
+wish save your changes and not just offer to kill the buffer.
+
++++
+*** Auto Compression mode is now enabled by default.
+
+---
+*** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case.
+
+Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect
+of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the
+directory with Dired.
+
++++
+*** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify
+read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too. Type C-x C-q if you
+want to make the buffer writable. (As root, you can in fact alter the
+file.)
+
++++
+*** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer
+against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving.
+
++++
+*** The commands copy-file, rename-file, make-symbolic-link and
+add-name-to-file, when given a directory as the "new name" argument,
+convert it to a file name by merging in the within-directory part of
+the existing file's name. (This is the same convention that shell
+commands cp, mv, and ln follow.) Thus, M-x copy-file RET ~/foo RET
+/tmp RET copies ~/foo to /tmp/foo.
+
+---
+*** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation
+before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is
+supplied. This behavior is analogous to `write-file'.
+
+---
+*** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that
+controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will
+attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files).
+
++++
+*** The new option `write-region-inhibit-fsync' disables calls to fsync
+in `write-region'. This can be useful on laptops to avoid spinning up
+the hard drive upon each file save. Enabling this variable may result
+in data loss, use with care.
+
++++
+*** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold',
+Emacs asks for confirmation.
+
++++
+*** require-final-newline now has two new possible values:
+
+`visit' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's needed
+when visiting the file.
+
+`visit-save' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's
+needed when visiting the file, and also add a newline if it's needed
+when saving the file.
+
++++
+*** The new option mode-require-final-newline controls how certain
+major modes enable require-final-newline. Any major mode that's
+designed for a kind of file that should normally end in a newline
+sets require-final-newline based on mode-require-final-newline.
+So you can customize mode-require-final-newline to control what these
+modes do.
+
+** Minibuffer changes:
+
++++
+*** The new file-name-shadow-mode is turned ON by default, so that when
+entering a file name, any prefix which Emacs will ignore is dimmed.
+
++++
+*** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'.
+Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the
+variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the
+prompt string.
+
+---
+*** Enhanced visual feedback in `*Completions*' buffer.
+
+Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions
+have in common and where they begin to differ.
+
+The common prefix shared by all possible completions uses the face
+`completions-common-part', while the first character that isn't the
+same uses the face `completions-first-difference'. By default,
+`completions-common-part' inherits from `default', and
+`completions-first-difference' inherits from `bold'. The idea of
+`completions-common-part' is that you can use it to make the common
+parts less visible than normal, so that the rest of the differing
+parts is, by contrast, slightly highlighted.
+
+Above fontification is always done when listing completions is
+triggered at minibuffer. If you want to fontify completions whose
+listing is triggered at the other normal buffer, you have to pass
+the common prefix of completions to `display-completion-list' as
+its second argument.
+
++++
+*** File-name completion can now ignore specified directories.
+If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a
+slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when
+completing file names. Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions'
+which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion
+candidate is a directory.
+
++++
+*** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
+to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point,
+it remains unchanged.
+
++++
+*** New user option `history-delete-duplicates'.
+If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical
+elements are deleted from the history list.
+
+** Redisplay changes:
+
++++
+*** Preemptive redisplay now adapts to current load and bandwidth.
+
+To avoid preempting redisplay on fast computers, networks, and displays,
+the arrival of new input is now performed at regular intervals during
+redisplay. The new variable `redisplay-preemption-period' specifies
+the period; the default is to check for input every 0.1 seconds.
+
++++
+*** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode.
+When the file is maintained under version control, that information
+appears between the position information and the major mode.
+
++++
+*** New face `escape-glyph' highlights control characters and escape glyphs.
+
++++
+*** Non-breaking space and hyphens are now displayed with a special
+face, either nobreak-space or escape-glyph. You can turn this off or
+specify a different mode by setting the variable `nobreak-char-display'.
+
++++
+*** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized.
+The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from
+the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling
+will horizontally scroll the window. The default value is 5.
+
+The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic
+hscrolling scrolls the window when point gets too close to the
+window edge. If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the
+window so as to center point. If its value is an integer, it says how
+many columns to scroll. If the value is a floating-point number, it
+gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window.
+
+The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to
+`auto-hscroll-mode'. The old name is still available as an alias.
+
+---
+*** Moving or scrolling through images (and other lines) taller than
+the window now works sensibly, by automatically adjusting the window's
+vscroll property.
+
+*** New customize option `overline-margin' controls the space between
+overline and text.
+
+*** New variable `x-underline-at-descent-line' controls the relative
+position of the underline. When set, it overrides the
+`x-use-underline-position-properties' variables.
+
++++
+*** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line
+of non-selected windows. The `mode-line' face is now used to display
+the mode line of the currently selected window.
+
+The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether
+the `mode-line-inactive' face is used.
+
++++
+*** You can now customize the use of window fringes. To control this
+for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the
+top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable. To
+control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x
+set-fringe-style.
+
++++
+*** Angle icons in the fringes can indicate the buffer boundaries. In
+addition, up and down arrow bitmaps in the fringe indicate which ways
+the window can be scrolled.
+
+This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
+`indicate-buffer-boundaries' to a non-nil value. The default value of
+this variable is found in `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.
+
+If value is `left' or `right', both angle and arrow bitmaps are
+displayed in the left or right fringe, resp.
+
+The value can also be an alist which specifies the presence and
+position of each bitmap individually.
+
+For example, ((top . left) (t . right)) places the top angle bitmap
+in left fringe, the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both
+arrow bitmaps in right fringe. To show just the angle bitmaps in the
+left fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top . left) (bottom . left)).
+
++++
+*** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window
+(not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into
+two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line).
+Instead, the newline now "overflows" into the right fringe, and the
+cursor will be displayed in the fringe when positioned on that newline.
+
+The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' can be set to nil to
+revert to the old behavior of continuing such lines.
+
++++
+*** When a window has display margin areas, the fringes are now
+displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than
+outside those margins.
+
++++
+*** A window can now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings,
+in addition to the individual display margin settings.
+
+Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split
+horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored,
+or when the frame is resized.
+
++++
+*** The %c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
+Due to technical limitations in how Emacs interacts with windowing
+systems, these constructs often failed to render properly, and could
+even cause Emacs to crash.
+
++++
+*** If value of `auto-resize-tool-bars' is `grow-only', the tool bar
+will expand as needed, but not contract automatically. To contract
+the tool bar, you must type C-l.
+
+** Cursor display changes:
+
++++
+*** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is
+now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'.
+
++++
+*** The X resource cursorBlink can be used to turn off cursor blinking.
+
++++
+*** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor.
+The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in
+default-frame-alist. It supports variable heights, like the `bar'
+cursor does.
+
++++
+*** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any)
+of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor
+appears in.
+
++++
+*** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any
+of the recognized cursor types.
+
++++
+*** On text terminals, the variable `visible-cursor' controls whether Emacs
+uses the "very visible" cursor (the default) or the normal cursor.
+
+** New faces:
+
++++
+*** `mode-line-highlight' is the standard face indicating mouse sensitive
+elements on mode-line (and header-line) like `highlight' face on text
+areas.
+
+*** `mode-line-buffer-id' is the standard face for buffer identification
+parts of the mode line.
+
++++
+*** `shadow' face defines the appearance of the "shadowed" text, i.e.
+the text which should be less noticeable than the surrounding text.
+This can be achieved by using shades of grey in contrast with either
+black or white default foreground color. This generic shadow face
+allows customization of the appearance of shadowed text in one place,
+so package-specific faces can inherit from it.
+
++++
+*** `vertical-border' face is used for the vertical divider between windows.
+
+** ebnf2ps changes:
+
++++
+*** New option `ebnf-arrow-extra-width' which specify extra width for arrow
+shape drawing.
+The extra width is used to avoid that the arrowhead and the terminal border
+overlap. It depens on `ebnf-arrow-shape' and `ebnf-line-width'.
+
++++
+*** New option `ebnf-arrow-scale' which specify the arrow scale.
+Values lower than 1.0, shrink the arrow.
+Values greater than 1.0, expand the arrow.
+
+** Font-Lock changes:
+
++++
+*** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties;
+M-o M-o requests refontification.
+
++++
+*** All modes now support using M-x font-lock-mode to toggle
+fontification, even those such as Occur, Info, and comint-derived
+modes that do their own fontification in a special way.
+
+The variable `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable
+fontification in Info, remove `turn-on-font-lock' from
+`Info-mode-hook'.
+
++++
+*** Font-Lock mode: in major modes such as Lisp mode, where some Emacs
+features assume that an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of
+any string or comment, Font-Lock now highlights any such open-paren in
+bold-red if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it
+can cause trouble. You should rewrite the string or comment so that
+the open-paren is not in column 0.
+
++++
+*** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'.
+
++++
+*** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-comment-delimiter-face'.
+
++++
+*** Easy to overlook single character negation can now be font-locked.
+You can use the new variable `font-lock-negation-char-face' and the face of
+the same name to customize this. Currently the cc-modes, sh-script-mode,
+cperl-mode and make-mode support this.
+
+---
+*** The default settings for JIT stealth lock parameters are changed.
+The default value for the user option jit-lock-stealth-time is now nil
+instead of 3. This setting of jit-lock-stealth-time disables stealth
+fontification: on today's machines, it may be a bug in font lock
+patterns if fontification otherwise noticeably degrades interactivity.
+If you find movement in infrequently visited buffers sluggish (and the
+major mode maintainer has no better idea), customizing
+jit-lock-stealth-time to a non-nil value will let Emacs fontify
+buffers in the background when it considers the system to be idle.
+jit-lock-stealth-nice is now 0.5 instead of 0.125 which is supposed to
+cause less load than the old defaults.
+
+---
+*** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'.
+
+If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs
+idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification. For
+example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will
+only happen after 0.25s of idle time.
+
+---
+*** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification.
+
+jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and
+jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual
+refontification takes place.
+
+---
+*** lazy-lock is considered obsolete.
+
+The `lazy-lock' package is superseded by `jit-lock' and is considered
+obsolete. `jit-lock' is activated by default; if you wish to continue
+using `lazy-lock', activate it in your ~/.emacs like this:
+
+ (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
+
+If you invoke `lazy-lock-mode' directly rather than through
+`font-lock-support-mode', it now issues a warning:
+
+ "Use font-lock-support-mode rather than calling lazy-lock-mode"
+
+
+** Menu support:
+
+---
+*** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options".
+This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such
+as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself).
+You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn
+it off completely. There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of
+current date and time, current line and column number in the mode-line.
+
+---
+*** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide".
+
+---
+*** You can exit dialog windows and menus by typing C-g.
+
+---
+*** The menu item "Open File..." has been split into two items, "New File..."
+and "Open File...". "Open File..." now opens only existing files. This is
+to support existing GUI file selection dialogs better.
+
++++
+*** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, Mac, W32 and Motif/Lesstif can be
+disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'.
+
+---
+*** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can
+be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+, Mac and W32).
+
++++
+*** The menu bar for Motif/Lesstif/Lucid/Gtk+ can be navigated with keys.
+Pressing F10 shows the first menu in the menu bar. Navigation is done with
+the arrow keys, select with the return key and cancel with the escape keys.
+
++++
+*** The Lucid menus can display multilingual text in your locale. You have
+to explicitly specify a fontSet resource for this to work, for example
+`-xrm "Emacs*fontSet: -*-helvetica-medium-r-*--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*,*"'.
+
+---
+*** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and Lesstif/Motif now pops down when pressing
+ESC, like they do for Gtk+, Mac and W32.
+
++++
+*** For the Gtk+ version, you can make Emacs use the old file dialog
+by setting the variable `x-gtk-use-old-file-dialog' to t. Default is to use
+the new dialog.
+
+** Mouse changes:
+
++++
+*** If you set the new variable `mouse-autoselect-window' to a non-nil
+value, windows are automatically selected as you move the mouse from
+one Emacs window to another, even within a frame. A minibuffer window
+can be selected only when it is active.
+
++++
+*** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to
+select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position
+normally changes according to the mouse click position. If you set
+the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected
+window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame
+to give it focus.
+
++++
+*** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link.
+
+Traditionally, Emacs uses a Mouse-1 click to set point and a Mouse-2
+click to follow a link, whereas most other applications use a Mouse-1
+click for both purposes, depending on whether you click outside or
+inside a link. Now the behavior of a Mouse-1 click has been changed
+to match this context-sentitive dual behavior. (If you prefer the old
+behavior, set the user option `mouse-1-click-follows-link' to nil.)
+
+Depending on the current mode, a Mouse-2 click in Emacs can do much
+more than just follow a link, so the new Mouse-1 behavior is only
+activated for modes which explicitly mark a clickable text as a "link"
+(see the new function `mouse-on-link-p' for details). The Lisp
+packages that are included in release 22.1 have been adapted to do
+this, but external packages may not yet support this. However, there
+is no risk in using such packages, as the worst thing that could
+happen is that you get the original Mouse-1 behavior when you click
+on a link, which typically means that you set point where you click.
+
+If you want to get the original Mouse-1 action also inside a link, you
+just need to press the Mouse-1 button a little longer than a normal
+click (i.e. press and hold the Mouse-1 button for half a second before
+you release it).
+
+Dragging the Mouse-1 inside a link still performs the original
+drag-mouse-1 action, typically copy the text.
+
+You can customize the new Mouse-1 behavior via the new user options
+`mouse-1-click-follows-link' and `mouse-1-click-in-non-selected-windows'.
+
++++
+*** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse
+is over the text. By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you
+can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the
+mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key. You can
+also disable mouse highlighting.
+
++++
+*** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse
+shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new
+variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil.
+
+---
+*** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window
+(rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'.
+
+---
+*** Emacs ignores mouse-2 clicks while the mouse wheel is being moved.
+
+People tend to push the mouse wheel (which counts as a mouse-2 click)
+unintentionally while turning the wheel, so these clicks are now
+ignored. You can customize this with the mouse-wheel-click-event and
+mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables.
+
++++
+*** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default.
+
+** Multilingual Environment (Mule) changes:
+
+*** You can disable character translation for a file using the -*-
+construct. Include `enable-character-translation: nil' inside the
+-*-...-*- to disable any character translation that may happen by
+various global and per-coding-system translation tables. You can also
+specify it in a local variable list at the end of the file. For
+shortcut, instead of using this long variable name, you can append the
+character "!" at the end of coding-system name specified in -*-
+construct or in a local variable list. For example, if a file has the
+following header, it is decoded by the coding system `iso-latin-1'
+without any character translation:
+;; -*- coding: iso-latin-1!; -*-
+
+---
+*** Language environment and various default coding systems are setup
+more correctly according to the current locale name. If the locale
+name doesn't specify a charset, the default is what glibc defines.
+This change can result in using the different coding systems as
+default in some locale (e.g. vi_VN).
+
++++
+*** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your
+current locale settings if you are not using a window system. This
+can mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII
+characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal
+emulator) works. Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize
+keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default)
+or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated
+by the keyboard. See Info node `Unibyte Mode'.
+
++++
+*** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r)
+revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify.
+
++++
+*** New command `recode-region' decodes the region again by a specified
+coding system.
+
++++
+*** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name
+of a file.
+
+---
+*** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its
+unicode.
+
++++
+*** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets
+coding system for encoding and decoding file names. A new menu item
+(Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this
+command.
+
++++
+*** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type
+in the current input method to input a character at point.
+
++++
+*** Limited support for character `unification' has been added.
+Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of
+the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard
+Unicode mappings. This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859
+sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended. For instance,
+translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the
+mule-unicode-... ones.
+
+By default this translation happens automatically on encoding.
+Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant
+with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where
+possible.
+
+You can force a more complete unification with the user option
+unify-8859-on-decoding-mode. That maps all the Latin-N character sets
+into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and
+mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding. Note that this mode
+will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding.
+
+---
+*** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into
+either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets,
+when possible. The latter are more space-efficient. This is
+controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding.
+
+---
+*** New language environments: French, Ukrainian, Tajik,
+Bulgarian, Belarusian, Ukrainian, UTF-8, Windows-1255, Welsh, Latin-6,
+Latin-7, Lithuanian, Latvian, Swedish, Slovenian, Croatian, Georgian,
+Italian, Russian, Malayalam, Tamil, Russian, Chinese-EUC-TW,
+Esperanto. (Set up automatically according to the locale.)
+
+---
+*** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix,
+ukrainian-computer, belarusian, bulgarian-bds, russian-computer,
+vietnamese-telex, lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard,
+latvian-keyboard, welsh, georgian, rfc1345, ucs, sgml,
+bulgarian-phonetic, dutch, slovenian, croatian, malayalam-inscript,
+tamil-inscript.
+
+---
+*** New input method chinese-sisheng for inputting Chinese Pinyin
+characters.
+
+---
+*** Improved Thai support. A new minor mode `thai-word-mode' (which is
+automatically activated if you select Thai as a language
+environment) changes key bindings of most word-oriented commands to
+versions which recognize Thai words. Affected commands are
+ M-f (forward-word)
+ M-b (backward-word)
+ M-d (kill-word)
+ M-DEL (backward-kill-word)
+ M-t (transpose-words)
+ M-q (fill-paragraph)
+
+---
+*** Indian support has been updated.
+The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based. CDAC fonts are
+assumed. There is a framework for supporting various
+Indian scripts, but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are
+supported.
+
+---
+*** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'.
+
+---
+*** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced.
+By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into
+single quasi-characters. User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is
+turned on by default) arranges to translate many utf-8 CJK character
+sequences into real Emacs characters in a similar way to the Mule-UCS
+system. As this loads a fairly big data on demand, people who are not
+interested in CJK characters may want to customize it to nil.
+You can augment/amend the CJK translation via hash tables
+`ucs-mule-cjk-to-unicode' and `ucs-unicode-to-mule-cjk'. The utf-8
+coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's
+one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones.
+The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly.
+
+---
+*** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese
+in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving,
+Big 5 is then converted to CNS.
+
+---
+*** Many new coding systems are available in the `code-pages' library.
+These include complete versions of most of those in codepage.el, based
+on Unicode mappings. `codepage-setup' is now obsolete and is used
+only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs. All coding systems defined in
+`code-pages' are auto-loaded.
+
+---
+*** New variable `utf-translate-cjk-unicode-range' controls which
+Unicode characters to translate in `utf-translate-cjk-mode'.
+
+---
+*** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of
+characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system. Just specify the
+fontset appropriately.
+
+** Customize changes:
+
++++
+*** Custom themes are collections of customize options. Create a
+custom theme with M-x customize-create-theme. Use M-x load-theme to
+load and enable a theme, and M-x disable-theme to disable it. Use M-x
+enable-theme to enable a disabled theme.
+
++++
+*** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window
+now look at the character after point. If a face or faces are
+specified for that character, the commands by default customize those
+faces.
+
+---
+*** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing.
+In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding
+check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection
+for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make
+sense for the attribute. When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking
+its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in
+case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden.
+
++++
+*** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer,
+the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable.
+You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value"
+under the "[State]" button.
+
+** Buffer Menu changes:
+
++++
+*** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file
+buffers only in the Buffer Menu. It is bound to T in Buffer Menu
+mode.
+
++++
+*** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin
+with a space, when those buffers are visiting files. Normally buffers
+whose names begin with space are omitted.
+
+---
+*** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and
+`buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed
+in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar.
+
+`buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays
+leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer.
+If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories are
+shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil. The value of nil
+and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively.
+
+`buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes
+the modified and read-only status of the buffers. By default it is
+t, and the status is shown.
+
+Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time
+the Buffers menu is regenerated.
+
+** Dired mode:
+
+---
+*** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged,
+dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning
+introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces.
+
++++
+*** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files
+with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
+
++++
+*** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps
+of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer.
+
++++
+*** The Dired command `dired-goto-file' is now bound to j, not M-g.
+This is to avoid hiding the global key binding of M-g.
+
++++
+*** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
+control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
+by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
+too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
+double quotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
+special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
+
++++
+*** In Dired, the w command now stores the current line's file name
+into the kill ring. With a zero prefix arg, it stores the absolute file name.
+
++++
+*** In Dired-x, Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode.
+
+The mode toggling command is bound to M-o. A new command
+dired-mark-omitted, bound to * O, marks omitted files. The variable
+dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the mode toggling function
+instead.
+
++++
+*** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args
+have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and
+directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a
+directory listing into a buffer.
+
+** Comint changes:
+
+---
+*** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user
+option `comint-prompt-read-only'. This is not enabled by default,
+except in IELM buffers. The read-only status of IELM prompts can be
+controlled with the new user option `ielm-prompt-read-only', which
+overrides `comint-prompt-read-only'.
+
+The new commands `comint-kill-whole-line' and `comint-kill-region'
+support editing comint buffers with read-only prompts.
+
+`comint-kill-whole-line' is like `kill-whole-line', but ignores both
+read-only and field properties. Hence, it always kill entire
+lines, including any prompts.
+
+`comint-kill-region' is like `kill-region', except that it ignores
+read-only properties, if it is safe to do so. This means that if any
+part of a prompt is deleted, then the entire prompt must be deleted
+and that all prompts must stay at the beginning of a line. If this is
+not the case, then `comint-kill-region' behaves just like
+`kill-region' if read-only properties are involved: it copies the text
+to the kill-ring, but does not delete it.
+
++++
+*** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived
+modes (shell-mode, etc.) inserts arguments from previous command lines,
+like bash's `ESC .' binding. It is bound by default to `C-c .', but
+otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version.
+
++++
+*** `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' has been renamed
+`comint-use-prompt-regexp'. The old name has been kept as an alias,
+but declared obsolete.
+
++++
+*** The new INSIDE_EMACS environment variable is set to "t" in
+subshells running inside Emacs. This supersedes the EMACS environment
+variable, which will be removed in a future Emacs release. Programs
+that need to know whether they are started inside Emacs should check
+INSIDE_EMACS instead of EMACS.
+
+** M-x Compile changes:
+
+---
+*** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable
+
+Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized. Messages that are
+recognized as warnings or informational come in orange or green, instead of
+red. Informational messages are by default skipped with `next-error'
+(controlled by `compilation-skip-threshold').
+
+Location data is collected on the fly as the *compilation* buffer changes.
+This means you could modify messages to make them point to different files.
+This also means you can not go to locations of messages you may have deleted.
+
+The variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' has now become customizable. If
+you had added your own regexps to this, you'll probably need to include a
+leading `^', otherwise they'll match anywhere on a line. There is now also a
+`compilation-mode-font-lock-keywords' and it nicely handles all the checks
+that configure outputs and -o options so you see at a glance where you are.
+
+The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message.
+
++++
+*** New user option `compilation-environment'.
+This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior
+compilation processes without affecting the environment that all
+subprocesses inherit.
+
++++
+*** New user option `compilation-disable-input'.
+If this is non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
+
++++
+*** New options `next-error-highlight' and `next-error-highlight-no-select'
+specify the method of highlighting of the corresponding source line
+in new face `next-error'.
+
++++
+*** A new minor mode `next-error-follow-minor-mode' can be used in
+compilation-mode, grep-mode, occur-mode, and diff-mode (i.e. all the
+modes that can use `next-error'). In this mode, cursor motion in the
+buffer causes automatic display in another window of the corresponding
+matches, compilation errors, etc. This minor mode can be toggled with
+C-c C-f.
+
++++
+*** When the left fringe is displayed, an arrow points to current message in
+the compilation buffer.
+
++++
+*** The new variable `compilation-context-lines' controls lines of leading
+context before the current message. If nil and the left fringe is displayed,
+it doesn't scroll the compilation output window. If there is no left fringe,
+no arrow is displayed and a value of nil means display the message at the top
+of the window.
+
++++
+*** The EMACS environment variable now defaults to Emacs's absolute
+file name, instead of to "t".
+
+** Occur mode changes:
+
++++
+*** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and
+C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without
+switching to it.
+
++++
+*** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to
+the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur.
+
++++
+*** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can
+search multiple buffers. There is also a new command
+`multi-occur-in-matching-buffers' which allows you to specify the
+buffers to search by their filenames or buffer names. Internally,
+Occur mode has been rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other
+changes.
+
+** Grep changes:
+
++++
+*** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup.
+
+There's a new separate package grep.el, with its own submenu and
+customization group.
+
++++
+*** `grep-find' is now also available under the name `find-grep' where
+people knowing `find-grep-dired' would probably expect it.
+
++++
+*** New commands `lgrep' (local grep) and `rgrep' (recursive grep) are
+more user-friendly versions of `grep' and `grep-find', which prompt
+separately for the regular expression to match, the files to search,
+and the base directory for the search. Case sensitivitivy of the
+search is controlled by the current value of `case-fold-search'.
+
+These commands build the shell commands based on the new variables
+`grep-template' (lgrep) and `grep-find-template' (rgrep).
+
+The files to search can use aliases defined in `grep-files-aliases'.
+
+Subdirectories listed in `grep-find-ignored-directories' such as those
+typically used by various version control systems, like CVS and arch,
+are automatically skipped by `rgrep'.
+
+---
+*** The grep commands provide highlighting support.
+
+Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange. Grep buffers
+can be saved and automatically revisited.
+
+---
+*** The new variables `grep-window-height' and `grep-scroll-output' override
+the corresponding compilation mode settings, for grep commands only.
+
++++
+*** New option `grep-highlight-matches' highlights matches in *grep*
+buffer. It uses a special feature of some grep programs which accept
+--color option to output markers around matches. When going to the next
+match with `next-error' the exact match is highlighted in the source
+buffer. Otherwise, if `grep-highlight-matches' is nil, the whole
+source line is highlighted.
+
++++
+*** New key bindings in grep output window:
+SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down. C-n and C-p moves to next and
+previous match in the grep window. RET jumps to the source line of
+the current match. `n' and `p' shows next and previous match in
+other window, but does not switch buffer. `{' and `}' jumps to the
+previous or next file in the grep output. TAB also jumps to the next
+file.
+
++++
+*** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line
+by using GNU grep `-H' option instead. M-x grep automatically
+detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked.
+When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed
+unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated
+command lines to be used than was possible before.
+
+** X Windows Support:
+
++++
+*** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X. Dropping a file on a window
+ opens it, dropping text inserts the text. Dropping a file on a dired
+ buffer copies or moves the file to that directory.
+
++++
+*** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper).
+The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym',
+and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should
+use for the modifiers. For example, the following two lines swap
+Meta and Alt:
+ (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta)
+ (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt)
+
++++
+*** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which can
+speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server.
+
+If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of
+XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on.
+
+---
+*** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs
+requests X selection. The default value is nil, which means that
+Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING,
+and use the more appropriately result.
+
+---
+*** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling.
+On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual
+amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it).
+
+** Xterm support:
+
+---
+*** If you enable Xterm Mouse mode, Emacs will respond to mouse clicks
+on the mode line, header line and display margin, when run in an xterm.
+
+---
+*** Improved key bindings support when running in an xterm.
+When Emacs is running in an xterm more key bindings are available.
+The following should work:
+{C,S,C-S,A}-{right,left,up,down,prior,next,delete,insert,F1-12}.
+These key bindings work on xterm from X.org 6.8 (and later versions),
+they might not work on some older versions of xterm, or on some
+proprietary versions.
+The various keys generated by xterm when the "modifyOtherKeys"
+resource is set are also supported.
+
+** Character terminal color support changes:
+
++++
+*** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard
+mode for a tty color support. It is meant to be used on character
+terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal
+database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't
+set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable
+terminal. "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls'
+when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors
+in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well. See the
+user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter.
+
+---
+*** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more
+than 8 colors. For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and
+256-color modes are supported. Emacs automatically notes at startup
+the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for
+all of these colors.
+
++++
+*** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default
+faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and
+256-color xterms. This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an
+88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face
+colors as on X.
+
+---
+*** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator.
+\f
+* New Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1
+
+** ERC is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+
+ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client for Emacs.
+
+To see what modules are available, type
+M-x customize-option erc-modules RET.
+
+To start an IRC session, type M-x erc, and follow the prompts for
+server, port, and nick.
+
+---
+** Rcirc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+
+Rcirc is an Internet relay chat (IRC) client. It supports
+simultaneous connections to multiple IRC servers. Each discussion
+takes place in its own buffer. For each connection you can join
+several channels (many-to-many) and participate in private
+(one-to-one) chats. Both channel and private chats are contained in
+separate buffers.
+
+To start an IRC session, type M-x irc, and follow the prompts for
+server, port, nick and initial channels.
+
+---
+** Newsticker is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+
+Newsticker asynchronously retrieves headlines (RSS) from a list of news
+sites, prepares these headlines for reading, and allows for loading the
+corresponding articles in a web browser. Its documentation is in a
+separate manual.
+
++++
+** savehist saves minibuffer histories between sessions.
+To use this feature, turn on savehist-mode in your `.emacs' file.
+
++++
+** Filesets are collections of files. You can define a fileset in
+various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on
+program files that include other program files.
+
+Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on
+all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing
+in them.
+
++++
+** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+
+Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in
+Emacs Lisp. The prefix for Calc has been changed to `C-x *' and Calc
+can be started with `C-x * *'. The Calc manual is separate from the
+Emacs manual; within Emacs, type "C-h i m calc RET" to read the
+manual. A reference card is available in `etc/calccard.tex' and
+`etc/calccard.ps'.
+
+---
+** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely
+customizable replacement for buff-menu.el.
+
+---
+** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+
+The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb
+package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition
+to interactive buffer switching. Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with
+a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages.
+
++++
+** Image files are normally visited in Image mode, which lets you toggle
+between viewing the image and viewing the text using C-c C-c.
+
+---
+** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+
+The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for
+cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo.
+With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement
+keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active
+region (like delete-selection-mode). Do not enable these modes with
+cua-mode. Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua.
+
+The cua-selection-mode enables the CUA keybindings for the region but
+does not change the bindings for C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v. It can be used as a
+replacement for pc-selection-mode.
+
+In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible
+rectangle highlighting: Use C-return to start a rectangle, extend it
+using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x
+or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works).
+
+Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to
+fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or
+downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the
+rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such
+as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use
+M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the
+rows. See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands.
+
+Cua also provides unified support for registers: Use a numeric
+prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and
+C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9.
+
+The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in
+register 0. This includes text deleted by typing text.
+
+Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space.
+When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is
+automatically inserted at the global mark position. See the
+commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands.
+
+The features of cua also works with the standard Emacs bindings for
+kill, copy, yank, and undo. If you want to use cua mode, but don't
+want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you can customize the
+`cua-enable-cua-keys' variable.
+
+Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older
+versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el. To ensure proper operation, you
+must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the
+loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file.
+
++++
+** Org mode is now part of the Emacs distribution
+
+Org mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining ToDo lists, and
+doing project planning with a fast and effective plain-text system.
+It also contains a plain-text table editor with spreadsheet-like
+capabilities.
+
+The Org mode table editor can be integrated into any major mode by
+activating the minor Orgtbl-mode.
+
+The documentation for org-mode is in a separate manual; within Emacs,
+type "C-h i m org RET" to read that manual. A reference card is
+available in `etc/orgcard.tex' and `etc/orgcard.ps'.
+
++++
+** The new package dns-mode.el adds syntax highlighting of DNS master files.
+It is a modern replacement for zone-mode.el, which is now obsolete.
+
+---
+** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way
+filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so
+that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to
+Emacs' filename parsing rules. The ignored portion can be made dim,
+invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable. The display method can
+be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'.
+
++++
+** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program
+source files. See the Flymake's Info manual for more details.
+
++++
+** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for
+the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards. The numeric
+keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked
++, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key. The keypad
+package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys.
+
+By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup',
+`keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by
+using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and
+the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four
+possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and
+the NumLock toggle state (off/on).
+
+The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are:
+`Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits,
+`Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the
+decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization),
+`Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args
+for Emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys'
+where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and
+`Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.)
+are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global
+or local keymaps.
+
++++
+** Emacs' keyboard macro facilities have been enhanced by the new
+kmacro package.
+
+Keyboard macros are now defined and executed via the F3 and F4 keys:
+F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes
+the last macro. While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value
+which automatically increments every time the macro is executed.
+
+There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently
+defined macros.
+
+The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which
+defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring,
+C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e,
+manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c,
+C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f. See the commentary in kmacro.el
+for more commands.
+
+The original macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e are still
+available, but they now interface to the keyboard macro ring too.
+
+The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro
+before calling it, if used while defining a macro.
+
+In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can
+be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'. You can customize
+this behavior via the variables kmacro-call-repeat-key and
+kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg.
+
+Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively.
+C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence
+at a time, prompting for the actions to take.
+
+---
+** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer.
+When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible. When disabled, it
+restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
+
++++
+** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on Dired
+buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc...
+
++++
+** The new package longlines.el provides a minor mode for editing text
+files composed of long lines, based on the `use-hard-newlines'
+mechanism. The long lines are broken up by inserting soft newlines,
+which are automatically removed when saving the file to disk or
+copying into the kill ring, clipboard, etc. By default, Longlines
+mode inserts soft newlines automatically during editing, a behavior
+referred to as "soft word wrap" in other text editors. This is
+similar to Refill mode, but more reliable. To turn the word wrap
+feature off, set `longlines-auto-wrap' to nil.
+
++++
+** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution.
+
+If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in
+the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced
+with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through
+ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript
+printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by
+`ps-print' package. Use M-x pr-help for more information.
+
+---
+** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you
+move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer.
+It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts
+of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ...
+
+There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers.
+
+---
+** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an
+"active" ruler in the header line. You can use the mouse to visually
+change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list'
+settings.
+
++++
+** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing
+spreadsheet files. Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command
+letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers
+viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values.
+
++++
+** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default)
+shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line.
+
++++
+** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded
+`text tables' in Emacs buffers. It simulates the effect of putting
+these tables in a special major mode. The package emulates WYSIWYG
+table editing available in modern word processors. The package also
+can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such
+as latex and html from the visually laid out text table.
+
+** The tumme.el package allows you to easily view, tag and in other ways
+manipulate image files and their thumbnails, using dired as the main interface.
+Tumme provides functionality to generate simple image galleries.
+
++++
+** Tramp is now part of the distribution.
+
+This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote
+files. But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host,
+Tramp uses a shell connection. The shell connection is always used
+for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for
+the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called
+`inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell
+connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods
+(which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or
+`rsync' to do the copying).
+
+Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also
+`su' and `sudo'. Ange-FTP is still supported via the `ftp' method.
+
+If you want to disable Tramp you should set
+
+ (setq tramp-default-method "ftp")
+
+Removing Tramp, and re-enabling Ange-FTP, can be achieved by M-x
+tramp-unload-tramp.
+
+---
+** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs.
+
+---
+** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine
+configuration files.
+
++++
+** The new package conf-mode.el handles thousands of configuration files, with
+varying syntaxes for comments (;, #, //, /* */ or !), assignment (var = value,
+var : value, var value or keyword var value) and sections ([section] or
+section { }). Many files under /etc/, or with suffixes like .cf through
+.config, .properties (Java), .desktop (KDE/Gnome), .ini and many others are
+recognized.
+
+---
+** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit.
+
++++
+** The new python.el package is used to edit Python and Jython programs.
+
+---
+** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el.
+This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented.
+
+** The new package scroll-lock.el provides the Scroll Lock minor mode
+for pager-like scrolling. Keys which normally move point by line or
+paragraph will scroll the buffer by the respective amount of lines
+instead and point will be kept vertically fixed relative to window
+boundaries during scrolling.
+
++++
+** The file t-mouse.el is now part of Emacs and provides access to mouse
+events from the console. It still requires gpm to work but has been updated
+for Emacs 22. In particular, the mode-line is now position sensitive.
+\f
+* Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1:
+
+** Changes in Shell Mode
+
+*** Shell output normally scrolls so that the input line is at the
+bottom of the window -- thus showing the maximum possible text. (This
+is similar to the way sequential output to a terminal works.)
+
+** Changes in Dired
+
++++
+*** Bindings for Tumme added
+Several new keybindings, all starting with the C-t prefix, have been
+added to Dired. They are all bound to commands in Tumme. As a starting
+point, mark some image files in a dired buffer and do C-t d to display
+thumbnails of them in a separate buffer.
+
+** Changes in Hi Lock
+
++++
+*** hi-lock-mode now only affects a single buffer, and a new function
+`global-hi-lock-mode' enables Hi Lock in all buffers. By default, if
+hi-lock-mode is used in what appears to be the initialization file, a
+warning message suggests to use global-hi-lock-mode instead. However,
+if the new variable `hi-lock-archaic-interface-deduce' is non-nil,
+using hi-lock-mode in an initialization file will turn on Hi Lock in all
+buffers and no warning will be issued (for compatibility with the
+behavior in older versions of Emacs).
+
+---
+** Changes in Allout
+
+*** Some previously rough topic-header format edge cases are reconciled.
+Level 1 topics use the mode's comment format, and lines starting with the
+asterisk - for instance, the comment close of some languages (eg, c's "*/"
+or mathematica's "*)") - at the beginning of line are no longer are
+interpreted as level 1 topics in those modes.
+
+*** Many or most commonly occuring "accidental" topics are disqualified.
+Text in item bodies that looks like a low-depth topic is no longer mistaken
+for one unless its first offspring (or that of its next sibling with
+offspring) is only one level deeper.
+
+For example, pasting some text with a bunch of leading asterisks into a
+topic that's followed by a level 3 or deeper topic will not cause the
+pasted text to be mistaken for outline structure.
+
+The same constraint is applied to any level 2 or 3 topics.
+
+This settles an old issue where typed or pasted text needed to be carefully
+reviewed, and sometimes doctored, to avoid accidentally disrupting the
+outline structure. Now that should be generally unnecessary, as the most
+prone-to-occur accidents are disqualified.
+
+*** Allout now refuses to create "containment discontinuities", where a
+topic is shifted deeper than the offspring-depth of its container. On the
+other hand, allout now operates gracefully with existing containment
+discontinuities, revealing excessively contained topics rather than either
+leaving them hidden or raising an error.
+
+*** Topic cryptography added, enabling easy gpg topic encryption and
+decryption. Per-topic basis enables interspersing encrypted-text and
+clear-text within a single file to your heart's content, using symmetric
+and/or public key modes. Time-limited key caching, user-provided
+symmetric key hinting and consistency verification, auto-encryption of
+pending topics on save, and more, make it easy to use encryption in
+powerful ways. Encryption behavior customization is collected in the
+allout-encryption customization group.
+
+*** Navigation within an item is easier. Repeated beginning-of-line and
+end-of-line key commands (usually, ^A and ^E) cycle through the
+beginning/end-of-line and then beginning/end of topic, etc. See new
+customization vars `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' and
+`allout-end-of-line-cycles'.
+
+*** New or revised allout-mode activity hooks enable creation of
+cooperative enhancements to allout mode without changes to the mode,
+itself.
+
+See `allout-exposure-change-hook', `allout-structure-added-hook',
+`allout-structure-deleted-hook', and `allout-structure-shifted-hook'.
+
+`allout-exposure-change-hook' replaces the existing
+`allout-view-change-hook', which is being deprecated. Both are still
+invoked, but `allout-view-change-hook' will eventually be ignored.
+`allout-exposure-change-hook' is called with explicit arguments detailing
+the specifics of each change (as are the other new hooks), making it easier
+to use than the old version.
+
+There is a new mode deactivation hook, `allout-mode-deactivate-hook', for
+coordinating with deactivation of allout-mode. Both that and the mode
+activation hook, `allout-mode-hook' are now run after the `allout-mode'
+variable is changed, rather than before.
+
+*** Default command prefix was changed to "\C-c " (control-c space), to
+avoid intruding on user's keybinding space. Customize the
+`allout-command-prefix' variable to your preference.
+
+*** Allout now uses text overlay's `invisible' property for concealed text,
+instead of selective-display. This simplifies the code, in particular
+avoiding the need for kludges for isearch dynamic-display, discretionary
+handling of edits of concealed text, undo concerns, etc.
+
+*** There are many other fixes and refinements, including:
+
+ - repaired inhibition of inadvertent edits to concealed text, without
+ inhibiting undo; we now reveal undo changes within concealed text.
+ - auto-fill-mode is now left inactive when allout-mode starts, if it
+ already was inactive. also, `allout-inhibit-auto-fill' custom
+ configuration variable makes it easy to disable auto fill in allout
+ outlines in general or on a per-buffer basis.
+ - allout now tolerates fielded text in outlines without disruption.
+ - hot-spot navigation now is modularized with a new function,
+ `allout-hotspot-key-handler', enabling easier use and enhancement of
+ the functionality in allout addons.
+ - repaired retention of topic body hanging indent upon topic depth shifts
+ - bulleting variation is simpler and more accommodating, both in the
+ default behavior and in ability to vary when creating new topics
+ - mode deactivation now does cleans up effectively, more properly
+ restoring affected variables and hooks to former state, removing
+ overlays, etc. see `allout-add-resumptions' and
+ `allout-do-resumptions', which replace the old `allout-resumptions'.
+ - included a few unit-tests for interior functionality. developers can
+ have them automatically run at the end of module load by customizing
+ the option `allout-run-unit-tests-on-load'.
+ - many, many other, more minor tweaks, fixes, and refinements.
+ - version number incremented to 2.2
+
+** The variable `woman-topic-at-point' was renamed
+to `woman-use-topic-at-point' and behaves differently: if this
+variable is non-nil, the `woman' command uses the word at point
+automatically, without asking for a confirmation. Otherwise, the word
+at point is suggested as default, but not inserted at the prompt.
+
+---
+** Changes to cmuscheme
+
+*** Emacs now offers to start Scheme if the user tries to
+evaluate a Scheme expression but no Scheme subprocess is running.
+
+*** If the file ~/.emacs_NAME or ~/.emacs.d/init_NAME.scm (where NAME
+is the name of the Scheme interpreter) exists, its contents are sent
+to the Scheme subprocess upon startup.
+
+*** There are new commands to instruct the Scheme interpreter to trace
+procedure calls (`scheme-trace-procedure') and to expand syntactic forms
+(`scheme-expand-current-form'). The commands actually sent to the Scheme
+subprocess are controlled by the user options `scheme-trace-command',
+`scheme-untrace-command' and `scheme-expand-current-form'.
+
+---
+** Changes in Makefile mode
+
+*** Makefile mode has submodes for automake, gmake, makepp, BSD make and imake.
+
+The former two couldn't be differentiated before, and the latter three
+are new. Font-locking is robust now and offers new customizable
+faces.
+
+*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been renamed
+to `makefile-query-one-target-method-function'. The old name is still
+available as alias.
+
++++
+** In Outline mode, `hide-body' no longer hides lines at the top
+of the file that precede the first header line.
+
++++
+** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet.
+
+---
+** The terminal emulation code in term.el has been improved; it can
+run most curses applications now.
+
++++
+** M-x diff uses Diff mode instead of Compilation mode.
+
++++
+** Diff mode key bindings changed.
+
+These are the new bindings:
+
+C-c C-e diff-ediff-patch (old M-A)
+C-c C-n diff-restrict-view (old M-r)
+C-c C-r diff-reverse-direction (old M-R)
+C-c C-u diff-context->unified (old M-U)
+C-c C-w diff-refine-hunk (old C-c C-r)
+
+To convert unified to context format, use C-u C-c C-u.
+In addition, C-c C-u now operates on the region
+in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active.
+
++++
+** You can now customize `fill-nobreak-predicate' to control where
+filling can break lines. The value is now normally a list of
+functions, but it can also be a single function, for compatibility.
+
+Emacs provide two predicates, `fill-single-word-nobreak-p' and
+`fill-french-nobreak-p', for use as the value of
+`fill-nobreak-predicate'.
+
+---
+** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering
+with special modes such as Tar mode.
+
+---
+** Commands `winner-redo' and `winner-undo', from winner.el, are now
+bound to C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively. This is an
+incompatible change.
+
+---
+** `global-whitespace-mode' is a new alias for `whitespace-global-mode'.
+
++++
+** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to
+resync points in both windows.
+
++++
+** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
+
+When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always
+starts a new record regardless of when the last record is.
+
+---
+** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers
+when Emacs visits them.
+
+** Info mode changes:
+
++++
+*** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer
+with the number appended to the `*info*' buffer name (e.g. "*info*<2>").
+
++++
+*** isearch in Info uses Info-search and searches through multiple nodes.
+
+Before leaving the initial Info node isearch fails once with the error
+message [initial node], and with subsequent C-s/C-r continues through
+other nodes. When isearch fails for the rest of the manual, it wraps
+around the whole manual to the top/final node. The user option
+`Info-isearch-search' controls whether to use Info-search for isearch,
+or the default isearch search function that wraps around the current
+Info node.
+
+---
+*** New search commands: `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S),
+`Info-search-backward', and `Info-search-next' which repeats the last
+search without prompting for a new search string.
+
++++
+*** New command `Info-history-forward' (bound to r and new toolbar icon)
+moves forward in history to the node you returned from after using
+`Info-history-back' (renamed from `Info-last').
+
+---
+*** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes.
+
+---
+*** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents
+from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file.
+
++++
+*** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known
+Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the
+possible matches.
+
+---
+*** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies
+the current Info node name into the kill ring. With a zero prefix
+arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call.
+
++++
+*** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited
+and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this.
+
+---
+*** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross
+references and following them calls `browse-url'.
+
++++
+*** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default.
+
+If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option
+`Info-hide-note-references' to nil.
+
+---
+*** Images in Info pages are supported.
+
+Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support.
+Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo
+version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images.
+
++++
+*** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil.
+
+---
+*** `Info-index' offers completion.
+
+** Lisp mode changes:
+
+---
+*** Lisp mode now uses `font-lock-doc-face' for doc strings.
+
++++
+*** C-u C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-prints the list after point.
+
+*** New features in evaluation commands
+
++++
+**** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes
+the face to the value specified in the defface expression.
+
++++
+**** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result
+in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified
+by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'. The same
+function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:),
+`eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions.
+
++++
+** CC mode changes.
+
+*** The CC Mode manual has been extensively revised.
+The information about using CC Mode has been separated from the larger
+and more difficult chapters about configuration.
+
+*** Changes in Key Sequences
+**** c-toggle-auto-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-t.
+
+**** c-toggle-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-d.
+This binding has been taken over by c-hungry-delete-forwards.
+
+**** c-toggle-auto-state (C-c C-t) has been renamed to c-toggle-auto-newline.
+c-toggle-auto-state remains as an alias.
+
+**** The new commands c-hungry-backspace and c-hungry-delete-forwards
+have key bindings C-c C-DEL (or C-c DEL, for the benefit of TTYs) and
+C-c C-d (or C-c C-<delete> or C-c <delete>) respectively. These
+commands delete entire blocks of whitespace with a single
+key-sequence. [N.B. "DEL" is the <backspace> key.]
+
+**** The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l.
+
+**** The new command c-subword-mode is bound to C-c C-w.
+
+*** C-c C-s (`c-show-syntactic-information') now highlights the anchor
+position(s).
+
+*** New Minor Modes
+**** Electric Minor Mode toggles the electric action of non-alphabetic keys.
+The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l. Turning the
+mode off can be helpful for editing chaotically indented code and for
+users new to CC Mode, who sometimes find electric indentation
+disconcerting. Its current state is displayed in the mode line with an
+'l', e.g. "C/al".
+
+**** Subword Minor Mode makes Emacs recognize word boundaries at upper case
+letters in StudlyCapsIdentifiers. You enable this feature by C-c C-w. It can
+also be used in non-CC Mode buffers. :-) Contributed by Masatake YAMATO.
+
+*** New clean-ups
+
+**** `comment-close-slash'.
+With this clean-up, a block (i.e. c-style) comment can be terminated by
+typing a slash at the start of a line.
+
+**** `c-one-liner-defun'
+This clean-up compresses a short enough defun (for example, an AWK
+pattern/action pair) onto a single line. "Short enough" is configurable.
+
+*** Font lock support.
+CC Mode now provides font lock support for all its languages. This
+supersedes the font lock patterns that have been in the core font lock
+package for C, C++, Java and Objective-C. Like indentation, font
+locking is done in a uniform way across all languages (except the new
+AWK mode - see below). That means that the new font locking will be
+different from the old patterns in various details for most languages.
+
+The main goal of the font locking in CC Mode is accuracy, to provide a
+dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs. Some, like
+strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like
+declarations and types can be very tricky. CC Mode can go to great
+lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when
+the types aren't recognized by standard patterns. This is a fairly
+demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can
+therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the
+variable font-lock-maximum-decoration.
+
+Note that the most demanding font lock level has been tuned with lazy
+fontification in mind; Just-In-Time-Lock mode should be enabled for
+the highest font lock level (by default, it is). Fontifying a file
+with several thousand lines in one go can take the better part of a
+minute.
+
+**** The (c|c++|objc|java|idl|pike)-font-lock-extra-types variables
+are now used by CC Mode to recognize identifiers that are certain to
+be types. (They are also used in cases that aren't related to font
+locking.) At the maximum decoration level, types are often recognized
+properly anyway, so these variables should be fairly restrictive and
+not contain patterns for uncertain types.
+
+**** Support for documentation comments.
+There is a "plugin" system to fontify documentation comments like
+Javadoc and the markup within them. It's independent of the host
+language, so it's possible to e.g. turn on Javadoc font locking in C
+buffers. See the variable c-doc-comment-style for details.
+
+Currently three kinds of doc comment styles are recognized: Sun's
+Javadoc, Autodoc (which is used in Pike) and GtkDoc (used in C). (The
+last was contributed by Masatake YAMATO). This is by no means a
+complete list of the most common tools; if your doc comment extractor
+of choice is missing then please drop a note to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.
+
+**** Better handling of C++ templates.
+As a side effect of the more accurate font locking, C++ templates are
+now handled much better. The angle brackets that delimit them are
+given parenthesis syntax so that they can be navigated like other
+parens.
+
+This also improves indentation of templates, although there still is
+work to be done in that area. E.g. it's required that multiline
+template clauses are written in full and then refontified to be
+recognized, and the indentation of nested templates is a bit odd and
+not as configurable as it ought to be.
+
+**** Improved handling of Objective-C and CORBA IDL.
+Especially the support for Objective-C and IDL has gotten an overhaul.
+The special "@" declarations in Objective-C are handled correctly.
+All the keywords used in CORBA IDL, PSDL, and CIDL are recognized and
+handled correctly, also wrt indentation.
+
+*** Support for the AWK language.
+Support for the AWK language has been introduced. The implementation is
+based around GNU AWK version 3.1, but it should work pretty well with
+any AWK. As yet, not all features of CC Mode have been adapted for AWK.
+Here is a summary:
+
+**** Indentation Engine
+The CC Mode indentation engine fully supports AWK mode.
+
+AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion: `{'s
+which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound statements are
+placed on the same line as the associated construct; the matching `}'s
+are normally placed under the start of the respective pattern, function
+definition, or structured statement.
+
+The predefined line-up functions haven't yet been adapted for AWK
+mode, though some of them may work serendipitously. There shouldn't
+be any problems writing custom indentation functions for AWK mode.
+
+**** Font Locking
+There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the
+three distinct levels the other modes have. There are several
+idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of
+the AWK language itself.
+
+**** Comment and Movement Commands
+These commands all work for AWK buffers. The notion of "defun" has
+been augmented to include AWK pattern-action pairs - the standard
+"defun" commands on key sequences C-M-a, C-M-e, and C-M-h use this
+extended definition.
+
+**** "awk" style, Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups
+A new style, "awk" has been introduced, and this is now the default
+style for AWK code. With auto-newline enabled, the clean-up
+c-one-liner-defun (see above) is useful.
+
+*** New syntactic symbols in IDL mode.
+The top level constructs "module" and "composition" (from CIDL) are
+now handled like "namespace" in C++: They are given syntactic symbols
+module-open, module-close, inmodule, composition-open,
+composition-close, and incomposition.
+
+*** New functions to do hungry delete without enabling hungry delete mode.
+The new functions `c-hungry-backspace' and `c-hungry-delete-forward'
+provide hungry deletion without having to toggle a mode. They are
+bound to C-c C-DEL and C-c C-d (and several variants, for the benefit
+of different keyboard setups. See "Changes in key sequences" above).
+
+*** Better control over `require-final-newline'.
+
+The variable `c-require-final-newline' specifies which of the modes
+implemented by CC mode should insert final newlines. Its value is a
+list of modes, and only those modes should do it. By default the list
+includes C, C++ and Objective-C modes.
+
+Whichever modes are in this list will set `require-final-newline'
+based on `mode-require-final-newline'.
+
+*** Format change for syntactic context elements.
+
+The elements in the syntactic context returned by `c-guess-basic-syntax'
+and stored in `c-syntactic-context' has been changed somewhat to allow
+attaching more information. They are now lists instead of single cons
+cells. E.g. a line that previously had the syntactic analysis
+
+((inclass . 11) (topmost-intro . 13))
+
+is now analyzed as
+
+((inclass 11) (topmost-intro 13))
+
+In some cases there are more than one position given for a syntactic
+symbol.
+
+This change might affect code that calls `c-guess-basic-syntax'
+directly, and custom lineup functions if they use
+`c-syntactic-context'. However, the argument given to lineup
+functions is still a single cons cell with nil or an integer in the
+cdr.
+
+*** API changes for derived modes.
+
+There have been extensive changes "under the hood" which can affect
+derived mode writers. Some of these changes are likely to cause
+incompatibilities with existing derived modes, but on the other hand
+care has now been taken to make it possible to extend and modify CC
+Mode with less risk of such problems in the future.
+
+**** New language variable system.
+These are variables whose values vary between CC Mode's different
+languages. See the comment blurb near the top of cc-langs.el.
+
+**** New initialization functions.
+The initialization procedure has been split up into more functions to
+give better control: `c-basic-common-init', `c-font-lock-init', and
+`c-init-language-vars'.
+
+*** Changes in analysis of nested syntactic constructs.
+The syntactic analysis engine has better handling of cases where
+several syntactic constructs appear nested on the same line. They are
+now handled as if each construct started on a line of its own.
+
+This means that CC Mode now indents some cases differently, and
+although it's more consistent there might be cases where the old way
+gave results that's more to one's liking. So if you find a situation
+where you think that the indentation has become worse, please report
+it to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org.
+
+**** New syntactic symbol substatement-label.
+This symbol is used when a label is inserted between a statement and
+its substatement. E.g:
+
+ if (x)
+ x_is_true:
+ do_stuff();
+
+*** Better handling of multiline macros.
+
+**** Syntactic indentation inside macros.
+The contents of multiline #define's are now analyzed and indented
+syntactically just like other code. This can be disabled by the new
+variable `c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros'. A new syntactic symbol
+`cpp-define-intro' has been added to control the initial indentation
+inside `#define's.
+
+**** New lineup function `c-lineup-cpp-define'.
+
+Now used by default to line up macro continuation lines. The behavior
+of this function closely mimics the indentation one gets if the macro
+is indented while the line continuation backslashes are temporarily
+removed. If syntactic indentation in macros is turned off, it works
+much line `c-lineup-dont-change', which was used earlier, but handles
+empty lines within the macro better.
+
+**** Automatically inserted newlines continues the macro if used within one.
+This applies to the newlines inserted by the auto-newline mode, and to
+`c-context-line-break' and `c-context-open-line'.
+
+**** Better alignment of line continuation backslashes.
+`c-backslash-region' tries to adapt to surrounding backslashes. New
+variable `c-backslash-max-column' puts a limit on how far out
+backslashes can be moved.
+
+**** Automatic alignment of line continuation backslashes.
+This is controlled by the new variable `c-auto-align-backslashes'. It
+affects `c-context-line-break', `c-context-open-line' and newlines
+inserted in Auto-Newline mode.
+
+**** Line indentation works better inside macros.
+Regardless whether syntactic indentation and syntactic indentation
+inside macros are enabled or not, line indentation now ignores the
+line continuation backslashes. This is most noticeable when syntactic
+indentation is turned off and there are empty lines (save for the
+backslash) in the macro.
+
+*** indent-for-comment is more customizable.
+The behavior of M-; (indent-for-comment) is now configurable through
+the variable `c-indent-comment-alist'. The indentation behavior is
+based on the preceding code on the line, e.g. to get two spaces after
+#else and #endif but indentation to `comment-column' in most other
+cases (something which was hardcoded earlier).
+
+*** New function `c-context-open-line'.
+It's the open-line equivalent of `c-context-line-break'.
+
+*** New lineup functions
+
+**** `c-lineup-string-cont'
+This lineup function lines up a continued string under the one it
+continues. E.g:
+
+result = prefix + "A message "
+ "string."; <- c-lineup-string-cont
+
+**** `c-lineup-cascaded-calls'
+Lines up series of calls separated by "->" or ".".
+
+**** `c-lineup-knr-region-comment'
+Gives (what most people think is) better indentation of comments in
+the "K&R region" between the function header and its body.
+
+**** `c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg'
+Provides better indentation inside asm blocks.
+
+**** `c-lineup-argcont'
+Lines up continued function arguments after the preceding comma.
+
+*** Better caching of the syntactic context.
+CC Mode caches the positions of the opening parentheses (of any kind)
+of the lists surrounding the point. Those positions are used in many
+places as anchor points for various searches. The cache is now
+improved so that it can be reused to a large extent when the point is
+moved. The less it moves, the less needs to be recalculated.
+
+The effect is that CC Mode should be fast most of the time even when
+opening parens are hung (i.e. aren't in column zero). It's typically
+only the first time after the point is moved far down in a complex
+file that it'll take noticeable time to find out the syntactic
+context.
+
+*** Statements are recognized in a more robust way.
+Statements are recognized most of the time even when they occur in an
+"invalid" context, e.g. in a function argument. In practice that can
+happen when macros are involved.
+
+*** Improved the way `c-indent-exp' chooses the block to indent.
+It now indents the block for the closest sexp following the point
+whose closing paren ends on a different line. This means that the
+point doesn't have to be immediately before the block to indent.
+Also, only the block and the closing line is indented; the current
+line is left untouched.
+
+*** Added toggle for syntactic indentation.
+The function `c-toggle-syntactic-indentation' can be used to toggle
+syntactic indentation.
+
+** In sh-script, a continuation line is only indented if the backslash was
+preceded by a SPC or a TAB.
+
+---
+** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'.
+
+---
+** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed
+to C-c C-f and C-c C-i. The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate
+bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as
+C-c C-i b, and so on.
+
+** Fortran mode changes:
+
+---
+*** Fortran mode does more font-locking by default. Use level 3
+highlighting for the old default.
+
++++
+*** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'.
+Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use.
+Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking.
+
++++
+*** F90 mode and Fortran mode have new navigation commands
+`f90-end-of-block', `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block',
+`f90-previous-block', `fortran-end-of-block',
+`fortran-beginning-of-block'.
+
+---
+*** F90 mode and Fortran mode have support for `hs-minor-mode' (hideshow).
+It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable
+majority.
+
+---
+*** The new function `f90-backslash-not-special' can be used to change
+the syntax of backslashes in F90 buffers.
+
+---
+** Reftex mode changes
+
++++
+*** Changes to RefTeX's table of contents
+
+The new command keys "<" and ">" in the TOC buffer promote/demote the
+section at point or all sections in the current region, with full
+support for multifile documents.
+
+The new command `reftex-toc-recenter' (`C-c -') shows the current
+section in the TOC buffer without selecting the TOC window.
+Recentering can happen automatically in idle time when the option
+`reftex-auto-recenter-toc' is turned on. The highlight in the TOC
+buffer stays when the focus moves to a different window. A dedicated
+frame can show the TOC with the current section always automatically
+highlighted. The frame is created and deleted from the toc buffer
+with the `d' key.
+
+The toc window can be split off horizontally instead of vertically.
+See new option `reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally'.
+
+Labels can be renamed globally from the table of contents using the
+key `M-%'.
+
+The new command `reftex-goto-label' jumps directly to a label
+location.
+
++++
+*** Changes related to citations and BibTeX database files
+
+Commands that insert a citation now prompt for optional arguments when
+called with a prefix argument. Related new options are
+`reftex-cite-prompt-optional-args' and `reftex-cite-cleanup-optional-args'.
+
+The new command `reftex-create-bibtex-file' creates a BibTeX database
+with all entries referenced in the current document. The keys "e" and
+"E" allow to produce a BibTeX database file from entries marked in a
+citation selection buffer.
+
+The command `reftex-citation' uses the word in the buffer before the
+cursor as a default search string.
+
+The support for chapterbib has been improved. Different chapters can
+now use BibTeX or an explicit `thebibliography' environment.
+
+The macros which specify the bibliography file (like \bibliography)
+can be configured with the new option `reftex-bibliography-commands'.
+
+Support for jurabib has been added.
+
++++
+*** Global index matched may be verified with a user function
+
+During global indexing, a user function can verify an index match.
+See new option `reftex-index-verify-function'.
+
++++
+*** Parsing documents with many labels can be sped up.
+
+Operating in a document with thousands of labels can be sped up
+considerably by allowing RefTeX to derive the type of a label directly
+from the label prefix like `eq:' or `fig:'. The option
+`reftex-trust-label-prefix' needs to be configured in order to enable
+this feature. While the speed-up is significant, this may reduce the
+quality of the context offered by RefTeX to describe a label.
+
++++
+*** Miscellaneous changes
+
+The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can be
+configured in the new option `reftex-include-file-commands'.
+
+RefTeX supports global incremental search.
+
++++
+** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords'
+to support use of font-lock.
+
+** HTML/SGML changes:
+
+---
+*** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files
+automatically.
+
++++
+*** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax.
+The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax.
+When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style,
+i.e., there is always a closing tag.
+By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis
+from the file name or buffer contents.
+
+*** The variable `sgml-transformation' has been renamed to
+`sgml-transformation-function'. The old name is still available as
+alias.
+
++++
+*** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support.
+
+** TeX modes:
+
++++
+*** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default.
+
++++
+*** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced
+by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold
+command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold
+TeX commands to use at startup.
+
+---
+*** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock
+and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts.
+
++++
+*** New major mode Doctex mode, for *.dtx files.
+
+** BibTeX mode:
+
+*** The new command `bibtex-url' browses a URL for the BibTeX entry at
+point (bound to C-c C-l and mouse-2, RET on clickable fields).
+
+*** The new command `bibtex-entry-update' (bound to C-c C-u) updates
+an existing BibTeX entry by inserting fields that may occur but are not
+present.
+
+*** New `bibtex-entry-format' option `required-fields', enabled by default.
+
+*** `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' can take values `plain',
+`crossref', and `entry-class' which control the sorting scheme used
+for BibTeX entries. `bibtex-sort-entry-class' controls the sorting
+scheme `entry-class'. TAB completion for reference keys and
+automatic detection of duplicates does not require anymore that
+`bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' is non-nil.
+
+*** If the new variable `bibtex-parse-keys-fast' is non-nil,
+use fast but simplified algorithm for parsing BibTeX keys.
+
+*** If the new variable `bibtex-autoadd-commas' is non-nil,
+automatically add missing commas at end of BibTeX fields.
+
+*** The new variable `bibtex-autofill-types' contains a list of entry
+types for which fields are filled automatically (if possible).
+
+*** The new command `bibtex-complete' completes word fragment before
+point according to context (bound to M-tab).
+
+*** The new commands `bibtex-find-entry' and `bibtex-find-crossref'
+locate entries and crossref'd entries (bound to C-c C-s and C-c C-x).
+Crossref fields are clickable (bound to mouse-2, RET).
+
+*** In BibTeX mode the command `fill-paragraph' (M-q) fills
+individual fields of a BibTeX entry.
+
+*** The new variables `bibtex-files' and `bibtex-file-path' define a set
+of BibTeX files that are searched for entry keys.
+
+*** The new command `bibtex-validate-globally' checks for duplicate keys
+in multiple BibTeX files.
+
+*** The new command `bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill' pushes summary
+of BibTeX entry to kill ring (bound to C-c C-t).
+
+*** The new variables bibtex-expand-strings and
+bibtex-autokey-expand-strings control the expansion of strings when
+extracting the content of a BibTeX field.
+
+*** The variables `bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert' and
+`bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert' have been renamed to
+`bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert-function' and
+`bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert-function'. The old names are
+still available as aliases.
+
+** In Artist mode the variable `artist-text-renderer' has been
+renamed to `artist-text-renderer-function'. The old name is still
+available as alias.
+
++++
+** In Enriched mode, `set-left-margin' and `set-right-margin' are now
+by default bound to `C-c [' and `C-c ]' instead of the former `C-c C-l'
+and `C-c C-r'.
+
+** GUD changes:
+
++++
+*** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program
+counter to the specified source line (the one where point is).
+
+---
+*** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior
+and other common debugger commands.
+
++++
+*** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to
+GDB. You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but
+there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the
+state of your program. It can separate the input/output of your program from
+that of GDB and watches expressions in the speedbar. It also uses features of
+Emacs 21/22 such as the toolbar, and bitmaps in the fringe to indicate
+breakpoints.
+
+To use this package just type M-x gdb. See the Emacs manual if you want the
+old behaviour.
+
+*** The variable tooltip-gud-tips-p has been removed. GUD tooltips can now be
+toggled independently of normal tooltips with the minor mode
+`gud-tooltip-mode'.
+
++++
+*** In graphical mode, with a C program, GUD Tooltips have been extended to
+display the #define directive associated with an identifier when program is
+not executing.
+
+---
+** GUD mode improvements for jdb:
+
+*** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class information.
+Fast startup since there is no need to scan all source files up front.
+There is also no need to create and maintain lists of source
+directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and
+`gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation.
+
+*** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear)
+set/clear operations from Java source files under the classpath, stack
+traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish
+(gud-finish).
+
+*** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb
+(Java 1.1 jdb).
+
+*** The previous method of searching for source files has been
+preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it.
+Set `gud-jdb-use-classpath' to nil.
+
+*** Added Customization Variables
+
+**** `gud-jdb-command-name'. What command line to use to invoke jdb.
+
+**** `gud-jdb-use-classpath'. Allows selection of java source file searching
+method: set to t for new method, nil to scan `gud-jdb-directories' for
+java sources (previous method).
+
+**** `gud-jdb-directories'. List of directories to scan and search for Java
+classes using the original gud-jdb method (if `gud-jdb-use-classpath'
+is nil).
+
+*** Minor Improvements
+
+**** The STARTTLS wrapper (starttls.el) can now use GNUTLS
+instead of the OpenSSL based `starttls' tool. For backwards
+compatibility, it prefers `starttls', but you can toggle
+`starttls-use-gnutls' to switch to GNUTLS (or simply remove the
+`starttls' tool).
+
+**** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds.
+
+** Auto-Revert changes:
+
++++
+*** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file.
+
+If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert
+mode keeps it at the end after reverting. Similarly if point is
+displayed at the end of a file buffer in any window, it stays at
+the end of the buffer in that window. This allows to tail a file:
+just put point at the end of the buffer and it stays there. This
+rule applies to file buffers. For non-file buffers, the behavior can
+be mode dependent.
+
+If you are sure that the file will only change by growing at the end,
+then you can tail the file more efficiently by using the new minor
+mode Auto Revert Tail mode. The function `auto-revert-tail-mode'
+toggles this mode.
+
++++
+*** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and
+other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to
+revert. This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled
+and `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil. Auto Revert
+mode only reverts a non-file buffer if the buffer has a non-nil
+`revert-buffer-function' and a non-nil `buffer-stale-function', which
+decides whether the buffer should be reverted. Currently, this means
+that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not
+work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu.
+
++++
+*** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto
+Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version
+control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in
+which it is active. If the option is nil, the default, then this info
+only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted.
+
+---
+** recentf changes.
+
+The recent file list is now automatically cleaned up when recentf mode is
+enabled. The new option `recentf-auto-cleanup' controls when to do
+automatic cleanup.
+
+The ten most recent files can be quickly opened by using the shortcut
+keys 1 to 9, and 0, when the recent list is displayed in a buffer via
+the `recentf-open-files', or `recentf-open-more-files' commands.
+
+The `recentf-keep' option replaces `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-p'
+and provides a more general mechanism to customize which file names to
+keep in the recent list.
+
+With the more advanced option `recentf-filename-handlers', you can
+specify functions that successively transform recent file names. For
+example, if set to `file-truename' plus `abbreviate-file-name', the
+same file will not be in the recent list with different symbolic
+links, and the file name will be abbreviated.
+
+To follow naming convention, `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag'
+replaces the misnamed option `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'. The
+old name remains available as alias, but has been marked obsolete.
+
++++
+** Desktop package
+
++++
+*** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, `desktop-save-mode'.
+
++++
+*** The variable `desktop-enable' is obsolete.
+
+Customize `desktop-save-mode' to enable desktop saving.
+
+---
+*** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the
+buffer list.
+
++++
+*** The desktop package can be customized to restore only some buffers
+immediately, remaining buffers are restored lazily (when Emacs is
+idle).
+
++++
+*** New commands:
+ - desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop.
+ - desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new.
+ - desktop-save-in-desktop-dir saves desktop in the directory from which
+ it was loaded.
+ - desktop-lazy-complete runs the desktop load to completion.
+ - desktop-lazy-abort aborts lazy loading of the desktop.
+
+---
+*** New customizable variables:
+ - desktop-save. Determines whether the desktop should be saved when it is
+ killed.
+ - desktop-file-name-format. Format in which desktop file names should be saved.
+ - desktop-path. List of directories in which to lookup the desktop file.
+ - desktop-locals-to-save. List of local variables to save.
+ - desktop-globals-to-clear. List of global variables that `desktop-clear' will clear.
+ - desktop-clear-preserve-buffers-regexp. Regexp identifying buffers that `desktop-clear'
+ should not delete.
+ - desktop-restore-eager. Number of buffers to restore immediately. Remaining buffers are
+ restored lazily (when Emacs is idle).
+ - desktop-lazy-verbose. Verbose reporting of lazily created buffers.
+ - desktop-lazy-idle-delay. Idle delay before starting to create buffers.
+
++++
+*** New command line option --no-desktop
+
+---
+*** New hooks:
+ - desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded.
+ - desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found.
+
+---
+** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files.
+
+When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer
+include files that aren't readable, e.g. files that don't exist.
+Customize the new option `save-place-forget-unreadable-files' to nil
+to get the old behavior. The new options `save-place-save-skipped'
+and `save-place-skip-check-regexp' allow further fine-tuning of this
+feature.
+
+** EDiff changes.
+
++++
+*** When comparing directories.
+Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of
+directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files
+from one directory to another.
+
++++
+*** When comparing files or buffers.
+Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the
+currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n'
+then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for
+comparison.
+
++++
+*** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent
+backup using `ediff'. If you specify the name of a backup file,
+`ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup.
+
++++
+** Etags changes.
+
+*** New regular expressions features
+
+**** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions.
+
+The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained
+only for backward compatibility. The new equivalent syntax is
+--regex=/regex/i. More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS,
+where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or
+more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s'
+(single-line). The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular
+expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s'
+(which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines. The ability to
+span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions
+and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages.
+
+**** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in GCC.
+
+The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v,
+respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL,
+CR, TAB, VT.
+
+**** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language.
+
+The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags
+only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise. This is
+particularly useful when storing regexps in a file.
+
+**** Regular expressions can be read from a file.
+
+The --regex=@regexfile option means read the regexps from a file, one
+per line. Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored.
+
+*** New language parsing features
+
+**** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file.
+
+Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect.
+
+**** The GCC __attribute__ keyword is now recognized and ignored.
+
+**** New language HTML.
+
+Tags are generated for `title' as well as `h1', `h2', and `h3'. Also,
+when `name=' is used inside an anchor and whenever `id=' is used.
+
+**** In Makefiles, constants are tagged.
+
+If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the
+size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option.
+
+**** New language Lua.
+
+All functions are tagged.
+
+**** In Perl, packages are tags.
+
+Subroutine tags are named from their package. You can jump to sub tags
+as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for
+package::sub.
+
+**** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates.
+
+**** New language PHP.
+
+Functions, classes and defines are tags. If the --members option is
+specified to etags, variables are tags also.
+
+**** New default keywords for TeX.
+
+The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and
+renewenvironment.
+
+**** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for #undef
+
+*** Honor #line directives.
+
+When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line
+directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number
+specified in those directives. This is useful when dealing with code
+created from Cweb source files. When Etags tags the generated file, it
+writes tags pointing to the source file.
+
+*** New option --parse-stdin=FILE.
+
+This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs. It can
+be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line. Etags
+reads from standard input and marks the produced tags as belonging to
+the file FILE.
+
+*** The --members option is now the default.
+
+Use --no-members if you want the old default behaviour of not tagging
+struct members in C, members variables in C++ and variables in PHP.
+
+** Ctags changes.
+
+*** Ctags now allows duplicate tags
+
+** VC Changes
+
++++
+*** The key C-x C-q only changes the read-only state of the buffer
+(toggle-read-only). It no longer checks files in or out.
+
+We made this change because we held a poll and found that many users
+were unhappy with the previous behavior. If you do prefer this
+behavior, you can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your
+`.emacs' file:
+
+ (global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only)
+
+The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist.
+
++++
+*** The new variable `vc-cvs-global-switches' specifies switches that
+are passed to any CVS command invoked by VC.
+
+These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which means they
+are inserted before the command name. For example, this allows you to
+specify a compression level using the `-z#' option for CVS.
+
++++
+*** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS.
+
++++
+*** VC-Annotate mode enhancements
+
+In VC-Annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for
+enhanced functionality to browse the annotations of past revisions, or
+to view diffs or log entries directly from vc-annotate-mode:
+
+ P: annotates the previous revision
+ N: annotates the next revision
+ J: annotates the revision at line
+ A: annotates the revision previous to line
+ D: shows the diff of the revision at line with its previous revision
+ L: shows the log of the revision at line
+ W: annotates the workfile (most up to date) version
+
+** pcl-cvs changes:
+
++++
+*** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs
+between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision
+in the repository.
+
++++
+*** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes
+anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed
+`checkout', `update' or `commit'. That means using cvs diff options
+-rBASE -rHEAD.
+
++++
+** The new variable `mail-default-directory' specifies
+`default-directory' for mail buffers. This directory is used for
+auto-save files of mail buffers. It defaults to "~/".
+
++++
+** The mode line can indicate new mail in a directory or file.
+
+See the documentation of the user option
+`display-time-mail-directory'.
+
+** Rmail changes:
+
+---
+*** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer.
+
+*** The new commands rmail-end-of-message and rmail-summary end-of-message,
+by default bound to `/', go to the end of the current mail message in
+Rmail and Rmail summary buffers.
+
++++
+*** Support for `movemail' from GNU mailutils was added to Rmail.
+
+This version of `movemail' allows to read mail from a wide range of
+mailbox formats, including remote POP3 and IMAP4 mailboxes with or
+without TLS encryption. If GNU mailutils is installed on the system
+and its version of `movemail' can be found in exec-path, it will be
+used instead of the native one.
+
+** Gnus package
+
+---
+*** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG
+
+Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts. PGG is a library to handle
+PGP/MIME.
+
+---
+*** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements.
+
+See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details.
+
+---
+** MH-E changes.
+
+Upgraded to MH-E version 8.0.3. There have been major changes since
+version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details.
+
+** Calendar changes:
+
++++
+*** The meanings of C-x < and C-x > have been interchanged.
+< means to scroll backward in time, and > means to scroll forward.
+
++++
+*** You can now use < and >, instead of C-x < and C-x >, to scroll
+the calendar left or right.
+
++++
+*** There is a new calendar package, icalendar.el, that can be used to
+convert Emacs diary entries to/from the iCalendar format.
+
++++
+*** The new package cal-html.el writes HTML files with calendar and
+diary entries.
+
++++
+*** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar.
+Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as
+`diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK,
+which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating
+how to highlight the day in the calendar display. Specifying a
+single-character string as @var{mark} places the character next to the
+day in the calendar. Specifying a face highlights the day with that
+face. This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations,
+appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp.
+
++++
+*** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a
+year and day number, and moves to that date. Negative day numbers
+count backward from the end of the year.
+
++++
+*** The new Calendar function `calendar-goto-iso-week' (g w)
+prompts for a year and a week number, and moves to the first
+day of that ISO week.
+
+---
+*** The new variable `calendar-minimum-window-height' affects the
+window generated by the function `generate-calendar-window'.
+
+---
+*** The functions `holiday-easter-etc' and `holiday-advent' now take
+optional arguments, in order to only report on the specified holiday
+rather than all. This makes customization of variables such as
+`christian-holidays' simpler.
+
+---
+*** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line.
+This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag'
+and `diary-header-line-format'.
+
++++
+*** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed:
+use the new function `appt-activate'. The new variable
+`appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing
+`appt-issue-message', `appt-visible', and `appt-msg-window'.
+
++++
+*** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus',
+and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries
+from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages. The variable
+`diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional
+formats.
+
++++
+** Speedbar changes:
+
+*** Speedbar items can now be selected by clicking mouse-1, based on
+the `mouse-1-click-follows-link' mechanism.
+
+*** SPC and DEL are no longer bound to scroll up/down in the speedbar
+keymap.
+
+*** The new command `speedbar-toggle-line-expansion', bound to SPC,
+contracts or expands the line under the cursor.
+
+*** New command `speedbar-create-directory', bound to `M'.
+
+*** The new commands `speedbar-expand-line-descendants' and
+`speedbar-contract-line-descendants', bound to `[' and `]'
+respectively, expand and contract the line under cursor with all of
+its descendents.
+
+*** The new user option `speedbar-query-confirmation-method' controls
+how querying is performed for file operations. A value of 'always
+means to always query before file operations; 'none-but-delete means
+to not query before any file operations, except before a file
+deletion.
+
+*** The new user option `speedbar-select-frame-method' specifies how
+to select a frame for displaying a file opened with the speedbar. A
+value of 'attached means to use the attached frame (the frame that
+speedbar was started from.) A number such as 1 or -1 means to pass
+that number to `other-frame'.
+
+*** The new user option `speedbar-use-tool-tips-flag', if non-nil,
+means to display tool-tips for speedbar items.
+
+*** The frame management code in speedbar.el has been split into a new
+`dframe' library. Emacs Lisp code that makes use of the speedbar
+should use `dframe-attached-frame' instead of
+`speedbar-attached-frame', `dframe-timer' instead of `speedbar-timer',
+`dframe-close-frame' instead of `speedbar-close-frame', and
+`dframe-activity-change-focus-flag' instead of
+`speedbar-activity-change-focus-flag'. The variables
+`speedbar-update-speed' and `speedbar-navigating-speed' are also
+obsolete; use `dframe-update-speed' instead.
+
+---
+** sql changes.
+
+*** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlighting of different
+SQL dialects. This variable can be set globally via Customize, on a
+buffer-specific basis via local variable settings, or for the current
+session using the new SQL->Product submenu. (This menu replaces the
+SQL->Highlighting submenu.)
+
+The following values are supported:
+
+ ansi ANSI Standard (default)
+ db2 DB2
+ informix Informix
+ ingres Ingres
+ interbase Interbase
+ linter Linter
+ ms Microsoft
+ mysql MySQL
+ oracle Oracle
+ postgres Postgres
+ solid Solid
+ sqlite SQLite
+ sybase Sybase
+
+The current product name will be shown on the mode line following the
+SQL mode indicator.
+
+The technique of setting `sql-mode-font-lock-defaults' directly in
+your `.emacs' will no longer establish the default highlighting -- Use
+`sql-product' to accomplish this.
+
+ANSI keywords are always highlighted.
+
+*** The function `sql-add-product-keywords' can be used to add
+font-lock rules to the product specific rules. For example, to have
+all identifiers ending in `_t' under MS SQLServer treated as a type,
+you would use the following line in your .emacs file:
+
+ (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
+ '(("\\<\\w+_t\\>" . font-lock-type-face)))
+
+*** Oracle support includes keyword highlighting for Oracle 9i.
+
+Most SQL and PL/SQL keywords are implemented. SQL*Plus commands are
+highlighted in `font-lock-doc-face'.
+
+*** Microsoft SQLServer support has been significantly improved.
+
+Keyword highlighting for SqlServer 2000 is implemented.
+sql-interactive-mode defaults to use osql, rather than isql, because
+osql flushes its error stream more frequently. Thus error messages
+are displayed when they occur rather than when the session is
+terminated.
+
+If the username and password are not provided to `sql-ms', osql is
+called with the `-E' command line argument to use the operating system
+credentials to authenticate the user.
+
+*** Postgres support is enhanced.
+Keyword highlighting of Postgres 7.3 is implemented. Prompting for
+the username and the pgsql `-U' option is added.
+
+*** MySQL support is enhanced.
+Keyword highlighting of MySql 4.0 is implemented.
+
+*** Imenu support has been enhanced to locate tables, views, indexes,
+packages, procedures, functions, triggers, sequences, rules, and
+defaults.
+
+*** Added SQL->Start SQLi Session menu entry which calls the
+appropriate `sql-interactive-mode' wrapper for the current setting of
+`sql-product'.
+
+---
+*** sql.el supports the SQLite interpreter--call 'sql-sqlite'.
+
+** FFAP changes:
+
++++
+*** New ffap commands and keybindings:
+
+C-x C-r (`ffap-read-only'),
+C-x C-v (`ffap-alternate-file'), C-x C-d (`ffap-list-directory'),
+C-x 4 r (`ffap-read-only-other-window'), C-x 4 d (`ffap-dired-other-window'),
+C-x 5 r (`ffap-read-only-other-frame'), C-x 5 d (`ffap-dired-other-frame').
+
+---
+*** FFAP accepts wildcards in a file name by default.
+
+C-x C-f passes the file name to `find-file' with non-nil WILDCARDS
+argument, which visits multiple files, and C-x d passes it to `dired'.
+
+---
+** Changes in Skeleton
+
+*** In skeleton.el, `-' marks the `skeleton-point' without interregion interaction.
+
+`@' has reverted to only setting `skeleton-positions' and no longer
+sets `skeleton-point'. Skeletons which used @ to mark
+`skeleton-point' independent of `_' should now use `-' instead. The
+updated `skeleton-insert' docstring explains these new features along
+with other details of skeleton construction.
+
+*** The variables `skeleton-transformation', `skeleton-filter', and
+`skeleton-pair-filter' have been renamed to
+`skeleton-transformation-function', `skeleton-filter-function', and
+`skeleton-pair-filter-function'. The old names are still available
+as aliases.
+
+---
+** Hideshow mode changes
+
+*** New variable `hs-set-up-overlay' allows customization of the overlay
+used to effect hiding for hideshow minor mode. Integration with isearch
+handles the overlay property `display' specially, preserving it during
+temporary overlay showing in the course of an isearch operation.
+
+*** New variable `hs-allow-nesting' non-nil means that hiding a block does
+not discard the hidden state of any "internal" blocks; when the parent
+block is later shown, the internal blocks remain hidden. Default is nil.
+
++++
+** `hide-ifdef-mode' now uses overlays rather than selective-display
+to hide its text. This should be mostly transparent but slightly
+changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p.
+
+---
+** `partial-completion-mode' now handles partial completion on directory names.
+
+---
+** The type-break package now allows `type-break-file-name' to be nil
+and if so, doesn't store any data across sessions. This is handy if
+you don't want the `.type-break' file in your home directory or are
+annoyed by the need for interaction when you kill Emacs.
+
+---
+** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets.
+
+Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with
+`ps-print', provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF
+fonts. See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts.
+
+---
+** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
+This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind
+the stroke directly to a string to insert. This is convenient for
+using strokes as an input method.
+
+** Emacs server changes:
+
++++
+*** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine.
+
+ % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start &
+ % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "bar")' -f server-start &
+ % emacsclient -s foo file1
+ % emacsclient -s bar file2
+
++++
+*** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and
+`--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given Lisp
+expression and to use the given display when visiting files.
+
++++
+*** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process.
+
+---
+** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
+
++++
+** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it.
+
+M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no
+argument it toggles the mode. Turning off PC-Selection mode restores
+the global key bindings that were replaced by turning on the mode.
+
+---
+** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer
+`file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'.
+
+---
+** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed.
+
+Emacs still works on terminals that require magic cookies in order to
+use standout mode, but they can no longer display mode-lines in
+inverse-video.
+
+---
+** The game `mpuz' is enhanced.
+
+`mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits. By
+default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed
+automatically. The game uses faces for better visual feedback.
+
+** battery.el changes:
+
+---
+*** display-battery-mode replaces display-battery.
+
+---
+*** battery.el now works on recent versions of OS X.
+
+---
+** calculator.el now has radix grouping mode.
+
+To enable this, set `calculator-output-radix' non-nil. In this mode a
+separator character is used every few digits, making it easier to see
+byte boundaries etc. For more info, see the documentation of the
+variable `calculator-radix-grouping-mode'.
+
+---
+** fast-lock.el and lazy-lock.el are obsolete. Use jit-lock.el instead.
+
+---
+** iso-acc.el is now obsolete. Use one of the latin input methods instead.
+
+---
+** zone-mode.el is now obsolete. Use dns-mode.el instead.
+
+---
+** cplus-md.el has been deleted.
+
+** Ewoc changes
+
+*** The new function `ewoc-delete' deletes specified nodes.
+
+*** `ewoc-create' now takes optional arg NOSEP, which inhibits insertion of
+a newline after each pretty-printed entry and after the header and footer.
+This allows you to create multiple-entry ewocs on a single line and to
+effect "invisible" nodes by arranging for the pretty-printer to not print
+anything for those nodes.
+
+For example, these two sequences of expressions behave identically:
+
+;; NOSEP nil
+(defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S" data)))
+(ewoc-create 'PP "start\n")
+
+;; NOSEP t
+(defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S\n" data)))
+(ewoc-create 'PP "start\n\n" "\n" t)
+
+** Locate changes
+
+---
+*** By default, reverting the *Locate* buffer now just runs the last
+`locate' command back over again without offering to update the locate
+database (which normally only works if you have root privileges). If
+you prefer the old behavior, set the new customizable option
+`locate-update-when-revert' to t.
+
+\f
+* Changes in Emacs 22.1 on non-free operating systems
+
++++
+** The HOME directory defaults to Application Data under the user profile.
+
+If you used a previous version of Emacs without setting the HOME
+environment variable and a `.emacs' was saved, then Emacs will continue
+using C:/ as the default HOME. But if you are installing Emacs afresh,
+the default location will be the "Application Data" (or similar
+localized name) subdirectory of your user profile. A typical location
+of this directory is "C:\Documents and Settings\USERNAME\Application Data",
+where USERNAME is your user name.
+
+This change means that users can now have their own `.emacs' files on
+shared computers, and the default HOME directory is less likely to be
+read-only on computers that are administered by someone else.
+
++++
+** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows.
+
+You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any
+existing values. For example:
+
+ emacs --xrm "Emacs.Background:red" --xrm "Emacs.Geometry:100x20"
+
+will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background,
+irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry.
+
+---
+** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor.
+
+This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track the
+cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs.
+When such a program is in use, the system caret is made visible
+instead of Emacs drawing its own cursor. This seems to be required by
+some programs. The new variable w32-use-visible-system-caret allows
+the caret visibility to be manually toggled.
+
+---
+** Tooltips now work on MS Windows.
+
+See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details.
+
+---
+** Images are now supported on MS Windows.
+
+PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats
+depend on external libraries. All of these libraries have been ported
+to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at
+http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/. Note that libpng also depends on
+zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled
+against. For additional information, see nt/INSTALL.
+
+---
+** Sound is now supported on MS Windows.
+
+WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such
+as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of
+Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level
+sound support for those formats.
+
+---
+** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows.
+
+The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer.
+
+---
+** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows.
+
+The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls
+whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or
+pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions.
+
+---
+** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows.
+
+The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much
+the same way as wildcard X Resources do on X. Emacs now adds these
+colors to the colormap prefixed by System (eg SystemMenu for the
+default Menu background, SystemMenuText for the foreground), and uses
+some of them to initialize some of the default faces.
+`list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case
+you wish to use them in other faces.
+
+---
+** On MS Windows NT/W2K/XP, Emacs uses Unicode for clipboard operations.
+
+Those systems use Unicode internally, so this allows Emacs to share
+multilingual text with other applications. On other versions of
+MS Windows, Emacs now uses the appropriate locale coding-system, so
+the clipboard should work correctly for your local language without
+any customizations.
+
+---
+** Running in a console window in Windows now uses the console size.
+
+Previous versions of Emacs erred on the side of having a usable Emacs
+through telnet, even though that was inconvenient if you use Emacs in
+a local console window with a scrollback buffer. The default value of
+w32-use-full-screen-buffer is now nil, which favors local console
+windows. Recent versions of Windows telnet also work well with this
+setting. If you are using an older telnet server then Emacs detects
+that the console window dimensions that are reported are not sane, and
+defaults to 80x25. If you use such a telnet server regularly at a size
+other than 80x25, you can still manually set
+w32-use-full-screen-buffer to t.
+
+---
+** On Mac OS, `keyboard-coding-system' changes based on the keyboard script.
+
+---
+** The variable `mac-keyboard-text-encoding' and the constants
+`kTextEncodingMacRoman', `kTextEncodingISOLatin1', and
+`kTextEncodingISOLatin2' are obsolete.
+
+** The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete. Use
+`mac-command-modifier' and `mac-option-modifier' instead.
+\f
+* Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1
+
++++
+** The `read-file-name' function now returns a null string if the
+user just types RET.
+
++++
+** The function find-operation-coding-system may be called with a cons
+(FILENAME . BUFFER) in the second argument if the first argument
+OPERATION is `insert-file-contents', and thus a function registered in
+`file-coding-system-alist' is also called with such an argument.
+
+---
+** The variables post-command-idle-hook and post-command-idle-delay have
+been removed. Use run-with-idle-timer instead.
+
++++
+** `suppress-keymap' now works by remapping `self-insert-command' to
+the command `undefined'. (In earlier Emacs versions, it used
+`substitute-key-definition' to rebind self inserting characters to
+`undefined'.)
+
++++
+** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the
+:propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose
+`risky-local-variable' property is nil.
+
+---
+The function `comint-send-input' now accepts 3 optional arguments:
+
+ (comint-send-input &optional no-newline artificial)
+
+Callers sending input not from the user should use bind the 3rd
+argument `artificial' to a non-nil value, to prevent Emacs from
+deleting the part of subprocess output that matches the input.
+
+---
+** Support for Mocklisp has been removed.
+
++++
+** The variable `memory-full' now remains t until
+there is no longer a shortage of memory.
+
++++
+** When Emacs receives a USR1 or USR2 signal, this generates
+input events: sigusr1 or sigusr2. Use special-event-map to
+handle these events.
+
++++
+** A hex or octal escape in a string constant forces the string to
+be multibyte or unibyte, respectively.
+
++++
+** The explicit method of creating a display table element by
+combining a face number and a character code into a numeric
+glyph code is deprecated.
+
+Instead, the new functions `make-glyph-code', `glyph-char', and
+`glyph-face' must be used to create and decode glyph codes in
+display tables.
+
+\f
+* Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1
+
+** General Lisp changes:
+
+*** The function `expt' handles negative exponents differently.
+The value for `(expt A B)', if both A and B are integers and B is
+negative, is now a float. For example: (expt 2 -2) => 0.25.
+
++++
+*** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package.
+
++++
+*** The new function `memql' is like `memq', but uses `eql' for comparison,
+that is, floats are compared by value and other elements with `eq'.
+
++++
+*** `makehash' is now obsolete. Use `make-hash-table' instead.
+
++++
+*** `add-to-list' takes an optional third argument, APPEND.
+
+If APPEND is non-nil, the new element gets added at the end of the
+list instead of at the beginning. This change actually occurred in
+Emacs 21.1, but was not documented then.
+
++++
+*** New function `add-to-ordered-list' is like `add-to-list' but
+associates a numeric ordering of each element added to the list.
+
++++
+*** New function `copy-tree' makes a copy of a tree.
+
+It recursively copies through both CARs and CDRs.
+
++++
+*** New function `delete-dups' deletes `equal' duplicate elements from a list.
+
+It modifies the list destructively, like `delete'. Of several `equal'
+occurrences of an element in the list, the one that's kept is the
+first one.
+
++++
+*** New function `add-to-history' adds an element to a history list.
+
+Lisp packages should use this function to add elements to their
+history lists.
+
+If `history-delete-duplicates' is non-nil, it removes duplicates of
+the new element from the history list it updates.
+
++++
+*** New function `rassq-delete-all'.
+
+(rassq-delete-all VALUE ALIST) deletes, from ALIST, each element whose
+CDR is `eq' to the specified value.
+
++++
+*** The function `number-sequence' makes a list of equally-separated numbers.
+
+For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9). By
+default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different
+separation as the third argument. (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns
+(1.5 3.5 5.5).
+
++++
+*** New variables `most-positive-fixnum' and `most-negative-fixnum'.
+
+They hold the largest and smallest possible integer values.
+
++++
+*** Minor change in the function `format'.
+
+Some flags that were accepted but not implemented (such as "*") are no
+longer accepted.
+
++++
+*** Functions `get' and `plist-get' no longer give errors for bad plists.
+
+They return nil for a malformed property list or if the list is
+cyclic.
+
++++
+*** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'.
+
+They are like `plist-get' and `plist-put', except that they compare
+the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'.
+
++++
+*** New variable `print-continuous-numbering'.
+
+When this is non-nil, successive calls to print functions use a single
+numbering scheme for circular structure references. This is only
+relevant when `print-circle' is non-nil.
+
+When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should
+also bind `print-number-table' to nil.
+
++++
+*** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form.
+
+It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name.
+One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument
+if no expansion is done, which can be tested using `eq'.
+
++++
+*** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument.
+
+When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the
+angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis. (This is
+equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.)
+
++++
+*** A function or macro's doc string can now specify the calling pattern.
+
+You put this info in the doc string's last line. It should be
+formatted so as to match the regexp "\n\n(fn .*)\\'". If you don't
+specify this explicitly, Emacs determines it from the actual argument
+names. Usually that default is right, but not always.
+
++++
+*** New macro `with-local-quit' temporarily allows quitting.
+
+A quit inside the body of `with-local-quit' is caught by the
+`with-local-quit' form itself, but another quit will happen later once
+the code that has inhibited quitting exits.
+
+This is for use around potentially blocking or long-running code
+inside timer functions and `post-command-hook' functions.
+
++++
+*** New macro `define-obsolete-function-alias'.
+
+This combines `defalias' and `make-obsolete'.
+
++++
+*** New function `unsafep' determines whether a Lisp form is safe.
+
+It returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly do anything
+dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be unsafe
+(calls unknown function, alters global variable, etc.).
+
++++
+*** New macro `eval-at-startup' specifies expressions to
+evaluate when Emacs starts up. If this is done after startup,
+it evaluates those expressions immediately.
+
+This is useful in packages that can be preloaded.
+
+*** `list-faces-display' takes an optional argument, REGEXP.
+
+If it is non-nil, the function lists only faces matching this regexp.
+
++++
+*** New functions `string-or-null-p' and `booleanp'.
+
+`string-or-null-p' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is a string or nil.
+`booleanp' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is t or nil.
+
++++
+*** New hook `command-error-function'.
+
+By setting this variable to a function, you can control
+how the editor command loop shows the user an error message.
+
+** Lisp code indentation features:
+
++++
+*** The `defmacro' form can contain indentation and edebug declarations.
+
+These declarations specify how to indent the macro calls in Lisp mode
+and how to debug them with Edebug. You write them like this:
+
+ (defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...)
+
+DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'. The
+possible declaration specifiers are:
+
+(indent INDENT)
+ Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT.
+
+(edebug DEBUG)
+ Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG. (This is
+ equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro,
+ but this is cleaner.)
+
+---
+*** cl-indent now allows customization of Indentation of backquoted forms.
+
+See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'.
+
+---
+*** cl-indent now handles indentation of simple and extended `loop' forms.
+
+The new user options `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation',
+`lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and `lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can
+be used to customize the indentation of keywords and forms in loop
+forms.
+
++++
+** Variable aliases:
+
+*** New function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING]
+
+This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for
+symbol BASE-VAR. This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR
+returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR
+changes the value of BASE-VAR.
+
+DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has
+the same documentation as BASE-VAR.
+
+*** New function: indirect-variable VARIABLE
+
+This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases
+of VARIABLE. If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not
+defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE.
+
+It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of
+variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables.
+
++++
+*** The macro `define-obsolete-variable-alias' combines `defvaralias' and
+`make-obsolete-variable'.
+
+** defcustom changes:
+
++++
+*** The package-version keyword has been added to provide
+`customize-changed-options' functionality to packages in the future.
+Developers who make use of this keyword must also update the new
+variable `customize-package-emacs-version-alist'.
+
++++
+*** The new customization type `float' requires a floating point number.
+
+** String changes:
+
++++
+*** The escape sequence \s is now interpreted as a SPACE character.
+
+Exception: In a character constant, if it is followed by a `-' in a
+character constant (e.g. ?\s-A), it is still interpreted as the super
+modifier. In strings, \s is always interpreted as a space.
+
++++
+*** A hex escape in a string constant forces the string to be multibyte.
+
++++
+*** An octal escape in a string constant forces the string to be unibyte.
+
++++
+*** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if
+the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for
+SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string. If SEPARATORS is
+nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all
+empty matches are omitted from the returned list.
+
++++
+*** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a
+multibyte string with the same individual character codes.
+
++++
+*** New function `substring-no-properties' returns a substring without
+text properties.
+
++++
+*** The new function `assoc-string' replaces `assoc-ignore-case' and
+`assoc-ignore-representation', which are still available, but have
+been declared obsolete.
+
++++
+*** New syntax: \uXXXX and \UXXXXXXXX specify Unicode code points in hex.
+Use "\u0428" to specify a string consisting of CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA,
+or "\U0001D6E2" to specify one consisting of MATHEMATICAL ITALIC CAPITAL
+ALPHA (the latter is greater than #xFFFF and thus needs the longer
+syntax). Also available for characters.
+
++++
+** Displaying warnings to the user.
+
+See the functions `warn' and `display-warning', or the Lisp Manual.
+If you want to be sure the warning will not be overlooked, this
+facility is much better than using `message', since it displays
+warnings in a separate window.
+
++++
+** Progress reporters.
+
+These provide a simple and uniform way for commands to present
+progress messages for the user.
+
+See the new functions `make-progress-reporter',
+`progress-reporter-update', `progress-reporter-force-update',
+`progress-reporter-done', and `dotimes-with-progress-reporter'.
+
+** Buffer positions:
+
++++
+*** Function `compute-motion' now calculates the usable window
+width if the WIDTH argument is nil. If the TOPOS argument is nil,
+the usable window height and width is used.
+
++++
+*** The `line-move', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down' functions will now
+modify the window vscroll to scroll through display rows that are
+taller that the height of the window, for example in the presence of
+large images. To disable this feature, bind the new variable
+`auto-window-vscroll' to nil.
+
++++
+*** The argument to `forward-word', `backward-word' is optional.
+
+It defaults to 1.
+
++++
+*** Argument to `forward-to-indentation' and `backward-to-indentation' is optional.
+
+It defaults to 1.
+
++++
+*** New function `mouse-on-link-p' tests if a position is in a clickable link.
+
+This is the function used by the new `mouse-1-click-follows-link'
+functionality.
+
++++
+*** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns the line number of a position.
+
+It an optional buffer position argument that defaults to point.
+
++++
+*** `field-beginning' and `field-end' take new optional argument, LIMIT.
+
+This argument tells them not to search beyond LIMIT. Instead they
+give up and return LIMIT.
+
++++
+*** Function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now returns the pixel coordinates
+and partial visibility state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY
+arg is non-nil.
+
++++
+*** New function `window-line-height' is an efficient way to get
+information about a specific text line in a window provided that the
+window's display is up-to-date.
+
++++
+*** New functions `posn-at-point' and `posn-at-x-y' return
+click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer
+position or for a given window pixel coordinate.
+
+** Text modification:
+
++++
+*** The new function `buffer-chars-modified-tick' returns a buffer's
+tick counter for changes to characters. Each time text in that buffer
+is inserted or deleted, the character-change counter is updated to the
+tick counter (`buffer-modified-tick'). Text property changes leave it
+unchanged.
+
++++
+*** The new function `insert-for-yank' normally works like `insert', but
+removes the text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list
+and handles the `yank-handler' text property.
+
++++
+*** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-as-yank' is like
+`insert-for-yank' except that it gets the text from another buffer as
+in `insert-buffer-substring'.
+
++++
+*** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-no-properties' is like
+`insert-buffer-substring', but removes all text properties from the
+inserted substring.
+
++++
+*** The new function `filter-buffer-substring' extracts a buffer
+substring, passes it through a set of filter functions, and returns
+the filtered substring. Use it instead of `buffer-substring' or
+`delete-and-extract-region' when copying text into a user-accessible
+data structure, such as the kill-ring, X clipboard, or a register.
+
+The list of filter function is specified by the new variable
+`buffer-substring-filters'. For example, Longlines mode adds to
+`buffer-substring-filters' to remove soft newlines from the copied
+text.
+
++++
+*** Function `translate-region' accepts also a char-table as TABLE
+argument.
+
++++
+*** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input'
+is used for customizing self-insertion. The character to
+be inserted is translated through it.
+
+---
+*** Text clones.
+
+The new function `text-clone-create'. Text clones are chunks of text
+that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one
+clone to the other.
+
+---
+*** The function `insert-string' is now obsolete.
+
+** Filling changes.
+
++++
+*** In determining an adaptive fill prefix, Emacs now tries the function in
+`adaptive-fill-function' _before_ matching the buffer line against
+`adaptive-fill-regexp' rather than _after_ it.
+
++++
+** Atomic change groups.
+
+To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that
+they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group'
+around the code that makes changes. For instance:
+
+ (atomic-change-group
+ (insert foo)
+ (delete-region x y))
+
+If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of
+`atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that
+were during the execution of the body. The change group has no effect
+on any other buffers--any such changes remain.
+
+If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the
+lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses. Here is how.
+
+To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'.
+Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer.
+This function returns a "handle" for the change group. You must save
+the handle to activate the change group and then finish it.
+
+Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change
+group. Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to
+do this.
+
+After you make the changes, you must finish the change group. You can
+either accept the changes or cancel them all. Call
+`accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final;
+call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all.
+
+You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always
+finished. The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the
+`unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs.
+(This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and
+`activate-change-group' are separate functions.) Once you finish the
+group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group
+twice.
+
+To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once
+for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the
+returned values, like this:
+
+ (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1)
+ (prepare-change-group buffer-2))
+
+You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call
+to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to
+`accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'.
+
+Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you
+would expect. Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer
+will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first
+change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one
+finished.
+
+** Buffer-related changes:
+
+---
+*** `list-buffers-noselect' now takes an additional argument, BUFFER-LIST.
+
+If it is non-nil, it specifies which buffers to list.
+
++++
+*** `kill-buffer-hook' is now a permanent local.
+
++++
+*** The new function `buffer-local-value' returns the buffer-local
+binding of VARIABLE (a symbol) in buffer BUFFER. If VARIABLE does not
+have a buffer-local binding in buffer BUFFER, it returns the default
+value of VARIABLE instead.
+
+*** The function `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' now lets you maintain
+various status records in parallel.
+
+It takes a variable (a symbol) as argument. If the variable is non-nil,
+then its value should be a vector installed previously by
+`frame-or-buffer-changed-p'. If the frame names, buffer names, buffer
+order, or their read-only or modified flags have changed, since the
+time the vector's contents were recorded by a previous call to
+`frame-or-buffer-changed-p', then the function returns t. Otherwise
+it returns nil.
+
+On the first call to `frame-or-buffer-changed-p', the variable's
+value should be nil. `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' stores a suitable
+vector into the variable and returns t.
+
+If the variable is itself nil, then `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' uses,
+for compatibility, an internal variable which exists only for this
+purpose.
+
++++
+*** The function `read-buffer' follows the convention for reading from
+the minibuffer with a default value: if DEF is non-nil, the minibuffer
+prompt provided in PROMPT is edited to show the default value provided
+in DEF before the terminal colon and space.
+
+** Searching and matching changes:
+
++++
+*** New function `looking-back' checks whether a regular expression matches
+the text before point. Specifying the LIMIT argument bounds how far
+back the match can start; this is a way to keep it from taking too long.
+
++++
+*** The new variable `search-spaces-regexp' controls how to search
+for spaces in a regular expression. If it is non-nil, it should be a
+regular expression, and any series of spaces stands for that regular
+expression. If it is nil, spaces stand for themselves.
+
+Spaces inside of constructs such as `[..]' and inside loops such as
+`*', `+', and `?' are never replaced with `search-spaces-regexp'.
+
++++
+*** New regular expression operators, `\_<' and `\_>'.
+
+These match the beginning and end of a symbol. A symbol is a
+non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as
+specified by the syntax table.
+
+---
+*** rx.el has new corresponding `symbol-start' and `symbol-end' elements.
+
++++
+*** `skip-chars-forward' and `skip-chars-backward' now handle
+character classes such as `[:alpha:]', along with individual
+characters and ranges.
+
+---
+*** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits
+properties from surrounding text.
+
++++
+*** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final
+element, if the last match was on a buffer. `set-match-data'
+accepts such a list for restoring the match state.
+
++++
+*** Functions `match-data' and `set-match-data' now have an optional
+argument `reseat'. When non-nil, all markers in the match data list
+passed to these functions will be reseated to point to nowhere.
+
++++
+*** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new
+variable `sentence-end-without-space', which contains such characters
+that end a sentence without following spaces.
+
+The function `sentence-end' should be used to obtain the value of the
+variable `sentence-end'. If the variable `sentence-end' is nil, then
+this function returns the regexp constructed from the variables
+`sentence-end-without-period', `sentence-end-double-space' and
+`sentence-end-without-space'.
+
+** Undo changes:
+
++++
+*** `buffer-undo-list' allows programmable elements.
+
+These elements have the form (apply FUNNAME . ARGS), where FUNNAME is
+a symbol other than t or nil. That stands for a high-level change
+that should be undone by evaluating (apply FUNNAME ARGS).
+
+These entries can also have the form (apply DELTA BEG END FUNNAME . ARGS)
+which indicates that the change which took place was limited to the
+range BEG...END and increased the buffer size by DELTA.
+
++++
+*** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than
+`undo-outer-limit', garbage collection empties it. This is to prevent
+it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs.
+
++++
+** New `yank-handler' text property can be used to control how
+previously killed text on the kill ring is reinserted.
+
+The value of the `yank-handler' property must be a list with one to four
+elements with the following format:
+ (FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO).
+
+The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on
+the first character on its string argument (typically the first
+element on the kill-ring). If a `yank-handler' property is found,
+the normal behavior of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways:
+
+ When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert'
+to insert the string. FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert.
+ If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object
+passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is
+`yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a
+rectangle.
+ If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the
+`yank-excluded-properties' is not performed; instead FUNCTION is
+responsible for removing those properties. This may be necessary
+if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object.
+ If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called
+by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object. It is
+called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region.
+FUNCTION can set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value.
+
+*** The functions `kill-new', `kill-append', and `kill-region' now have an
+optional argument to specify the `yank-handler' text property to put on
+the killed text.
+
+*** The function `yank-pop' will now use a non-nil value of the variable
+`yank-undo-function' (instead of `delete-region') to undo the previous
+`yank' or `yank-pop' command (or a call to `insert-for-yank'). The function
+`insert-for-yank' automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO
+element of the string argument's `yank-handler' text property if present.
+
+*** The function `insert-for-yank' now supports strings where the
+`yank-handler' property does not span the first character of the
+string. The old behavior is available if you call
+`insert-for-yank-1' instead.
+
+** Syntax table changes:
+
++++
+*** The macro `with-syntax-table' no longer copies the syntax table.
+
++++
+*** The new function `syntax-after' returns the syntax code
+of the character after a specified buffer position, taking account
+of text properties as well as the character code.
+
++++
+*** `syntax-class' extracts the class of a syntax code (as returned
+by `syntax-after').
+
++++
+*** The new function `syntax-ppss' provides an efficient way to find the
+current syntactic context at point.
+
+** File operation changes:
+
++++
+*** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when
+searching for an executable or an Emacs Lisp file.
+
++++
+*** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and
+modification times. Magic file name handlers can handle this
+operation.
+
++++
+*** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns
+non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using
+its own special methods and not directly through the file system).
+The value in that case is an identifier for the remote file system.
+
++++
+*** `buffer-auto-save-file-format' is the new name for what was
+formerly called `auto-save-file-format'. It is now a permanent local.
+
++++
+*** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now
+ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as
+`.emacs' are treated as extensionless.
+
++++
+*** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return
+a list of two integers, instead of a cons.
+
++++
+*** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which
+specifies the maximum number of links to chase through. If after that
+many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link,
+`file-chase-links' returns it anyway.
+
++++
+*** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer'
+before saving buffers. This allows packages to perform various final
+tasks. For example, it can be used by the copyright package to make
+sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers.
+
++++
+*** If `buffer-save-without-query' is non-nil in some buffer,
+`save-some-buffers' will always save that buffer without asking (if
+it's modified).
+
++++
+*** New function `locate-file' searches for a file in a list of directories.
+`locate-file' accepts a name of a file to search (a string), and two
+lists: a list of directories to search in and a list of suffixes to
+try; typical usage might use `exec-path' and `load-path' for the list
+of directories, and `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' for the list
+of suffixes. The function also accepts a predicate argument to
+further filter candidate files.
+
+One advantage of using this function is that the list of suffixes in
+`exec-suffixes' is OS-dependant, so this function will find
+executables without polluting Lisp code with OS dependencies.
+
+---
+*** The precedence of file name handlers has been changed.
+
+Instead of choosing the first handler that matches,
+`find-file-name-handler' now gives precedence to a file name handler
+that matches nearest the end of the file name. More precisely, the
+handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen. In case
+of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies.
+
++++
+*** A file name handler can declare which operations it handles.
+
+You do this by putting an `operation' property on the handler name
+symbol. The property value should be a list of the operations that
+the handler really handles. It won't be called for any other
+operations.
+
+This is useful for autoloaded handlers, to prevent them from being
+autoloaded when not really necessary.
+
++++
+*** The function `make-auto-save-file-name' is now handled by file
+name handlers. This will be exploited for remote files mainly.
+
++++
+*** The function `file-name-completion' accepts an optional argument
+PREDICATE, and rejects completion candidates that don't satisfy PREDICATE.
+
+** Input changes:
+
++++
+*** The functions `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
+have a new optional argument SECONDS. If non-nil, this specifies a
+maximum time to wait for input, in seconds. If no input arrives after
+this time elapses, the functions stop waiting and return nil.
+
++++
+*** An interactive specification can now use the code letter `U' to get
+the up-event that was discarded in case the last key sequence read for a
+previous `k' or `K' argument was a down-event; otherwise nil is used.
+
++++
+*** The new interactive-specification `G' reads a file name
+much like `F', but if the input is a directory name (even defaulted),
+it returns just the directory name.
+
+---
+*** Functions `y-or-n-p', `read-char', `read-key-sequence' and the like, that
+display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt
+using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string.
+
++++
+*** (while-no-input BODY...) runs BODY, but only so long as no input
+arrives. If the user types or clicks anything, BODY stops as if a
+quit had occurred. `while-no-input' returns the value of BODY, if BODY
+finishes. It returns nil if BODY was aborted by a quit, and t if
+BODY was aborted by arrival of input.
+
+** Minibuffer changes:
+
++++
+*** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional
+buffer argument is a minibuffer. If the argument is omitted, it
+defaults to the current buffer.
+
++++
+*** New function `minibuffer-selected-window' returns the window which
+was selected when entering the minibuffer.
+
++++
+*** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which
+specifies a predicate which the file name read must satisfy. The
+new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument
+while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this
+variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list.
+
+---
+*** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by Lisp code
+to override the built-in `read-file-name' function.
+
++++
+*** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies
+whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the
+`read-file-name' function.
+
++++
+*** The new function `read-directory-name' is for reading a directory name.
+
+It is like `read-file-name' except that the defaulting works better
+for directories, and completion inside it shows only directories.
+
++++
+*** The new variable `history-add-new-input' specifies whether to add new
+elements in history. If set to nil, minibuffer reading functions don't
+add new elements to the history list, so it is possible to do this
+afterwards by calling `add-to-history' explicitly.
+
+** Completion changes:
+
++++
+*** The new function `minibuffer-completion-contents' returns the contents
+of the minibuffer just before point. That is what completion commands
+operate on.
+
++++
+*** The functions `all-completions' and `try-completion' now accept lists
+of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays
+and functions. Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now
+exported to Lisp. The keys in alists and hash tables can be either
+strings or symbols, which are automatically converted with to strings.
+
++++
+*** The new macro `dynamic-completion-table' supports using functions
+as a dynamic completion table.
+
+ (dynamic-completion-table FUN)
+
+FUN is called with one argument, the string for which completion is required,
+and it should return an alist containing all the intended possible
+completions. This alist can be a full list of possible completions so that FUN
+can ignore the value of its argument. If completion is performed in the
+minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was
+entered. `dynamic-completion-table' then computes the completion.
+
++++
+*** The new macro `lazy-completion-table' initializes a variable
+as a lazy completion table.
+
+ (lazy-completion-table VAR FUN)
+
+If the completion table VAR is used for the first time (e.g., by passing VAR
+as an argument to `try-completion'), the function FUN is called with no
+arguments. FUN must return the completion table that will be stored in VAR.
+If completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer
+from which the minibuffer was entered. The return value of
+`lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR.
+
++++
+** Enhancements to keymaps.
+
+*** New keymaps for typing file names
+
+Two new keymaps, `minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map' and
+`minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map', apply whenever
+Emacs reads a file name in the minibuffer. These key maps override
+the usual binding of SPC to `minibuffer-complete-word' (so that file
+names with embedded spaces could be typed without the need to quote
+the spaces).
+
+*** Cleaner way to enter key sequences.
+
+You can enter a constant key sequence in a more natural format, the
+same one used for saving keyboard macros, using the macro `kbd'. For
+example,
+
+(kbd "C-x C-f") => "\^x\^f"
+
+Actually, this format has existed since Emacs 20.1.
+
+*** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps.
+
+This is an alternative to using `defadvice' or `substitute-key-definition'
+to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap
+binding and lookup functionality.
+
+When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is
+remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the
+original command.
+
+Example:
+Suppose that minor mode `my-mode' has defined the commands
+`my-kill-line' and `my-kill-word', and it wants C-k (and any other key
+bound to `kill-line') to run the command `my-kill-line' instead of
+`kill-line', and likewise it wants to run `my-kill-word' instead of
+`kill-word'.
+
+Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map,
+command remapping allows you to directly map `kill-line' into
+`my-kill-line' and `kill-word' into `my-kill-word' using `define-key':
+
+ (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line)
+ (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word)
+
+When `my-mode' is enabled, its minor mode keymap is enabled too. So
+when the user types C-k, that runs the command `my-kill-line'.
+
+Only one level of remapping is supported. In the above example, this
+means that if `my-kill-line' is remapped to `other-kill', then C-k still
+runs `my-kill-line'.
+
+The following changes have been made to provide command remapping:
+
+- Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
+ `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD
+ to definition DEF in keymap MAP. The definition is not limited to
+ another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding.
+
+- The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a
+ remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped.
+
+- `key-binding' now remaps interactive commands unless the optional
+ third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil.
+
+- `where-is-internal' now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g.
+ `kill-line', when `my-mode' is enabled), and the actual key binding for
+ the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line).
+ It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits
+ remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns "C-k" for `kill-line', and
+ "<kill-line>" for `my-kill-line').
+
+- The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original
+ command before remapping. It is equal to `this-command' when the
+ command was not remapped.
+
+*** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence
+over minor mode keymaps.
+
+*** The `keymap' property now also works at the ends of overlays and
+text properties, according to their stickiness. This also means that it
+works with empty overlays. The same hold for the `local-map' property.
+
+*** `key-binding' will now look up mouse-specific bindings. The
+keymaps consulted by `key-binding' will get adapted if the key
+sequence is started with a mouse event. Instead of letting the click
+position be determined from the key sequence itself, it is also
+possible to specify it with an optional argument explicitly.
+
+*** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly.
+
+Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key
+bindings of the parent keymap.
+
+*** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1.
+
+*** New function `current-active-maps' returns a list of currently
+active keymaps.
+
+*** New function `describe-buffer-bindings' inserts the list of all
+defined keys and their definitions.
+
+*** New function `keymap-prompt' returns the prompt string of a keymap.
+
+*** (map-keymap FUNCTION KEYMAP) applies the function to each binding
+in the keymap.
+
+*** New variable `emulation-mode-map-alists'.
+
+Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own
+keymap alist separate from `minor-mode-map-alist' by adding their
+keymap alist to this list.
+
+*** The definition of a key-binding passed to define-key can use XEmacs-style
+key-sequences, such as [(control a)].
+
+** Abbrev changes:
+
++++
+*** The new function `copy-abbrev-table' copies an abbrev table.
+
+It returns a new abbrev table that is a copy of a given abbrev table.
+
++++
+*** `define-abbrev' now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG.
+
+If non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means
+that it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the
+abbrevs. Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always
+specify this flag.
+
++++
+** Enhancements to process support
+
+*** Function `list-processes' now has an optional argument; if non-nil,
+it lists only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set.
+
+*** New fns `set-process-query-on-exit-flag' and `process-query-on-exit-flag'.
+
+These replace the old function `process-kill-without-query'. That
+function is still supported, but new code should use the new
+functions.
+
+*** Function `signal-process' now accepts a process object or process
+name in addition to a process id to identify the signaled process.
+
+*** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can
+maintain process state and other per-process related information.
+
+Use the new functions `process-get' and `process-put' to access, add,
+and modify elements on this property list. Use the new functions
+`process-plist' and `set-process-plist' to access and replace the
+entire property list of a process.
+
+*** Function `accept-process-output' has a new optional fourth arg
+JUST-THIS-ONE. If non-nil, only output from the specified process
+is handled, suspending output from other processes. If value is an
+integer, also inhibit running timers. This feature is generally not
+recommended, but may be necessary for specific applications, such as
+speech synthesis.
+
+*** Adaptive read buffering of subprocess output.
+
+On some systems, when Emacs reads the output from a subprocess, the
+output data is read in very small blocks, potentially resulting in
+very poor performance. This behavior can be remedied to some extent
+by setting the new variable `process-adaptive-read-buffering' to a
+non-nil value (the default), as it will automatically delay reading
+from such processes, allowing them to produce more output before
+Emacs tries to read it.
+
+*** The new function `call-process-shell-command'.
+
+This executes a shell command synchronously in a separate process.
+
+*** The new function `process-file' is similar to `call-process', but
+obeys file handlers. The file handler is chosen based on
+`default-directory'.
+
+*** A process filter function gets the output as multibyte string
+if the process specifies t for its filter's multibyteness.
+
+That multibyteness is decided by the value of
+`default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is created, and
+you can change it later with `set-process-filter-multibyte'.
+
+*** The new function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the
+multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter.
+
+*** The new function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns the
+multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter.
+
+*** If a process's coding system is `raw-text' or `no-conversion' and its
+buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted
+to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer.
+Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte',
+which was not compatible with the behavior of file reading.
+
++++
+** Enhanced networking support.
+
+*** The new `make-network-process' function makes network connections.
+It allows opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as
+create a stream or datagram server inside Emacs.
+
+- A server is started using :server t arg.
+- Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg.
+- A server can open on a random port using :service t arg.
+- Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg.
+- IPv6 is supported (when available). You may explicitly select IPv6
+ using :family 'ipv6 arg.
+- Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg.
+- The process' property list can be initialized using :plist PLIST arg;
+ a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited
+ by new client processes created to handle incoming connections.
+
+To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this:
+ (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram))
+ (featurep 'make-network-process '(:family ipv6))
+
+*** The old `open-network-stream' now uses `make-network-process'.
+
+*** New functions `process-datagram-address', `set-process-datagram-address'.
+
+These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get
+and set the current address of the remote partner.
+
+*** New function `format-network-address'.
+
+This function reformats the Lisp representation of a network address
+to a printable string. For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port
+number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the
+printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P". See the doc
+string for other formatting options.
+
+*** `process-contact' has an optional KEY argument.
+
+Depending on this argument, you can get the complete list of network
+process properties or a specific property. Using :local or :remote as
+the KEY, you get the address of the local or remote end-point.
+
+An Inet address is represented as a 5 element vector, where the first
+4 elements contain the IP address and the fifth is the port number.
+
+*** New functions `stop-process' and `continue-process'.
+
+These functions stop and restart communication through a network
+connection. For a server process, no connections are accepted in the
+stopped state. For a client process, no input is received in the
+stopped state.
+
+*** New function `network-interface-list'.
+
+This function returns a list of network interface names and their
+current network addresses.
+
+*** New function `network-interface-info'.
+
+This function returns the network address, hardware address, current
+status, and other information about a specific network interface.
+
+*** Deleting a network process with `delete-process' calls the sentinel.
+
+The status message passed to the sentinel for a deleted network
+process is "deleted". The message passed to the sentinel when the
+connection is closed by the remote peer has been changed to
+"connection broken by remote peer".
+
+** Using window objects:
+
++++
+*** New function `window-body-height'.
+
+This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line or the
+header line.
+
++++
+*** You can now make a window as short as one line.
+
+A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode
+line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and
+`header-line-format' call for them. A window that is two lines tall
+cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the
+variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears.
+
++++
+*** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the
+actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or
+divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and
+the mode line.
+
++++
+*** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges'
+return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines.
+
++++
+*** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the
+selected window without impacting the order of `buffer-list'.
+It saves and restores the current buffer, too.
+
++++
+*** `select-window' takes an optional second argument NORECORD.
+
+This is like `switch-to-buffer'.
+
++++
+*** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window
+of every frame. This way, it restores everything that can be changed
+by calling `select-window'. It also saves and restores the current
+buffer.
+
++++
+*** `set-window-buffer' has an optional argument KEEP-MARGINS.
+
+If non-nil, that says to preserve the window's current margin, fringe,
+and scroll-bar settings.
+
++++
+*** The new function `window-tree' returns a frame's window tree.
+
++++
+*** The functions `get-lru-window' and `get-largest-window' take an optional
+argument `dedicated'. If non-nil, those functions do not ignore
+dedicated windows.
+
++++
+*** The new function `adjust-window-trailing-edge' moves the right
+or bottom edge of a window. It does not move other window edges.
+
++++
+** Customizable fringe bitmaps
+
+*** New buffer-local variables `fringe-indicator-alist' and
+`fringe-cursor-alist' maps between logical (internal) fringe indicator
+and cursor symbols and the actual fringe bitmaps to be displayed.
+This decouples the logical meaning of the fringe indicators from the
+physical appearance, as well as allowing different fringe bitmaps to
+be used in different windows showing different buffers.
+
+*** New function `define-fringe-bitmap' can now be used to create new
+fringe bitmaps, as well as change the built-in fringe bitmaps.
+
+*** New function `destroy-fringe-bitmap' deletes a fringe bitmap
+or restores a built-in one to its default value.
+
+*** New function `set-fringe-bitmap-face' specifies the face to be
+used for a specific fringe bitmap. The face is automatically merged
+with the `fringe' face, so normally, the face should only specify the
+foreground color of the bitmap.
+
+*** There are new display properties, `left-fringe' and `right-fringe',
+that can be used to show a specific bitmap in the left or right fringe
+bitmap of the display line.
+
+Format is `display (left-fringe BITMAP [FACE])', where BITMAP is a
+symbol identifying a fringe bitmap, either built-in or defined with
+`define-fringe-bitmap', and FACE is an optional face name to be used
+for displaying the bitmap instead of the default `fringe' face.
+When specified, FACE is automatically merged with the `fringe' face.
+
+*** New function `fringe-bitmaps-at-pos' returns the current fringe
+bitmaps in the display line at a given buffer position.
+
+** Other window fringe features:
+
++++
+*** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths.
+
+The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame
+can now be controlled by setting the `left-fringe' and `right-fringe'
+frame parameters to an integer value specifying the width in pixels.
+Setting the width to 0 effectively removes the corresponding fringe.
+
+The actual default fringe widths for the frame may deviate from the
+specified widths, since the combined fringe widths must match an
+integral number of columns. The extra width is distributed evenly
+between the left and right fringe. To force a specific fringe width,
+specify the width as a negative integer (if both widths are negative,
+only the left fringe gets the specified width).
+
+Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe
+width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any
+of the currently defined fringe bitmaps. The width of the built-in
+fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels.
+
++++
+*** Per-window fringe and scrollbar settings
+
+**** Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and
+position settings.
+
+To control the fringe widths of a window, either set the buffer-local
+variables `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', or call
+`set-window-fringes'.
+
+To control the fringe position in a window, that is, whether fringes
+are positioned between the display margins and the window's text area,
+or at the edges of the window, either set the buffer-local variable
+`fringes-outside-margins' or call `set-window-fringes'.
+
+The function `window-fringes' can be used to obtain the current
+settings. To make `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', and
+`fringes-outside-margins' take effect, you must set them before
+displaying the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force
+an update of the display margins.
+
+**** Windows can now have their own individual scroll-bar settings
+controlling the width and position of scroll-bars.
+
+To control the scroll-bar of a window, either set the buffer-local
+variables `scroll-bar-mode' and `scroll-bar-width', or call
+`set-window-scroll-bars'. The function `window-scroll-bars' can be
+used to obtain the current settings. To make `scroll-bar-mode' and
+`scroll-bar-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
+the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
+of the display margins.
+
+** Redisplay features:
+
++++
+*** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP).
+
++++
+*** Iconifying or deiconifying a frame no longer makes sit-for return.
+
++++
+*** New function `redisplay' causes an immediate redisplay if no input is
+available, equivalent to (sit-for 0). The call (redisplay t) forces
+an immediate redisplay even if input is pending.
+
++++
+*** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of
+one or all windows. Normally, this is not needed as changes in window
+contents are detected automatically. However, certain implicit
+changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require
+forcing an explicit window update.
+
++++
+*** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able
+to display CHAR. More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has
+a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to.
+
+Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset
+does that, this value cannot be accurate.
+
++++
+*** You can define multiple overlay arrows via the new
+variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'.
+
+It contains a list of variables which contain overlay arrow position
+markers, including the original `overlay-arrow-position' variable.
+
+Each variable on this list can have individual `overlay-arrow-string'
+and `overlay-arrow-bitmap' properties that specify an overlay arrow
+string (for non-window terminals) or fringe bitmap (for window
+systems) to display at the corresponding overlay arrow position.
+If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or
+'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used.
+
++++
+*** New `line-height' and `line-spacing' properties for newline characters
+
+A newline can now have `line-height' and `line-spacing' text or overlay
+properties that control the height of the corresponding display row.
+
+If the `line-height' property value is t, the newline does not
+contribute to the height of the display row; instead the height of the
+newline glyph is reduced. Also, a `line-spacing' property on this
+newline is ignored. This can be used to tile small images or image
+slices without adding blank areas between the images.
+
+If the `line-height' property value is a positive integer, the value
+specifies the minimum line height in pixels. If necessary, the line
+height it increased by increasing the line's ascent.
+
+If the `line-height' property value is a float, the minimum line
+height is calculated by multiplying the default frame line height by
+the given value.
+
+If the `line-height' property value is a cons (FACE . RATIO), the
+minimum line height is calculated as RATIO * height of named FACE.
+RATIO is int or float. If FACE is t, it specifies the current face.
+
+If the `line-height' property value is a cons (nil . RATIO), the line
+height is calculated as RATIO * actual height of the line's contents.
+
+If the `line-height' value is a cons (HEIGHT . TOTAL), HEIGHT specifies
+the line height as described above, while TOTAL is any of the forms
+described above and specifies the total height of the line, causing a
+varying number of pixels to be inserted after the line to make it line
+exactly that many pixels high.
+
+If the `line-spacing' property value is an positive integer, the value
+is used as additional pixels to insert after the display line; this
+overrides the default frame `line-spacing' and any buffer local value of
+the `line-spacing' variable.
+
+If the `line-spacing' property is a float or cons, the line spacing
+is calculated as specified above for the `line-height' property.
+
++++
+*** The buffer local `line-spacing' variable can now have a float value,
+which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height.
+
++++
+*** Enhancements to stretch display properties
+
+The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where
+PROPS is a property list, now allows pixel based width and height
+specifications, as well as enhanced horizontal text alignment.
+
+The value of these properties can now be a (primitive) expression
+which is evaluated during redisplay. The following expressions
+are supported:
+
+EXPR ::= NUM | (NUM) | UNIT | ELEM | POS | IMAGE | FORM
+NUM ::= INTEGER | FLOAT | SYMBOL
+UNIT ::= in | mm | cm | width | height
+ELEM ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin
+ | scroll-bar | text
+POS ::= left | center | right
+FORM ::= (NUM . EXPR) | (OP EXPR ...)
+OP ::= + | -
+
+The form `NUM' specifies a fractional width or height of the default
+frame font size. The form `(NUM)' specifies an absolute number of
+pixels. If a symbol is specified, its buffer-local variable binding
+is used. The `in', `mm', and `cm' units specifies the number of
+pixels per inch, milli-meter, and centi-meter, resp. The `width' and
+`height' units correspond to the width and height of the current face
+font. An image specification corresponds to the width or height of
+the image.
+
+The `left-fringe', `right-fringe', `left-margin', `right-margin',
+`scroll-bar', and `text' elements specify to the width of the
+corresponding area of the window.
+
+The `left', `center', and `right' positions can be used with :align-to
+to specify a position relative to the left edge, center, or right edge
+of the text area. One of the above window elements (except `text')
+can also be used with :align-to to specify that the position is
+relative to the left edge of the given area. Once the base offset for
+a relative position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of
+these symbols), further occurrences of these symbols are interpreted as
+the width of the area.
+
+For example, to align to the center of the left-margin, use
+ :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin))
+
+If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always relative
+to the left edge of the text area. For example, :align-to 0 in a
+header line aligns with the first text column in the text area.
+
+The value of the form `(NUM . EXPR)' is the value of NUM multiplied by
+the value of the expression EXPR. For example, (2 . in) specifies a
+width of 2 inches, while (0.5 . IMAGE) specifies half the width (or
+height) of the specified image.
+
+The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions.
+The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions.
+
++++
+*** Normally, the cursor is displayed at the end of any overlay and
+text property string that may be present at the current window
+position. The cursor can now be placed on any character of such
+strings by giving that character a non-nil `cursor' text property.
+
++++
+*** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now
+supported on text terminals.
+
++++
+*** Support for displaying image slices
+
+**** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) can be used with
+an image property to display only a specific slice of the image.
+
+**** Function `insert-image' has new optional fourth arg to
+specify image slice (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT).
+
+**** New function `insert-sliced-image' inserts a given image as a
+specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns).
+
++++
+*** Images can now have an associated image map via the :map property.
+
+An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST).
+An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon:
+A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((X0 . Y0) . (X1 . Y1))) specifying the
+pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners.
+A circle is a cons (circle . ((X0 . Y0) . R)) specifying the center
+and the radius of the circle; R can be a float or integer.
+A polygon is a cons (poly . [X0 Y0 X1 Y1 ...]) where each pair in the
+vector describes one corner in the polygon.
+
+When the mouse pointer is above a hot-spot area of an image, the
+PLIST of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a `help-echo'
+property it defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains
+a `pointer' property, it defines the shape of the mouse cursor when
+it is over the hot-spot. See the variable `void-area-text-pointer'
+for possible pointer shapes.
+
+When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot,
+an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the
+mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'.
+
++++
+*** The function `find-image' now searches in etc/images/ and etc/.
+The new variable `image-load-path' is a list of locations in which to
+search for image files. The default is to search in etc/images, then
+in etc/, and finally in the directories specified by `load-path'.
+Subdirectories of etc/ and etc/images are not recursively searched; if
+you put an image file in a subdirectory, you have to specify it
+explicitly; for example, if an image is put in etc/images/foo/bar.xpm:
+
+ (defimage foo-image '((:type xpm :file "foo/bar.xpm")))
+
+Note that all images formerly located in the lisp directory have been
+moved to etc/images.
+
++++
+*** New function `image-load-path-for-library' returns a suitable
+search path for images relative to library. This function is useful in
+external packages to save users from having to update
+`image-load-path'.
+
++++
+*** The new variable `max-image-size' defines the maximum size of
+images that Emacs will load and display.
+
++++
+*** The new variable `display-mm-dimensions-alist' can be used to
+override incorrect graphical display dimensions returned by functions
+`display-mm-height' and `display-mm-width'.
+
+** Mouse pointer features:
+
++++ (lispref)
+??? (man)
+*** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a
+line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now
+controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'. The default
+is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer. Other choices are `text'
+(or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'.
+
++++
+*** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the
+:pointer image property.
+
++++
+*** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images can now be
+controlled/overridden via the `pointer' text property.
+
+** Mouse event enhancements:
+
++++
+*** Mouse events for clicks on window fringes now specify `left-fringe'
+or `right-fringe' as the area.
+
++++
+*** All mouse events now include a buffer position regardless of where
+you clicked. For mouse clicks in window margins and fringes, this is
+a sensible buffer position corresponding to the surrounding text.
+
++++
+*** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events.
+
++++
+*** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area.
+
++++
+*** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means
+text area).
+
++++
+*** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types
+and all areas.
+
++++
+*** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns the actual glyph coordinates
+of the mouse event position.
+
++++
+*** Mouse events can now indicate an image object clicked on.
+
++++
+*** Mouse events include relative X and Y pixel coordinates relative to
+the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on.
+
++++
+*** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object
+(image or character) clicked on.
+
++++
+*** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', 'posn-object-width-height'.
+
+These return the image or string object of a mouse click, the X and Y
+pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner of that object, and
+the total width and height of that object.
+
+** Text property and overlay changes:
+
++++
+*** Arguments for `remove-overlays' are now optional, so that you can
+remove all overlays in the buffer with just (remove-overlays).
+
++++
+*** New variable `char-property-alias-alist'.
+
+This variable allows you to create alternative names for text
+properties. It works at the same level as `default-text-properties',
+although it applies to overlays as well. This variable was introduced
+to implement the `font-lock-face' property.
+
++++
+*** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same
+arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the
+return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and
+whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if
+it was found as a text property or not found at all.
+
++++
+*** The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties'.
+
+It is like `remove-text-properties' except that it takes a list of
+property names as argument rather than a property list.
+
+** Face changes
+
++++
+*** The variable `facemenu-unlisted-faces' has been removed.
+Emacs has a lot more faces than in the past, and nearly all of them
+needed to be excluded. The new variable `facemenu-listed-faces' lists
+the faces to include in the face menu.
+
++++
+*** The new face attribute condition `min-colors' can be used to tailor
+the face color to the number of colors supported by a display, and
+define the foreground and background colors accordingly so that they
+look best on a terminal that supports at least this many colors. This
+is now the preferred method for defining default faces in a way that
+makes a good use of the capabilities of the display.
+
++++
+*** New function `display-supports-face-attributes-p' can be used to test
+whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable.
+
+A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face
+specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces
+defined with `defface'.
+
+---
+*** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR'
+or `bg:COLOR' has been removed. Lisp programs should use the
+`defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use
+the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background
+directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face.
+
++++
+*** The first face specification element in a defface can specify
+`default' instead of frame classification. Then its attributes act as
+defaults that apply to all the subsequent cases (and can be overridden
+by them).
+
++++
+*** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger
+(or smaller) font we should use. For instance, if the value is
+'((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10
+point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches
+SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN.
+
+---
+*** The function `face-differs-from-default-p' now truly checks
+whether the given face displays differently from the default face or
+not (previously it did only a very cursory check).
+
++++
+*** `face-attribute', `face-foreground', `face-background', `face-stipple'.
+
+These now accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how
+face inheritance is used when determining the value of a face
+attribute.
+
++++
+*** New functions `face-attribute-relative-p' and `merge-face-attribute'
+help with handling relative face attributes.
+
++++
+*** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face list is reversed.
+
+If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier
+faces in the list override later faces in the list; in previous
+releases of Emacs, the order was the opposite. This change was made
+so that :inherit face lists operate identically to face lists in text
+`face' properties.
+
+---
+*** On terminals, faces with the :inverse-video attribute are displayed
+with swapped foreground and background colors even when one of them is
+not specified. In previous releases of Emacs, if either foreground
+or background color was unspecified, colors were not swapped. This
+was inconsistent with the face behavior under X.
+
+---
+*** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on
+the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil..
+
+** Font-Lock changes:
+
++++
+*** New special text property `font-lock-face'.
+
+This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by
+M-x font-lock-mode. It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text
+property. Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the
+new variable `char-property-alias-alist'.
+
++++
+*** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'.
+
+**** the FACENAME returned in `font-lock-keywords' can be a list of the
+form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set other
+properties than `face'.
+
+**** `font-lock-extra-managed-props' can be set to make sure those
+extra properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock.
+
+---
+*** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'.
+
+If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified
+(see `jit-lock-defer-contextually'), then all of that text will
+be refontified. This is useful when the syntax of a textual element
+depends on text several lines further down (and when `font-lock-multiline'
+is not appropriate to solve that problem). For example in Perl:
+
+ s{
+ foo
+ }{
+ bar
+ }e
+
+Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of
+text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a `jit-lock-defer-multiline'
+property over the second half of the command to force (deferred)
+refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed.
+
+*** `font-lock-extend-region-functions' makes it possible to alter the way
+the fontification region is chosen. This can be used to prevent rounding
+up to whole lines, or to extend the region to include all related lines
+of multiline constructs so that such constructs get properly recognized.
+
+** Major mode mechanism changes:
+
++++
+*** If new variable `auto-mode-case-fold' is set to a non-nil value,
+Emacs will perform a second case-insensitive search through
+`auto-mode-alist' if the first case-sensitive search fails.
+This means that a file FILE.TXT is opened in text-mode, and a file PROG.PY
+is opened in python-mode. Note however, that independent of this
+setting, *.C files are usually recognized as C++ files.
+It also has no effect on systems with case-insensitive file names.
+
++++
+*** New variable `magic-mode-alist' determines major mode for a file by
+looking at the file contents. It takes precedence over `auto-mode-alist'.
+
++++
+*** An interpreter magic line (if present) takes precedence over the
+file name when setting the major mode.
+
++++
+*** XML or SGML major mode is selected when file starts with an `<?xml'
+or `<!DOCTYPE' declaration.
+
++++
+*** Use the new function `run-mode-hooks' to run the major mode's mode hook.
+
++++
+*** All major mode functions should now run the new normal hook
+`after-change-major-mode-hook', at their very end, after the mode
+hooks. `run-mode-hooks' does this automatically.
+
+---
+*** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect'
+property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use
+it in that buffer.
+
++++
+*** Major modes can define `eldoc-documentation-function'
+locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to
+the language.
+
++++
+*** `define-derived-mode' by default creates a new empty abbrev table.
+It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table.
+
++++
+*** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks'
+are used by `define-derived-mode' to make sure the mode hook for the
+parent mode is run at the end of the child mode.
+
+** Minor mode changes:
+
++++
+*** `define-minor-mode' now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments
+and simply passes them to `defcustom', if applicable.
+
++++
+*** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands.
+
++++
+*** `define-global-minor-mode'.
+
+This is a new name for what was formerly called
+`easy-mmode-define-global-mode'. The old name remains as an alias.
+
+** Command loop changes:
+
++++
+*** The new function `called-interactively-p' does what many people
+have mistakenly believed `interactive-p' to do: it returns t if the
+calling function was called through `call-interactively'.
+
+Only use this when you cannot solve the problem by adding a new
+INTERACTIVE argument to the command.
+
++++
+*** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional argument.
+
+If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks for a function that could be
+called with `call-interactively', and does not return t for keyboard
+macros.
+
++++
+*** When a command returns, the command loop moves point out from
+within invisible text, in the same way it moves out from within text
+covered by an image or composition property.
+
+This makes it generally unnecessary to mark invisible text as intangible.
+This is particularly good because the intangible property often has
+unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything
+(including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after
+`post-command-hook' and thus does not care about intermediate states.
+
++++
+*** If a command sets `transient-mark-mode' to `only', that
+enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only.
+During that following command, the value of `transient-mark-mode'
+is `identity'. If it is still `identity' at the end of the command,
+the next return to the command loop changes to nil.
+
++++
+*** Both the variable and the function `disabled-command-hook' have
+been renamed to `disabled-command-function'. The variable
+`disabled-command-hook' has been kept as an obsolete alias.
+
++++
+*** `emacsserver' now runs `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'
+when it receives a request from emacsclient.
+
++++
+*** `current-idle-time' reports how long Emacs has been idle.
+
+** Lisp file loading changes:
+
++++
+*** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME),
+which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the
+current file redefined it).
+
++++
+*** `load-history' now records (defun . FUNNAME) when a function is
+defined. For a variable, it records just the variable name.
+
++++
+*** The function `symbol-file' can now search specifically for function,
+variable or face definitions.
+
++++
+*** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument
+to test/provide subfeatures. Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist'
+and runs any code associated with the provided feature.
+
+---
+*** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted.
+Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more
+than 3 levels of nesting.
+
++++
+** Byte compiler changes:
+
+*** The byte compiler now displays the actual line and character
+position of errors, where possible. Additionally, the form of its
+warning and error messages have been brought into line with GNU standards
+for these. As a result, you can use next-error and friends on the
+compilation output buffer.
+
+*** The new macro `with-no-warnings' suppresses all compiler warnings
+inside its body. In terms of execution, it is equivalent to `progn'.
+
+*** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a
+simple convention that the compiler understands. (This is mostly
+useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.)
+Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such
+forms:
+
+ (if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>)
+ (if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else)
+
+In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form
+won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the
+second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's
+unbound. The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after
+macro expansion), but such tests can be nested. Note that `when' and
+`unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't.
+
+*** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil. This
+helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both
+Emacs and XEmacs and can sometimes make the result significantly more
+efficient. Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't
+generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose
+you anything.
+
+*** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in Lisp files is now obeyed.
+
+---
+*** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file
+now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs
+(require 'cl) when loaded.
+
+** Frame operations:
+
++++
+*** New functions `frame-current-scroll-bars' and `window-current-scroll-bars'.
+
+These functions return the current locations of the vertical and
+horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window.
+
++++
+*** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters
+for all (existing and future) frames.
+
++++
+*** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use
+for color support on character terminal frames. Its value can be a
+number of colors to support, or a symbol. See the Emacs Lisp
+Reference manual for more detailed documentation.
+
++++
+*** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width,
+the `scroll-bar-width' frame parameter value is nil.
+
+** Mule changes:
+
++++
+*** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough:
+
+Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes
+from 0 to 255. As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte
+buffers no longer exist. We only know of three reasons to use them
+now:
+
+1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time.
+
+2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid
+the time it takes to convert the format.
+
+3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and
+wasteful.
+
+---
+*** `set-buffer-file-coding-system' now takes an additional argument,
+NOMODIFY. If it is non-nil, it means don't mark the buffer modified.
+
++++
+*** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions
+to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system
+for it. (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific
+file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.)
+
+---
+*** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects
+of one coding system from another coding system.
+
+---
+*** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that
+the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text
+parts, e.g. utf-16.
+
++++
+*** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if
+it is read from a file without decoding.
+
+---
+*** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access
+hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'.
+
+---
+*** New function `quail-find-key' returns a list of keys to type in the
+current input method to input a character.
+
+** Mode line changes:
+
++++
+*** New function `format-mode-line'.
+
+This returns the mode line or header line of the selected (or a
+specified) window as a string with or without text properties.
+
++++
+*** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be
+used to add text properties to mode-line elements.
+
++++
+*** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used
+to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode
+line.
+
++++
+*** Mouse-face on mode-line (and header-line) is now supported.
+
+** Menu manipulation changes:
+
+---
+*** To manipulate the File menu using easy-menu, you must specify the
+proper name "file". In previous Emacs versions, you had to specify
+"files", even though the menu item itself was changed to say "File"
+several versions ago.
+
+---
+*** The dummy function keys made by easy-menu are now always lower case.
+If you specify the menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada'
+as the "key" bound by that key binding.
+
+This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for the bindings that were
+made with easy-menu.
+
+---
+*** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name
+if you don't need to give the menu a name. If you install the menu
+into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't
+need to have a name.
+
+** Operating system access:
+
++++
+*** The new primitive `get-internal-run-time' returns the processor
+run time used by Emacs since start-up.
+
++++
+*** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the
+user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer. Function `user-full-name'
+accepts a float as UID parameter.
+
++++
+*** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information.
+
+---
+*** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS.
+The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was
+formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system.
+
+---
+*** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect
+debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file.
+
+** Miscellaneous:
+
++++
+*** A number of hooks have been renamed to better follow the conventions:
+
+`find-file-hooks' to `find-file-hook',
+`find-file-not-found-hooks' to `find-file-not-found-functions',
+`write-file-hooks' to `write-file-functions',
+`write-contents-hooks' to `write-contents-functions',
+`x-lost-selection-hooks' to `x-lost-selection-functions',
+`x-sent-selection-hooks' to `x-sent-selection-functions',
+`delete-frame-hook' to `delete-frame-functions'.
+
+In each case the old name remains as an alias for the moment.
+
++++
+*** Variable `local-write-file-hooks' is marked obsolete.
+
+Use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook'.
+
+---
+*** New function `x-send-client-message' sends a client message when
+running under X.
+
+** GC changes:
+
++++
+*** New variable `gc-cons-percentage' automatically grows the GC cons threshold
+as the heap size increases.
+
++++
+*** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information
+on garbage collection.
+
++++
+*** The normal hook `post-gc-hook' is run at the end of garbage collection.
+
+The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care.
+\f
+* New Packages for Lisp Programming in Emacs 22.1
+
++++
+** The new library button.el implements simple and fast `clickable
+buttons' in Emacs buffers. Buttons are much lighter-weight than the
+`widgets' implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that
+doesn't require the full power of widgets. Emacs uses buttons for
+such things as help and apropos buffers.
+
+---
+** The new library tree-widget.el provides a widget to display a set
+of hierarchical data as an outline. For example, the tree-widget is
+well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files.
+
++++
+** The new library bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack
+binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp
+data structures.
+
+---
+** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave
+buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer.
+
+It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master
+and its SQLi buffer is the slave. This allows you to scroll the SQLi
+buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the
+commands.
+
+This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable
+sql-buffer contains the slave buffer. It is a local variable in the
+SQL buffer.
+
+(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
+ (function (lambda ()
+ (master-mode t)
+ (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
+(add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook
+ (function (lambda ()
+ (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
+
++++
+** The new library benchmark.el does timing measurements on Lisp code.
+
+This includes measuring garbage collection time.
+
++++
+** The new library testcover.el does test coverage checking.
+
+This is so you can tell whether you've tested all paths in your Lisp
+code. It works with edebug.
+
+The function `testcover-start' instruments all functions in a given
+file. Then test your code. The function `testcover-mark-all' adds
+overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to show where coverage
+is lacking. The command `testcover-next-mark' (bind it to a key!)
+will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch.
+
+Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely
+evaluated; a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same
+value. The red splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly
+complete their evaluation, such as `error'. The brown splotches are
+skipped for forms that are expected to always evaluate to the same
+value, such as (setq x 14).
+
+For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to
+help out the test coverage tool. The macro `noreturn' suppresses a
+red splotch. It is an error if the argument to `noreturn' does
+return. The macro `1value' suppresses a brown splotch for its argument.
+This macro is a no-op except during test-coverage -- then it signals
+an error if the argument actually returns differing values.
+
+
+\f
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+This file is part of GNU Emacs.
+
+GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the
+Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+\f
+Local variables:
+mode: outline
+paragraph-separate: "[ \f]*$"
+end:
+
+arch-tag: 1aca9dfa-2ac4-4d14-bebf-0007cee12793
HCoop / bpt / emacs.git / blobdiff